1
0
mirror of https://gitlab.com/libvirt/libvirt.git synced 2025-09-08 13:44:47 +03:00

Compare commits

..

1 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jiri Denemark
7ea825672e qemu: Let empty default VNC password work as documented
CVE-2016-5008

Setting an empty graphics password is documented as a way to disable
VNC/SPICE access, but QEMU does not always behaves like that. VNC would
happily accept the empty password. Let's enforce the behavior by setting
password expiration to "now".

https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1180092

Signed-off-by: Jiri Denemark <jdenemar@redhat.com>
(cherry picked from commit bb848feec0)
(cherry picked from commit d933f68ee6)
2016-07-04 10:14:59 +01:00
7356 changed files with 1495523 additions and 3832143 deletions

5
.ctags
View File

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
--recurse
--exclude=*.orig
--exclude=*.html
--exclude=*.html.in
--langmap=c:+.h.in

151
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -1,33 +1,24 @@
*#*#
*.#*#
*.[18]
*.[18].in
*.a
*.cov
*.exe
*.exe.manifest
*.gcda
*.gcno
*.gcov
*.html
*.i
*.init
*.la
*.lo
*.loT
*.o
*.orig
*.pem
*.pyc
*.rej
*.s
*.service
*.socket
*.swp
*~
.#*
.deps
.dirstamp
.gdb_history
.git
.git-module-status
@@ -37,15 +28,16 @@
.sc-start-sc_*
/ABOUT-NLS
/AUTHORS
/COPYING
/ChangeLog
/GNUmakefile
/INSTALL
/NEWS
/aclocal.m4
/autom4te.cache
/build-aux
/build-aux/
/build/
/confdefs.h
/config.cache
/config.guess
/config.h
@@ -56,46 +48,38 @@
/config.sub
/configure
/configure.lineno
/conftest.*
/daemon/*_dispatch.h
/daemon/libvirt_qemud
/daemon/libvirtd
/daemon/libvirtd*.logrotate
/daemon/libvirtd.8
/daemon/libvirtd.8.in
/daemon/libvirtd.init
/daemon/libvirtd.pod
/daemon/libvirtd.policy
/daemon/libvirtd.service
/daemon/test_libvirtd.aug
/docs/aclperms.htmlinc
/docs/apibuild.py.stamp
/docs/devhelp/libvirt.devhelp
/docs/hvsupport.html.in
/docs/libvirt-admin-*.xml
/docs/libvirt-api.xml
/docs/libvirt-lxc-*.xml
/docs/libvirt-qemu-*.xml
/docs/libvirt-refs.xml
/docs/search.php
/docs/todo.html.in
/examples/admin/client_close
/examples/admin/client_info
/examples/admin/client_limits
/examples/admin/list_clients
/examples/admin/list_servers
/examples/admin/threadpool_params
/examples/object-events/event-test
/examples/domain-events/events-c/event-test
/examples/dominfo/info1
/examples/domsuspend/suspend
/examples/dommigrate/dommigrate
/examples/domtop/domtop
/examples/hellolibvirt/hellolibvirt
/examples/openauth/openauth
/examples/rename/rename
/gnulib/lib/*
/gnulib/m4/*
/gnulib/tests/*
/include/libvirt/libvirt-common.h
/include/libvirt/libvirt.h
/libtool
/libvirt-*.tar.xz
/libvirt-*.tar.gz
/libvirt-[0-9]*
/libvirt*.pc
/libvirt.pc
/libvirt.spec
/ltconfig
/ltmain.sh
@@ -105,49 +89,31 @@
/mkinstalldirs
/po/*
/proxy/
/python/
/python/generated.stamp
/python/generator.py.stamp
/python/libvirt-export.c
/python/libvirt-qemu-export.c
/python/libvirt-qemu.[ch]
/python/libvirt.[ch]
/python/libvirt.py
/python/libvirt_qemu.py
/run
/sc_*
/src/.*.stamp
/src/*.pc
/src/access/org.libvirt.api.policy
/src/access/viraccessapicheck.c
/src/access/viraccessapicheck.h
/src/access/viraccessapichecklxc.c
/src/access/viraccessapichecklxc.h
/src/access/viraccessapicheckqemu.c
/src/access/viraccessapicheckqemu.h
/src/admin/admin_client.h
/src/admin/admin_protocol.[ch]
/src/esx/*.generated.*
/src/hyperv/*.generated.*
/src/libvirt*.def
/src/libvirt.syms
/src/libvirt_access.syms
/src/libvirt_access.xml
/src/libvirt_access_lxc.syms
/src/libvirt_access_lxc.xml
/src/libvirt_access_qemu.syms
/src/libvirt_access_qemu.xml
/src/libvirt_admin.syms
/src/libvirt_*.stp
/src/libvirt_*helper
/src/libvirt_*probes.h
/src/libvirt_lxc
/src/locking/libxl-lockd.conf
/src/locking/libxl-sanlock.conf
/src/locking/lock_daemon_dispatch_stubs.h
/src/locking/lock_protocol.[ch]
/src/locking/qemu-lockd.conf
/src/locking/qemu-sanlock.conf
/src/locking/test_libvirt_sanlock.aug
/src/logging/log_daemon_dispatch_stubs.h
/src/logging/log_protocol.[ch]
/src/lxc/lxc_controller_dispatch.h
/src/lxc/lxc_monitor_dispatch.h
/src/lxc/lxc_monitor_protocol.c
/src/lxc/lxc_monitor_protocol.h
/src/lxc/lxc_protocol.[ch]
/src/lxc/lxc_protocol.c
/src/lxc/lxc_protocol.h
/src/lxc/test_libvirtd_lxc.aug
/src/qemu/test_libvirtd_qemu.aug
/src/remote/*_client_bodies.h
@@ -155,54 +121,79 @@
/src/rpc/virkeepaliveprotocol.[ch]
/src/rpc/virnetprotocol.[ch]
/src/test_libvirt*.aug
/src/test_virtlockd.aug
/src/test_virtlogd.aug
/src/util/virkeymaps.h
/src/virt-aa-helper
/src/virtlockd
/src/virtlogd
/tests/*.log
/tests/*.pid
/tests/*.trs
/tests/*test
/tests/*xml2*test
/tests/commandhelper
/tests/qemucapsprobe
!/tests/virsh-self-test
!/tests/virt-aa-helper-test
/tests/objectlocking
/tests/objectlocking-files.txt
/tests/objectlocking.cm[ix]
/tests/commandtest
/tests/conftest
/tests/cputest
/tests/domainsnapshotxml2xmltest
/tests/esxutilstest
/tests/eventtest
/tests/hashtest
/tests/jsontest
/tests/libvirtdconftest
/tests/networkxml2argvtest
/tests/nodeinfotest
/tests/nwfilterxml2xmltest
/tests/object-locking
/tests/object-locking-files.txt
/tests/object-locking.cm[ix]
/tests/openvzutilstest
/tests/qemuargv2xmltest
/tests/qemuhelptest
/tests/qemumonitorjsontest
/tests/qemumonitortest
/tests/qemuxmlnstest
/tests/qparamtest
/tests/reconnect
/tests/secaatest
/tests/seclabeltest
/tests/securityselinuxtest
/tests/sexpr2xmltest
/tests/shunloadtest
/tests/sockettest
/tests/ssh
/tests/test_file_access.txt
/tests/test_conf
/tools/libvirt-guests.sh
/tools/virt-login-shell
/tests/statstest
/tests/storagebackendsheepdogtest
/tests/utiltest
/tests/viratomictest
/tests/virauthconfigtest
/tests/virbitmaptest
/tests/virbuftest
/tests/virdrivermoduletest
/tests/virhashtest
/tests/virkeyfiletest
/tests/virlockspacetest
/tests/virnet*test
/tests/virshtest
/tests/virtimetest
/tests/viruritest
/tests/vmx2xmltest
/tests/xencapstest
/tests/xmconfigtest
/tools/*.[18]
/tools/libvirt-guests.init
/tools/libvirt-guests.service
/tools/virsh
/tools/virsh-*-edit.c
/tools/virt-admin
/tools/virt-*-validate
/tools/virt-sanlock-cleanup
/tools/wireshark/src/plugin.c
/tools/wireshark/src/libvirt
/update.log
GPATH
GRTAGS
GTAGS
Makefile
Makefile.in
TAGS
coverage
cscope.files
cscope.in.out
cscope.out
cscope.po.out
results.log
stamp-h
stamp-h.in
stamp-h1
tags
!/build-aux/*.pl
!/gnulib/lib/Makefile.am
!/gnulib/tests/Makefile.am
!/m4/virt-*.m4

Submodule .gnulib updated: a2a39436b6...d245e6ddd6

View File

@@ -5,10 +5,7 @@
<bozzolan@gmail.com> <redshift@gmx.com>
<charles_duffy@messageone.com> <charles@dyfis.net>
<claudio.bley@gmail.com> <cbley@av-test.de>
<dfj@redhat.com> <dfj@dfj.bne.redhat.com>
<dpkshetty@gmail.com> <deepakcs@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
<dpkshetty@gmail.com> <deepakcs@redhat.com>
<eblake@redhat.com> <ebb9@byu.net>
<gdolley@arpnetworks.com> <gdolley@ucla.edu>
<gerhard.stenzel@de.ibm.com> <gstenzel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
@@ -59,5 +56,3 @@ Philipp Hahn <hahn@univention.de>
Marco Bozzolan <bozzolan@gmail.com>
Marco Bozzolan <redshift@gmx.com>
Pritesh Kothari <pritesh.kothari@sun.com>
Wang Yufei (James) <james.wangyufei@huawei.com>
Deepak C Shetty <dpkshetty@gmail.com>

View File

@@ -8,50 +8,37 @@ Daniel Veillard <veillard@redhat.com> or <daniel@veillard.com>
The primary maintainers and people with commit access rights:
Alex Jia <ajia@redhat.com>
Andrea Bolognani <abologna@redhat.com>
Cédric Bosdonnat <cbosdonnat@suse.com>
Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Chris Lalancette <clalance@redhat.com>
Christophe Fergeau <cfergeau@redhat.com>
Claudio Bley <claudio.bley@gmail.com>
Cole Robinson <crobinso@redhat.com>
Daniel Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Daniel Veillard <veillard@redhat.com>
Doug Goldstein <cardoe@gentoo.org>
Dave Allan <dallan@redhat.com>
Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Erik Skultety <eskultet@redhat.com>
Gao Feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Guido Günther <agx@sigxcpu.org>
Ján Tomko <jtomko@redhat.com>
Jim Fehlig <jfehlig@suse.com>
Jim Meyering <meyering@redhat.com>
Jiří Denemark <jdenemar@redhat.com>
John Ferlan <jferlan@redhat.com>
John Levon <john.levon@sun.com>
Justin Clift <jclift@redhat.com>
Laine Stump <laine@redhat.com>
Mark McLoughlin <markmc@redhat.com>
Martin Kletzander <mkletzan@redhat.com>
Matthias Bolte <matthias.bolte@googlemail.com>
Maxim Nestratov <mnestratov@virtuozzo.com>
Michal Prívozník <mprivozn@redhat.com>
Pavel Hrdina <phrdina@redhat.com>
Osier Yang <jyang@redhat.com>
Peter Krempa <pkrempa@redhat.com>
Richard W.M. Jones <rjones@redhat.com>
Roman Bogorodskiy <bogorodskiy@gmail.com>
Stefan Berger <stefanb@us.ibm.com>
Wen Congyang <wency@cn.fujitsu.com>
Previous maintainers:
Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Atsushi SAKAI <sakaia@jp.fujitsu.com>
Chris Lalancette <clalance@redhat.com>
Dan Smith <danms@us.ibm.com>
Dave Allan <dallan@redhat.com>
Dave Leskovec <dlesko@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Dmitry Guryanov <dguryanov@parallels.com>
Guannan Ren <gren@redhat.com>
Jim Meyering <meyering@redhat.com>
John Levon <john.levon@sun.com>
Justin Clift <jclift@redhat.com>
Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
Osier Yang <jyang@redhat.com>
Patches have also been contributed by:

339
COPYING
View File

@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.

View File

@@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!

508
COPYING.LIB Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations
below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
^L
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it
becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must
be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
^L
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control
compilation and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
^L
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
^L
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least
three years, to give the same user the materials specified in
Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of
performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
^L
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
^L
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those
countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
^L
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
^L
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms
of the ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.
It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most
effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should
have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full
notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or
your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library,
if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James
Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!

View File

@@ -4286,7 +4286,7 @@ Wed Dec 17 21:45:39 GMT 2008 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Wed Dec 17 21:41:39 GMT 2008 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
* src/libvirt_sym.version.in: Remove non-existent symbols
* src/libvirt_sym.version.in: Remove non-existant symbols
(John Levon)
Wed Dec 17 21:35:39 GMT 2008 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
@@ -5504,7 +5504,7 @@ Tue Nov 11 15:51:42 GMT 2008 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Mon Nov 10 12:05:42 GMT 2008 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
* src/openvz_conf.c: Read filesystem template name from config
* src/openvz_conf.c: Read filesytem template name from config
files. Increase buffer size when parsing vzctl version number
Thu Nov 6 20:45:42 CET 2008 Jim Meyering <meyering@redhat.com>
@@ -12415,7 +12415,7 @@ Thu Jul 12 11:02:17 EST 2007 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Thu Jul 12 11:00:17 EST 2007 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
* qemud/qemud.c: Add explicit checks for existence of x509
* qemud/qemud.c: Add explicit checks for existance of x509
certificate & key files to get better error reporting than
GNU TLS offers when it can't load a file
@@ -13276,7 +13276,7 @@ Tue Apr 17 11:30:46 CEST 2007 Daniel Veillard <veillard@redhat.com>
Mon Apr 16 09:11:04 EST 2007 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
* qemud/conf.c: Check for existence of QEMU binary path. Fix check
* qemud/conf.c: Check for existance of QEMU binary path. Fix check
for -no-kqemu flag to work with x86_64 on i386
Mon Apr 16 09:09:04 EST 2007 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
@@ -13920,7 +13920,7 @@ Tue Feb 27 10:20:43 EST 2007 Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
* src/xend_internal.c: Only hardcode port = 5900+domid if
running against old XenD < 3.0.3, because in newer XenD
port is guaranteed to be available in XenStore if the VNC
port is guarenteed to be available in XenStore if the VNC
server is running.
Mon Feb 26 15:33:08 IST 2007 Mark McLoughlin <markmc@redhat.com>
@@ -15020,7 +15020,7 @@ Tue Nov 7 16:33:43 CET 2006 Daniel Veillard <veillard@redhat.com>
Tue Oct 31 10:31:34 CET 2006 Daniel Veillard <veillard@redhat.com>
* src/xend_internal.c: when getting informations about a non
existent domain, it is not a good idea to raise the HTTP
existant domain, it is not a good idea to raise the HTTP
404 GET error, the handling is better done somewhere up in
the stack.
@@ -15228,7 +15228,7 @@ Sun Sep 3 12:34:23 EDT 2006 Daniel Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
iterating over list of ids/names, because it is not neccessarily
the same as the value returned by virConnectNumOfDomains. Use qsort
to sort active domains by Id, and inactive domains by name, since
there is no guaranteed sort ordering when listing domains. For inactive
there is no guarenteed sort ordering when listing domains. For inactive
domains display a '-' instead of '-1' to make it clear they have no
sensible ID number.

404
HACKING
View File

@@ -14,31 +14,22 @@ General tips for contributing patches
(1) Discuss any large changes on the mailing list first. Post patches early and
listen to feedback.
(2) Official upstream repository is kept in git ("git://libvirt.org/libvirt.git")
and is browsable along with other libvirt-related repositories (e.g.
libvirt-python) online <http://libvirt.org/git/>.
(2) Post patches in unified diff format. A command similar to this should work:
(3) Patches to translations are maintained via the zanata project
<https://fedora.zanata.org/>. If you want to fix a translation in a .po file,
join the appropriate language team. The libvirt release process automatically
pulls the latest version of each translation file from zanata.
diff -urp libvirt.orig/ libvirt.modified/ > libvirt-myfeature.patch
(4) Post patches using "git send-email", with git rename detection enabled. You
need a one-time setup of:
or:
git config diff.renames true
git diff > libvirt-myfeature.patch
Also, for code motion patches, you may find that "git diff --patience"
provides an easier-to-read patch. However, the usual workflow of libvirt
developer is:
However, the usual workflow of libvirt developer is:
git checkout master
git pull
git checkout -t origin -b workbranch
Hack, committing any changes along the way
More hints on compiling can be found here <compiling.html>. When you want to
post your patches:
Then, when you want to post your patches:
git pull --rebase
(fix any conflicts)
@@ -46,7 +37,7 @@ post your patches:
--to=libvir-list@redhat.com master
(Note that the "git send-email" subcommand may not be in the main git package
and using it may require installation of a separate package, for example the
and using it may require installion of a separate package, for example the
"git-email" package in Fedora.) For a single patch you can omit
"--cover-letter", but a series of two or more patches needs a cover letter. If
you get tired of typing "--to=libvir-list@redhat.com" designation you can set
@@ -58,28 +49,16 @@ Please follow this as close as you can, especially the rebase and git
send-email part, as it makes life easier for other developers to review your
patch set. One should avoid sending patches as attachments, but rather send
them in email body along with commit message. If a developer is sending
another version of the patch (e.g. to address review comments), they are
advised to note differences to previous versions after the "---" line in the
patch so that it helps reviewers but doesn't become part of git history.
Moreover, such patch needs to be prefixed correctly with
"--subject-prefix=PATCHv2" appended to "git send-email" (substitute "v2" with
the correct version if needed though).
another version of the patch (e.g. to address review comments), he is advised
to note differences to previous versions after the "---" line in the patch so
that it helps reviewers but doesn't become part of git history. Moreover, such
patch needs to be prefixed correctly with "--subject-prefix=PATCHv2" appended
to "git send-email" (substitute "v2" with the correct version if needed
though).
(5) In your commit message, make the summary line reasonably short (60 characters
is typical), followed by a blank line, followed by any longer description of
why your patch makes sense. If the patch fixes a regression, and you know what
commit introduced the problem, mentioning that is useful. If the patch
resolves a bugzilla report, mentioning the URL of the bug number is useful;
but also summarize the issue rather than making all readers follow the link.
You can use 'git shortlog -30' to get an idea of typical summary lines.
Libvirt does not currently attach any meaning to Signed-off-by: lines, so it
is up to you if you want to include or omit them in the commit message.
(6) Split large changes into a series of smaller patches, self-contained if
(3) Split large changes into a series of smaller patches, self-contained if
possible, with an explanation of each patch and an explanation of how the
sequence of patches fits together. Moreover, please keep in mind that it's
required to be able to compile cleanly (*including* "make check" and "make
@@ -90,10 +69,10 @@ things).
(7) Make sure your patches apply against libvirt GIT. Developers only follow GIT
(4) Make sure your patches apply against libvirt GIT. Developers only follow GIT
and don't care much about released versions.
(8) Run the automated tests on your code before submitting any changes. In
(5) Run the automated tests on your code before submitting any changes. In
particular, configure with compile warnings set to -Werror. This is done
automatically for a git checkout; from a tarball, use:
@@ -105,17 +84,7 @@ and run the tests:
make syntax-check
make -C tests valgrind
Valgrind <http://valgrind.org/> is a test that checks for memory management
issues, such as leaks or use of uninitialized variables.
Some tests are skipped by default in a development environment, based on the
time they take in comparison to the likelihood that those tests will turn up
problems during incremental builds. These tests default to being run when
building from a tarball or with the configure option --enable-expensive-tests;
you can also force a one-time toggle of these tests by setting
VIR_TEST_EXPENSIVE to 0 or 1 at make time, as in:
make check VIR_TEST_EXPENSIVE=1
The latter test checks for memory leaks.
If you encounter any failing tests, the VIR_TEST_DEBUG environment variable
may provide extra information to debug the failures. Larger values of
@@ -124,123 +93,20 @@ VIR_TEST_DEBUG may provide larger amounts of information:
VIR_TEST_DEBUG=1 make check (or)
VIR_TEST_DEBUG=2 make check
When debugging failures during development, it is possible to focus in on just
the failing subtests by using TESTS and VIR_TEST_RANGE:
make check VIR_TEST_DEBUG=1 VIR_TEST_RANGE=3-5 TESTS=qemuxml2argvtest
Also, individual tests can be run from inside the "tests/" directory, like:
./qemuxml2xmltest
If you are adding new test cases, or making changes that alter existing test
output, you can use the environment variable VIR_TEST_REGENERATE_OUTPUT to
quickly update the saved test data. Of course you still need to review the
changes VERY CAREFULLY to ensure they are correct.
VIR_TEST_REGENERATE_OUTPUT=1 ./qemuxml2argvtest
There is also a "./run" script at the top level, to make it easier to run
programs that have not yet been installed, as well as to wrap invocations of
various tests under gdb or Valgrind.
When running our test suite it may happen that the test result is
nondeterministic because of the test suite relying on a particular file in the
system being accessible or having some specific value. To catch this kind of
errors, the test suite has a module for that prints any path touched that
fulfils constraints described above into a file. To enable it just set
"VIR_TEST_FILE_ACCESS" environment variable. Then
"VIR_TEST_FILE_ACCESS_OUTPUT" environment variable can alter location where
the file is stored.
VIR_TEST_FILE_ACCESS=1 VIR_TEST_FILE_ACCESS_OUTPUT="/tmp/file_access.txt" ./qemuxml2argvtest
(9) The Valgrind test should produce similar output to "make check". If the output
has traces within libvirt API's, then investigation is required in order to
determine the cause of the issue. Output such as the following indicates some
sort of leak:
==5414== 4 bytes in 1 blocks are definitely lost in loss record 3 of 89
==5414== at 0x4A0881C: malloc (vg_replace_malloc.c:270)
==5414== by 0x34DE0AAB85: xmlStrndup (in /usr/lib64/libxml2.so.2.7.8)
==5414== by 0x4CC97A6: virDomainVideoDefParseXML (domain_conf.c:7410)
==5414== by 0x4CD581D: virDomainDefParseXML (domain_conf.c:10188)
==5414== by 0x4CD8C73: virDomainDefParseNode (domain_conf.c:10640)
==5414== by 0x4CD8DDB: virDomainDefParse (domain_conf.c:10590)
==5414== by 0x41CB1D: testCompareXMLToArgvHelper (qemuxml2argvtest.c:100)
==5414== by 0x41E20F: virtTestRun (testutils.c:161)
==5414== by 0x41C7CB: mymain (qemuxml2argvtest.c:866)
==5414== by 0x41E84A: virtTestMain (testutils.c:723)
==5414== by 0x34D9021734: (below main) (in /usr/lib64/libc-2.15.so)
In this example, the "virDomainDefParseXML()" had an error path where the
"virDomainVideoDefPtr video" pointer was not properly disposed. By simply
adding a "virDomainVideoDefFree(video);" in the error path, the issue was
resolved.
Another common mistake is calling a printing function, such as "VIR_DEBUG()"
without initializing a variable to be printed. The following example involved
a call which could return an error, but not set variables passed by reference
to the call. The solution was to initialize the variables prior to the call.
==4749== Use of uninitialised value of size 8
==4749== at 0x34D904650B: _itoa_word (in /usr/lib64/libc-2.15.so)
==4749== by 0x34D9049118: vfprintf (in /usr/lib64/libc-2.15.so)
==4749== by 0x34D9108F60: __vasprintf_chk (in /usr/lib64/libc-2.15.so)
==4749== by 0x4CAEEF7: virVasprintf (stdio2.h:199)
==4749== by 0x4C8A55E: virLogVMessage (virlog.c:814)
==4749== by 0x4C8AA96: virLogMessage (virlog.c:751)
==4749== by 0x4DA0056: virNetTLSContextCheckCertKeyUsage (virnettlscontext.c:225)
==4749== by 0x4DA06DB: virNetTLSContextCheckCert (virnettlscontext.c:439)
==4749== by 0x4DA1620: virNetTLSContextNew (virnettlscontext.c:562)
==4749== by 0x4DA26FC: virNetTLSContextNewServer (virnettlscontext.c:927)
==4749== by 0x409C39: testTLSContextInit (virnettlscontexttest.c:467)
==4749== by 0x40AB8F: virtTestRun (testutils.c:161)
Valgrind will also find some false positives or code paths which cannot be
resolved by making changes to the libvirt code. For these paths, it is
possible to add a filter to avoid the errors. For example:
==4643== 7 bytes in 1 blocks are possibly lost in loss record 4 of 20
==4643== at 0x4A0881C: malloc (vg_replace_malloc.c:270)
==4643== by 0x34D90853F1: strdup (in /usr/lib64/libc-2.15.so)
==4643== by 0x34EEC2C08A: ??? (in /usr/lib64/libnl.so.1.1)
==4643== by 0x34EEC15B81: ??? (in /usr/lib64/libnl.so.1.1)
==4643== by 0x34D8C0EE15: call_init.part.0 (in /usr/lib64/ld-2.15.so)
==4643== by 0x34D8C0EECF: _dl_init (in /usr/lib64/ld-2.15.so)
==4643== by 0x34D8C01569: ??? (in /usr/lib64/ld-2.15.so)
In this instance, it is acceptable to modify the "tests/.valgrind.supp" file
in order to add a suppression filter. The filter should be unique enough to
not suppress real leaks, but it should be generic enough to cover multiple
code paths. The format of the entry can be found in the documentation found at
the Valgrind home page <http://valgrind.org/>. The following trace was added
to "tests/.valgrind.supp" in order to suppress the warning:
{
dlInitMemoryLeak1
Memcheck:Leak
fun:?alloc
...
fun:call_init.part.0
fun:_dl_init
...
obj:*/lib*/ld-2.*so*
}
(10) Update tests and/or documentation, particularly if you are adding a new
(6) Update tests and/or documentation, particularly if you are adding a new
feature or changing the output of a program.
There is more on this subject, including lots of links to background reading
on the subject, on Richard Jones' guide to working with open source projects
<http://people.redhat.com/rjones/how-to-supply-code-to-open-source-projects/>.
on the subject, on
Richard Jones' guide to working with open source projects
http://et.redhat.com/~rjones/how-to-supply-code-to-open-source-projects/
Code indentation
@@ -251,9 +117,22 @@ but we do prefer that contributed code be formatted similarly. In short, use
spaces-not-TABs for indentation, use 4 spaces for each indentation level, and
other than that, follow the K&R style.
If you use Emacs, the project includes a file .dir-locals.el that sets up the
preferred indentation. If you use vim, append the following to your ~/.vimrc
file:
If you use Emacs, add the following to one of one of your start-up files
(e.g., ~/.emacs), to help ensure that you get indentation right:
;;; When editing C sources in libvirt, use this style.
(defun libvirt-c-mode ()
"C mode with adjusted defaults for use with libvirt."
(interactive)
(c-set-style "K&R")
(setq indent-tabs-mode nil) ; indent using spaces, not TABs
(setq c-indent-level 4)
(setq c-basic-offset 4))
(add-hook 'c-mode-hook
'(lambda () (if (string-match "/libvirt" (buffer-file-name))
(libvirt-c-mode))))
If you use vim, append the following to your ~/.vimrc file:
set nocompatible
filetype on
@@ -263,7 +142,7 @@ file:
set tabstop=8
set shiftwidth=4
set expandtab
set cinoptions=(0,:0,l1,t0,L3
set cinoptions=(0,:0,l1,t0
filetype plugin indent on
au FileType make setlocal noexpandtab
au BufRead,BufNewFile *.am setlocal noexpandtab
@@ -300,109 +179,19 @@ otherwise. For example, it is preferable to use "/* */" comments rather than
declare them at the beginning of a scope, rather than immediately before use.
Bracket spacing
===============
The keywords "if", "for", "while", and "switch" must have a single space
following them before the opening bracket. E.g.
if(foo) // Bad
if (foo) // Good
Function implementations mustnothave any whitespace between the function name and the opening bracket. E.g.
int foo (int wizz) // Bad
int foo(int wizz) // Good
Function calls mustnothave any whitespace between the function name and the opening bracket. E.g.
bar = foo (wizz); // Bad
bar = foo(wizz); // Good
Function typedefs mustnothave any whitespace between the closing bracket of the function name and
opening bracket of the arg list. E.g.
typedef int (*foo) (int wizz); // Bad
typedef int (*foo)(int wizz); // Good
There must not be any whitespace immediately following any opening bracket, or
immediately prior to any closing bracket. E.g.
int foo( int wizz ); // Bad
int foo(int wizz); // Good
Commas
======
Commas should always be followed by a space or end of line, and never have
leading space; this is enforced during 'make syntax-check'.
call(a,b ,c);// Bad
call(a, b, c); // Good
When declaring an enum or using a struct initializer that occupies more than
one line, use a trailing comma. That way, future edits to extend the list only
have to add a line, rather than modify an existing line to add the
intermediate comma. Any sentinel enumerator value with a name ending in _LAST
is exempt, since you would extend such an enum before the _LAST element.
Another reason to favor trailing commas is that it requires less effort to
produce via code generators. Note that the syntax checker is unable to enforce
a style of trailing commas, so there are counterexamples in existing code
which do not use it; also, while C99 allows trailing commas, remember that
JSON and XDR do not.
enum {
VALUE_ONE,
VALUE_TWO // Bad
};
enum {
VALUE_THREE,
VALUE_FOUR, // Good
};
Semicolons
==========
Semicolons should never have a space beforehand. Inside the condition of a
"for" loop, there should always be a space or line break after each semicolon,
except for the special case of an infinite loop (although more infinite loops
use "while"). While not enforced, loop counters generally use post-increment.
for (i = 0 ;i < limit ; ++i) { // Bad
for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) { // Good
for (;;) { // ok
while (1) { // Better
Empty loop bodies are better represented with curly braces and a comment,
although use of a semicolon is not currently rejected.
while ((rc = waitpid(pid, &st, 0) == -1) &&
errno == EINTR); // ok
while ((rc = waitpid(pid, &st, 0) == -1) &&
errno == EINTR) { // Better
/* nothing */
}
Curly braces
============
Omit the curly braces around an "if", "while", "for" etc. body only when both
that body and the condition itself occupy a single line. In every other case
we require the braces. This ensures that it is trivially easy to identify a
single-'statement' loop: each has only one 'line' in its body.
Omit the curly braces around an "if", "while", "for" etc. body only when that
body occupies a single line. In every other case we require the braces. This
ensures that it is trivially easy to identify a single-'statement' loop: each
has only one 'line' in its body.
while (expr) // single line body; {} is forbidden
Omitting braces with a single-line body is fine:
while (expr) // one-line body -> omitting curly braces is ok
single_line_stmt();
while (expr(arg1,
arg2)) // indentation makes it obvious it is single line,
single_line_stmt(); // {} is optional (not enforced either way)
while (expr1 &&
expr2) { // multi-line, at same indentation, {} required
single_line_stmt();
}
However, the moment your loop/if/else body extends on to a second line, for
However, the moment your loop/if/else body extends onto a second line, for
whatever reason (even if it's just an added comment), then you should add
braces. Otherwise, it would be too easy to insert a statement just before that
comment (without adding braces), thinking it is already a multi-statement loop:
@@ -487,41 +276,9 @@ But if negating a complex condition is too ugly, then at least add braces:
x = y;
}
Use hanging braces for compound statements: the opening brace of a compound
statement should be on the same line as the condition being tested. Only
top-level function bodies, nested scopes, and compound structure declarations
should ever have { on a line by itself.
void
foo(int a, int b)
{ // correct - function body
int 2d[][] = {
{ // correct - complex initialization
1, 2,
},
};
if (a)
{ // BAD: compound brace on its own line
do_stuff();
}
{ // correct - nested scope
int tmp;
if (a < b) { // correct - hanging brace
tmp = b;
b = a;
a = tmp;
}
}
}
Preprocessor
============
Macros defined with an ALL_CAPS name should generally be assumed to be unsafe
with regards to arguments with side-effects (that is, MAX(a++, b--) might
increment a or decrement b too many or too few times). Exceptions to this rule
are explicitly documented for macros in viralloc.h and virstring.h.
For variadic macros, stick with C99 syntax:
#define vshPrint(_ctl, ...) fprintf(stdout, __VA_ARGS__)
@@ -530,7 +287,7 @@ Use parenthesis when checking if a macro is defined, and use indentation to
track nesting:
#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && !defined(HAVE_FALLOCATE)
# define fallocate(a, ignored, b, c) posix_fallocate(a, b, c)
# define fallocate(a,ignored,b,c) posix_fallocate(a,b,c)
#endif
@@ -605,14 +362,16 @@ Low level memory management
Use of the malloc/free/realloc/calloc APIs is deprecated in the libvirt
codebase, because they encourage a number of serious coding bugs and do not
enable compile time verification of checks for NULL. Instead of these
routines, use the macros from viralloc.h.
routines, use the macros from memory.h.
- To allocate a single object:
virDomainPtr domain;
if (VIR_ALLOC(domain) < 0)
if (VIR_ALLOC(domain) < 0) {
virReportOOMError();
return NULL;
}
@@ -621,8 +380,10 @@ routines, use the macros from viralloc.h.
virDomainPtr domains;
size_t ndomains = 10;
if (VIR_ALLOC_N(domains, ndomains) < 0)
if (VIR_ALLOC_N(domains, ndomains) < 0) {
virReportOOMError();
return NULL;
}
@@ -631,8 +392,10 @@ routines, use the macros from viralloc.h.
virDomainPtr *domains;
size_t ndomains = 10;
if (VIR_ALLOC_N(domains, ndomains) < 0)
if (VIR_ALLOC_N(domains, ndomains) < 0) {
virReportOOMError();
return NULL;
}
@@ -643,8 +406,10 @@ recommended only for smaller arrays):
virDomainPtr domains;
size_t ndomains = 0;
if (VIR_EXPAND_N(domains, ndomains, 1) < 0)
if (VIR_EXPAND_N(domains, ndomains, 1) < 0) {
virReportOOMError();
return NULL;
}
domains[ndomains - 1] = domain;
@@ -656,8 +421,10 @@ scales better, but requires tracking allocation separately from usage)
size_t ndomains = 0;
size_t ndomains_max = 0;
if (VIR_RESIZE_N(domains, ndomains_max, ndomains, 1) < 0)
if (VIR_RESIZE_N(domains, ndomains_max, ndomains, 1) < 0) {
virReportOOMError();
return NULL;
}
domains[ndomains++] = domain;
@@ -813,23 +580,12 @@ sizeof(dest) returns something meaningful). Note that this is a macro, so
arguments could be evaluated more than once. This is equivalent to
virStrncpy(dest, src, strlen(src), sizeof(dest)).
VIR_STRDUP(char *dst, const char *src);
VIR_STRNDUP(char *dst, const char *src, size_t n);
You should avoid using strdup or strndup directly as they do not report
out-of-memory error, and do not allow a NULL source. Use VIR_STRDUP or
VIR_STRNDUP macros instead, which return 0 for NULL source, 1 for successful
copy, and -1 for allocation failure with the error already reported. In very
specific cases, when you don't want to report the out-of-memory error, you can
use VIR_STRDUP_QUIET or VIR_STRNDUP_QUIET, but such usage is very rare and
usually considered a flaw.
Variable length string buffer
=============================
If there is a need for complex string concatenations, avoid using the usual
sequence of malloc/strcpy/strcat/snprintf functions and make use of the
virBuffer API described in virbuffer.h
virBuffer API described in buf.h
Typical usage is as follows:
@@ -847,8 +603,11 @@ Typical usage is as follows:
...
if (virBufferCheckError(&buf) < 0)
if (virBufferError(&buf)) {
virBufferFreeAndReset(&buf);
virReportOOMError();
return NULL;
}
return virBufferContentAndReset(&buf);
}
@@ -874,7 +633,7 @@ stick to the following general plan for all *.c source files:
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
#if WITH_NUMACTL Some system includes aren't supported
#if HAVE_NUMACTL Some system includes aren't supported
# include <numa.h> everywhere so need these #if guards.
#endif
@@ -888,12 +647,9 @@ stick to the following general plan for all *.c source files:
{
...
Of particular note: *Do not* include libvirt/libvirt.h, libvirt/virterror.h,
libvirt/libvirt-qemu.h, or libvirt/libvirt-lxc.h. They are included by
"internal.h" already and there are some special reasons why you cannot include
these files explicitly. One of the special cases, "libvirt/libvirt.h" is
included prior to "internal.h" in "remote_protocol.x", to avoid exposing
*_LAST enum elements.
Of particular note: *Do not* include libvirt/libvirt.h or libvirt/virterror.h.
It is included by "internal.h" already and there are some special reasons why
you cannot include these files explicitly.
Printf-style functions
@@ -956,7 +712,9 @@ logic would be better pulled out into a helper function.
Although libvirt does not encourage the Linux kernel wind/unwind style of
multiple labels, there's a good general discussion of the issue archived at
KernelTrap <http://kerneltrap.org/node/553/2131>
KernelTrap
http://kerneltrap.org/node/553/2131
When using goto, please use one of these standard labels if it makes sense:
@@ -965,16 +723,6 @@ When using goto, please use one of these standard labels if it makes sense:
no_memory: A path only taken upon return with an OOM error code
retry: If needing to jump upwards (e.g., retry on EINTR)
Top-level labels should be indented by one space (putting them on the
beginning of the line confuses function context detection in git):
int foo()
{
/* ... do stuff ... */
cleanup:
/* ... do other stuff ... */
}
Libvirt committer guidelines
============================

View File

@@ -1,80 +1,67 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
## Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Red Hat, Inc.
##
## This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
## modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
## License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
## version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
##
## This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
## Lesser General Public License for more details.
##
## You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
## License along with this library. If not, see
## <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
## Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Red Hat, Inc.
## See COPYING.LIB for the License of this software
LCOV = lcov
GENHTML = genhtml
SUBDIRS = . gnulib/lib include/libvirt src daemon tools docs gnulib/tests \
tests po examples
SUBDIRS = gnulib/lib include src daemon tools docs gnulib/tests \
python tests po examples/domain-events/events-c examples/hellolibvirt \
examples/dominfo examples/domsuspend examples/python examples/apparmor \
examples/xml/nwfilter examples/openauth examples/systemtap
XZ_OPT ?= -v -T0
export XZ_OPT
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 -I gnulib/m4
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
XML_EXAMPLES = \
$(patsubst $(srcdir)/%,%,$(wildcard $(addprefix $(srcdir)/examples/xml/, \
test/*.xml storage/*.xml)))
EXTRA_DIST = \
config-post.h \
ChangeLog-old \
libvirt.spec libvirt.spec.in \
mingw-libvirt.spec.in \
libvirt.pc.in \
libvirt-qemu.pc.in \
libvirt-lxc.pc.in \
libvirt-admin.pc.in \
autobuild.sh \
Makefile.nonreentrant \
autogen.sh \
cfg.mk \
examples/domain-events/events-python \
run.in \
AUTHORS.in
AUTHORS.in \
$(XML_EXAMPLES)
pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
pkgconfig_DATA = libvirt.pc libvirt-qemu.pc libvirt-lxc.pc libvirt-admin.pc
pkgconfig_DATA = libvirt.pc
NEWS: $(top_srcdir)/docs/news.xsl $(top_srcdir)/docs/news.html.in
$(AM_V_GEN)if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
-@(if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
$(XSLTPROC) --nonet $(top_srcdir)/docs/news.xsl \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/news.html.in \
| perl -0777 -pe 's/\n\n+$$/\n/' \
| perl -pe 's/[ \t]+$$//' \
> $@-t && mv $@-t $@ ; fi
> $@-t && mv $@-t $@ ; fi );
$(top_srcdir)/HACKING: $(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking1.xsl \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking2.xsl \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/wrapstring.xsl \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking.html.in
$(AM_V_GEN)if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
$(XSLTPROC) --nonet $(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking1.xsl \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking.html.in | \
$(top_srcdir)/HACKING: $(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking1.xsl $(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking2.xsl \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/wrapstring.xsl $(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking.html.in
-@(if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
$(XSLTPROC) --nonet $(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking1.xsl $(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking.html.in | \
$(XSLTPROC) --nonet $(top_srcdir)/docs/hacking2.xsl - \
| perl -0777 -pe 's/\n\n+$$/\n/' \
> $@-t && mv $@-t $@ ; fi;
> $@-t && mv $@-t $@ ; fi );
rpm: clean
@(unset CDPATH ; $(MAKE) dist && rpmbuild -ta $(distdir).tar.xz)
@(unset CDPATH ; $(MAKE) dist && rpmbuild -ta $(distdir).tar.gz)
check-local: all tests
check-access:
@($(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) -C tests check-access)
tests:
@(cd docs/examples ; $(MAKE) MAKEFLAGS+=--silent tests)
@(if [ "$(pythondir)" != "" ] ; then cd python ; \
$(MAKE) MAKEFLAGS+=--silent tests ; fi)
cov: clean-cov
$(MKDIR_P) $(top_builddir)/coverage
mkdir $(top_builddir)/coverage
$(LCOV) -c -o $(top_builddir)/coverage/libvirt.info.tmp \
-d $(top_builddir)/src -d $(top_builddir)/daemon \
-d $(top_builddir)/tests
@@ -89,6 +76,9 @@ clean-cov:
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = .git-module-status
# disable this check
distuninstallcheck:
dist-hook: gen-ChangeLog gen-AUTHORS
# Generate the ChangeLog file (with all entries since the switch to git)
@@ -96,7 +86,7 @@ dist-hook: gen-ChangeLog gen-AUTHORS
gen_start_date = 2009-07-04
.PHONY: gen-ChangeLog
gen-ChangeLog:
$(AM_V_GEN)if test -d .git; then \
if test -d .git; then \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog \
--since=$(gen_start_date) > $(distdir)/cl-t; \
rm -f $(distdir)/ChangeLog; \
@@ -105,9 +95,9 @@ gen-ChangeLog:
.PHONY: gen-AUTHORS
gen-AUTHORS:
$(AM_V_GEN)if test -d $(srcdir)/.git; then \
out="`cd $(srcdir) && git log --pretty=format:'%aN <%aE>' | sort -u`" && \
perl -p -e "s/#authorslist#// and print '$$out'" \
< $(srcdir)/AUTHORS.in > $(distdir)/AUTHORS-tmp && \
if test -d .git; then \
out="`git log --pretty=format:'%aN <%aE>' | sort -u`" && \
cat $(srcdir)/AUTHORS.in | perl -p -e "s/#authorslist#/$$out/" > \
$(distdir)/AUTHORS-tmp && \
mv -f $(distdir)/AUTHORS-tmp $(distdir)/AUTHORS ; \
fi

View File

@@ -1,18 +1,3 @@
## Copyright (C) 2009-2010, 2013 Red Hat, Inc.
##
## This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
## modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
## License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
## version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
##
## This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
## Lesser General Public License for more details.
##
## You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
## License along with this library. If not, see
## <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Generated by running the following on Fedora 9:
@@ -113,11 +98,3 @@ NON_REENTRANT += inet_nsap_ntoa
NON_REENTRANT += inet_ntoa
NON_REENTRANT += inet_ntop
NON_REENTRANT += inet_pton
# Separate two nothings by space to get one space in a variable
space =
space +=
# The space needs to be in a variable otherwise it would be ignored.
# And there must be no spaces around the commas because they would
# not be ignored, logically.
NON_REENTRANT_RE=$(subst $(space),|,$(NON_REENTRANT))

View File

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Specific development tools and versions will be checked for and listed by
the bootstrap script.
Valgrind <http://valgrind.org/> is also highly recommended, if
Valgrind supports your architecture.
Valgrind supports your architecture. See also README-valgrind.
While building from a just-cloned source tree may require installing a
few prerequisites, later, a plain `git pull && make' should be sufficient.

View File

@@ -8,13 +8,6 @@ set -v
test -n "$1" && RESULTS=$1 || RESULTS=results.log
: ${AUTOBUILD_INSTALL_ROOT=$HOME/builder}
# If run under the autobuilder, we must use --nodeps with rpmbuild;
# but this can lead to odd error diagnosis for normal development.
nodeps=
if test "${AUTOBUILD_COUNTER+set}"; then
nodeps=--nodeps
fi
test -f Makefile && make -k distclean || :
rm -rf coverage
@@ -25,11 +18,9 @@ cd build
# Run with options not normally exercised by the rpm build, for
# more complete code coverage.
../autogen.sh --prefix="$AUTOBUILD_INSTALL_ROOT" \
--enable-expensive-tests \
--enable-test-coverage \
--disable-nls \
--enable-werror \
--enable-static
--enable-werror
# If the MAKEFLAGS envvar does not yet include a -j option,
# add -jN where N depends on the number of processors.
@@ -56,7 +47,7 @@ exec 3>&-
test "$st" = 0
test -x /usr/bin/lcov && make cov
rm -f *.tar.xz
rm -f *.tar.gz
make dist
if test -n "$AUTOBUILD_COUNTER" ; then
@@ -67,7 +58,7 @@ else
fi
if test -f /usr/bin/rpmbuild ; then
rpmbuild $nodeps \
rpmbuild --nodeps \
--define "extra_release $EXTRA_RELEASE" \
--define "_sourcedir `pwd`" \
-ba --clean libvirt.spec
@@ -77,15 +68,15 @@ fi
if test -x /usr/bin/i686-w64-mingw32-gcc ; then
make distclean
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR="/usr/i686-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig:/usr/i686-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/share/pkgconfig" \
PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$AUTOBUILD_INSTALL_ROOT/i686-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig" \
CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc" \
../configure \
--build=$(uname -m)-w64-linux \
--host=i686-w64-mingw32 \
--prefix="$AUTOBUILD_INSTALL_ROOT/i686-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw" \
--enable-expensive-tests \
--enable-werror
--enable-werror \
--without-libvirtd \
--without-python
make
make install
@@ -96,15 +87,15 @@ fi
if test -x /usr/bin/x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc ; then
make distclean
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR="/usr/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig:/usr/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/share/pkgconfig" \
PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$AUTOBUILD_INSTALL_ROOT/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig" \
CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc" \
../configure \
--build=$(uname -m)-w64-linux \
--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 \
--prefix="$AUTOBUILD_INSTALL_ROOT/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw" \
--enable-expensive-tests \
--enable-werror
--enable-werror \
--without-libvirtd \
--without-python
make
make install
@@ -114,7 +105,7 @@ fi
if test -x /usr/bin/i686-w64-mingw32-gcc && test -x /usr/bin/x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc ; then
if test -f /usr/bin/rpmbuild ; then
rpmbuild $nodeps \
rpmbuild --nodeps \
--define "extra_release $EXTRA_RELEASE" \
--define "_sourcedir `pwd`" \
-ba --clean mingw-libvirt.spec

View File

@@ -20,10 +20,6 @@ no_git=
if test "x$1" = "x--no-git"; then
no_git=" $1"
shift
case "$1 $2" in
--gnulib-srcdir=*) no_git="$no_git $1"; shift ;;
--gnulib-srcdir\ *) no_git="$no_git $1=$2"; shift; shift;;
esac
fi
if test -z "$NOCONFIGURE" ; then
if test "x$1" = "x--system"; then
@@ -39,7 +35,7 @@ if test -z "$NOCONFIGURE" ; then
echo "Running ./configure with $EXTRA_ARGS $@"
else
if test -z "$*" && test ! -f "$THEDIR/config.status"; then
echo "I am going to run ./configure with no arguments - if you wish"
echo "I am going to run ./configure with no arguments - if you wish "
echo "to pass any to it, please specify them on the $0 command line."
fi
fi
@@ -53,10 +49,6 @@ fi
# we rerun bootstrap to pull in those diffs.
bootstrap_hash()
{
if test "$no_git"; then
echo no-git
return
fi
git submodule status | sed 's/^[ +-]//;s/ .*//'
git hash-object bootstrap.conf
git ls-tree -d HEAD gnulib/local | awk '{print $3}'
@@ -68,13 +60,9 @@ bootstrap_hash()
# like to run 'git clean -x -f po' to fix it; but only ./bootstrap regenerates
# the required file po/Makevars.
# Only run bootstrap from a git checkout, never from a tarball.
if test -d .git || test -f .git; then
curr_status=.git-module-status t=
if test "$no_git"; then
t=no-git
elif test -d .gnulib; then
t=$(bootstrap_hash; git diff .gnulib)
fi
if test -d .git; then
curr_status=.git-module-status
t=$(bootstrap_hash; git diff .gnulib)
case $t:${CLEAN_SUBMODULE+set} in
*:set) ;;
*-dirty*)
@@ -82,13 +70,12 @@ if test -d .git || test -f .git; then
echo "set env-var CLEAN_SUBMODULE to discard gnulib changes" 2>&1
exit 1 ;;
esac
# Keep this test in sync with cfg.mk:_update_required
if test "$t" = "$(cat $curr_status 2>/dev/null)" \
&& test -f "po/Makevars" && test -f AUTHORS; then
&& test -f "po/Makevars"; then
# good, it's up to date, all we need is autoreconf
autoreconf -if
else
if test -z "$no_git" && test ${CLEAN_SUBMODULE+set}; then
if test ${CLEAN_SUBMODULE+set}; then
echo cleaning up submodules...
git submodule foreach 'git clean -dfqx && git reset --hard'
fi

210
bootstrap
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Print a version string.
scriptversion=2016-01-24.06; # UTC
scriptversion=2012-07-19.14; # UTC
# Bootstrap this package from checked-out sources.
# Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 2003-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -42,9 +42,6 @@ export LC_ALL
local_gl_dir=gl
# Honor $PERL, but work even if there is none.
PERL="${PERL-perl}"
me=$0
usage() {
@@ -143,21 +140,20 @@ po_download_command_format2=\
"wget --mirror -nd -q -np -A.po -P '%s' \
http://translationproject.org/latest/%s/"
# Prefer a non-empty tarname (4th argument of AC_INIT if given), else
# fall back to the package name (1st argument with munging)
extract_package_name='
/^AC_INIT(\[*/{
s///
/^[^,]*,[^,]*,[^,]*,[ []*\([^][ ,)]\)/{
s//\1/
s/[],)].*//
/^AC_INIT(/{
/.*,.*,.*, */{
s///
s/[][]//g
s/)$//
p
q
}
s/[],)].*//
s/AC_INIT(\[*//
s/]*,.*//
s/^GNU //
y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/
s/[^abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_]/-/g
s/[^A-Za-z0-9_]/-/g
p
}
'
@@ -212,26 +208,12 @@ bootstrap_sync=false
# Use git to update gnulib sources
use_git=true
check_exists() {
if test "$1" = "--verbose"; then
($2 --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1
if test $? -ge 126; then
# If not found, run with diagnostics as one may be
# presented with env variables to set to find the right version
($2 --version </dev/null)
fi
else
($1 --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1
fi
test $? -lt 126
}
# find_tool ENVVAR NAMES...
# -------------------------
# Search for a required program. Use the value of ENVVAR, if set,
# otherwise find the first of the NAMES that can be run.
# If found, set ENVVAR to the program name, die otherwise.
# otherwise find the first of the NAMES that can be run (i.e.,
# supports --version). If found, set ENVVAR to the program name,
# die otherwise.
#
# FIXME: code duplication, see also gnu-web-doc-update.
find_tool ()
@@ -241,21 +223,27 @@ find_tool ()
find_tool_names=$@
eval "find_tool_res=\$$find_tool_envvar"
if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then
for i; do
if check_exists $i; then
find_tool_res=$i
break
for i
do
if ($i --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
find_tool_res=$i
break
fi
done
else
find_tool_error_prefix="\$$find_tool_envvar: "
fi
if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then
warn_ "one of these is required: $find_tool_names;"
die "alternatively set $find_tool_envvar to a compatible tool"
fi
test x"$find_tool_res" != x \
|| die "one of these is required: $find_tool_names"
($find_tool_res --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
|| die "${find_tool_error_prefix}cannot run $find_tool_res --version"
eval "$find_tool_envvar=\$find_tool_res"
eval "export $find_tool_envvar"
}
# Find sha1sum, named gsha1sum on MacPorts, and shasum on Mac OS X 10.6.
find_tool SHA1SUM sha1sum gsha1sum shasum
# Override the default configuration, if necessary.
# Make sure that bootstrap.conf is sourced from the current directory
# if we were invoked as "sh bootstrap".
@@ -267,12 +255,12 @@ esac
# Extra files from gnulib, which override files from other sources.
test -z "${gnulib_extra_files}" && \
gnulib_extra_files="
build-aux/install-sh
build-aux/mdate-sh
build-aux/texinfo.tex
build-aux/depcomp
build-aux/config.guess
build-aux/config.sub
$build_aux/install-sh
$build_aux/mdate-sh
$build_aux/texinfo.tex
$build_aux/depcomp
$build_aux/config.guess
$build_aux/config.sub
doc/INSTALL
"
@@ -318,34 +306,34 @@ if test -n "$checkout_only_file" && test ! -r "$checkout_only_file"; then
die "Bootstrapping from a non-checked-out distribution is risky."
fi
# Strip blank and comment lines to leave significant entries.
gitignore_entries() {
sed '/^#/d; /^$/d' "$@"
# Ensure that lines starting with ! sort last, per gitignore conventions
# for whitelisting exceptions after a more generic blacklist pattern.
sort_patterns() {
sort -u "$@" | sed '/^!/ {
H
d
}
$ {
P
x
s/^\n//
}' | sed '/^$/d'
}
# If $STR is not already on a line by itself in $FILE, insert it at the start.
# Entries are inserted at the start of the ignore list to ensure existing
# entries starting with ! are not overridden. Such entries support
# whitelisting exceptions after a more generic blacklist pattern.
insert_if_absent() {
# If $STR is not already on a line by itself in $FILE, insert it,
# sorting the new contents of the file and replacing $FILE with the result.
insert_sorted_if_absent() {
file=$1
str=$2
test -f $file || touch $file
test -r $file || die "Error: failed to read ignore file: $file"
duplicate_entries=$(gitignore_entries $file | sort | uniq -d)
if [ "$duplicate_entries" ] ; then
die "Error: Duplicate entries in $file: " $duplicate_entries
fi
linesold=$(gitignore_entries $file | wc -l)
linesnew=$( { echo "$str"; cat $file; } | gitignore_entries | sort -u | wc -l)
if [ $linesold != $linesnew ] ; then
{ echo "$str" | cat - $file > $file.bak && mv $file.bak $file; } \
|| die "insert_if_absent $file $str: failed"
fi
echo "$str" | sort_patterns - $file | cmp -s - $file > /dev/null \
|| { echo "$str" | sort_patterns - $file > $file.bak \
&& mv $file.bak $file; } \
|| die "insert_sorted_if_absent $file $str: failed"
}
# Adjust $PATTERN for $VC_IGNORE_FILE and insert it with
# insert_if_absent.
# insert_sorted_if_absent.
insert_vc_ignore() {
vc_ignore_file="$1"
pattern="$2"
@@ -356,7 +344,7 @@ insert_vc_ignore() {
# .gitignore entry.
pattern=$(echo "$pattern" | sed s,^,/,);;
esac
insert_if_absent "$vc_ignore_file" "$pattern"
insert_sorted_if_absent "$vc_ignore_file" "$pattern"
}
# Die if there is no AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR($build_aux) line in configure.ac.
@@ -421,7 +409,7 @@ sort_ver() { # sort -V is not generally available
get_version() {
app=$1
$app --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || { $app --version; return 1; }
$app --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || return 1
$app --version 2>&1 |
sed -n '# Move version to start of line.
@@ -459,7 +447,6 @@ check_versions() {
test "$appvar" = TAR && appvar=AMTAR
case $appvar in
GZIP) ;; # Do not use $GZIP: it contains gzip options.
PERL::*) ;; # Keep perl modules as-is
*) eval "app=\${$appvar-$app}" ;;
esac
@@ -477,22 +464,12 @@ check_versions() {
ret=1
continue
} ;;
# Another check is for perl modules. These can be written as
# e.g. perl::XML::XPath in case of XML::XPath module, etc.
perl::*)
# Extract module name
app="${app#perl::}"
if ! $PERL -m"$app" -e 'exit 0' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
warn_ "Error: perl module '$app' not found"
ret=1
fi
continue
;;
esac
if [ "$req_ver" = "-" ]; then
# Merely require app to exist; not all prereq apps are well-behaved
# so we have to rely on $? rather than get_version.
if ! check_exists --verbose $app; then
$app --version >/dev/null 2>&1
if [ 126 -le $? ]; then
warn_ "Error: '$app' not found"
ret=1
fi
@@ -525,12 +502,6 @@ print_versions() {
# can't depend on column -t
}
# Find sha1sum, named gsha1sum on MacPorts, shasum on Mac OS X 10.6.
# Also find the compatible sha1 utility on the BSDs
if test x"$SKIP_PO" = x; then
find_tool SHA1SUM sha1sum gsha1sum shasum sha1
fi
use_libtool=0
# We'd like to use grep -E, to see if any of LT_INIT,
# AC_PROG_LIBTOOL, AM_PROG_LIBTOOL is used in configure.ac,
@@ -576,21 +547,13 @@ if ! printf "$buildreq" | check_versions; then
fi
fi
# Warn the user if autom4te appears to be broken; this causes known
# issues with at least gettext 0.18.3.
probe=$(echo 'm4_quote([hi])' | autom4te -l M4sugar -t 'm4_quote:$%' -)
if test "x$probe" != xhi; then
warn_ "WARNING: your autom4te wrapper eats stdin;"
warn_ "if bootstrap fails, consider upgrading your autotools"
fi
echo "$0: Bootstrapping from checked-out $package sources..."
# See if we can use gnulib's git-merge-changelog merge driver.
if $use_git && test -d .git && check_exists git; then
if test -d .git && (git --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then
if git config merge.merge-changelog.driver >/dev/null ; then
:
elif check_exists git-merge-changelog; then
elif (git-merge-changelog --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then
echo "$0: initializing git-merge-changelog driver"
git config merge.merge-changelog.name 'GNU-style ChangeLog merge driver'
git config merge.merge-changelog.driver 'git-merge-changelog %O %A %B'
@@ -610,21 +573,17 @@ git_modules_config () {
test -f .gitmodules && git config --file .gitmodules "$@"
}
if $use_git; then
gnulib_path=$(git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.path)
test -z "$gnulib_path" && gnulib_path=gnulib
fi
gnulib_path=$(git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.path)
test -z "$gnulib_path" && gnulib_path=gnulib
# Get gnulib files. Populate $GNULIB_SRCDIR, possibly updating a
# submodule, for use in the rest of the script.
# Get gnulib files.
case ${GNULIB_SRCDIR--} in
-)
# Note that $use_git is necessarily true in this case.
if git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url >/dev/null; then
echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
git submodule init -- "$gnulib_path" || exit $?
git submodule update -- "$gnulib_path" || exit $?
git submodule init || exit $?
git submodule update || exit $?
elif [ ! -d "$gnulib_path" ]; then
echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
@@ -641,8 +600,8 @@ case ${GNULIB_SRCDIR--} in
GNULIB_SRCDIR=$gnulib_path
;;
*)
# Use GNULIB_SRCDIR directly or as a reference.
if $use_git && test -d "$GNULIB_SRCDIR"/.git && \
# Use GNULIB_SRCDIR as a reference.
if test -d "$GNULIB_SRCDIR"/.git && \
git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url >/dev/null; then
echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
if git submodule -h|grep -- --reference > /dev/null; then
@@ -653,14 +612,13 @@ case ${GNULIB_SRCDIR--} in
# This fallback allows at least git 1.5.5.
if test -f "$gnulib_path"/gnulib-tool; then
# Since file already exists, assume submodule init already complete.
git submodule update -- "$gnulib_path" || exit $?
git submodule update || exit $?
else
# Older git can't clone into an empty directory.
rmdir "$gnulib_path" 2>/dev/null
git clone --reference "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" \
"$(git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url)" "$gnulib_path" \
&& git submodule init -- "$gnulib_path" \
&& git submodule update -- "$gnulib_path" \
&& git submodule init && git submodule update \
|| exit $?
fi
fi
@@ -669,19 +627,12 @@ case ${GNULIB_SRCDIR--} in
;;
esac
# $GNULIB_SRCDIR now points to the version of gnulib to use, and
# we no longer need to use git or $gnulib_path below here.
if $bootstrap_sync; then
cmp -s "$0" "$GNULIB_SRCDIR/build-aux/bootstrap" || {
echo "$0: updating bootstrap and restarting..."
case $(sh -c 'echo "$1"' -- a) in
a) ignored=--;;
*) ignored=ignored;;
esac
exec sh -c \
'cp "$1" "$2" && shift && exec "${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}" "$@"' \
$ignored "$GNULIB_SRCDIR/build-aux/bootstrap" \
-- "$GNULIB_SRCDIR/build-aux/bootstrap" \
"$0" "$@" --no-bootstrap-sync
}
fi
@@ -729,10 +680,11 @@ update_po_files() {
cksum_file="$ref_po_dir/$po.s1"
if ! test -f "$cksum_file" ||
! test -f "$po_dir/$po.po" ||
! $SHA1SUM -c "$cksum_file" < "$new_po" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
! $SHA1SUM -c --status "$cksum_file" \
< "$new_po" > /dev/null; then
echo "$me: updated $po_dir/$po.po..."
cp "$new_po" "$po_dir/$po.po" \
&& $SHA1SUM < "$new_po" > "$cksum_file" || return
&& $SHA1SUM < "$new_po" > "$cksum_file"
fi
done
}
@@ -915,8 +867,7 @@ if test $use_libtool = 1; then
esac
fi
echo "$0: $gnulib_tool $gnulib_tool_options --import ..."
$gnulib_tool $gnulib_tool_options --import $gnulib_modules \
|| die "gnulib-tool failed"
$gnulib_tool $gnulib_tool_options --import $gnulib_modules &&
for file in $gnulib_files; do
symlink_to_dir "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" $file \
@@ -938,21 +889,20 @@ find "$m4_base" "$source_base" \
-depth \( -name '*.m4' -o -name '*.[ch]' \) \
-type l -xtype l -delete > /dev/null 2>&1
# Invoke autoreconf with --force --install to ensure upgrades of tools
# such as ylwrap.
AUTORECONFFLAGS="--verbose --install --force -I $m4_base $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
# Some systems (RHEL 5) are using ancient autotools, for which the
# --no-recursive option had not been invented. Detect that lack and
# omit the option when it's not supported. FIXME in 2017: remove this
# hack when RHEL 5 autotools are updated, or when they become irrelevant.
no_recursive=
case $($AUTORECONF --help) in
*--no-recursive*) AUTORECONFFLAGS="$AUTORECONFFLAGS --no-recursive";;
*--no-recursive*) no_recursive=--no-recursive;;
esac
# Tell autoreconf not to invoke autopoint or libtoolize; they were run above.
echo "running: AUTOPOINT=true LIBTOOLIZE=true $AUTORECONF $AUTORECONFFLAGS"
AUTOPOINT=true LIBTOOLIZE=true $AUTORECONF $AUTORECONFFLAGS \
echo "running: AUTOPOINT=true LIBTOOLIZE=true " \
"$AUTORECONF --verbose --install $no_recursive -I $m4_base $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
AUTOPOINT=true LIBTOOLIZE=true \
$AUTORECONF --verbose --install $no_recursive -I $m4_base $ACLOCAL_FLAGS \
|| die "autoreconf failed"
# Get some extra files from gnulib, overriding existing files.
@@ -1021,6 +971,6 @@ echo "$0: done. Now you can run './configure'."
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# Bootstrap configuration.
# Copyright (C) 2010-2014 Red Hat, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 2010-2012 Red Hat, Inc.
# This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
gnulib_modules='
accept
areadlink
autobuild
base64
bind
bitrotate
@@ -35,10 +34,8 @@ clock-time
close
connect
configmake
count-leading-zeros
count-one-bits
crypto/md5
crypto/sha256
dirname-lgpl
environ
execinfo
@@ -54,7 +51,6 @@ func
getaddrinfo
getcwd-lgpl
gethostname
getopt-posix
getpass
getpeername
getsockname
@@ -73,8 +69,6 @@ listen
localeconv
maintainer-makefile
manywarnings
mgetgroups
mkdtemp
mkostemp
mkostemps
mktempd
@@ -95,9 +89,7 @@ recv
regex
random_r
sched
secure_getenv
send
setenv
setsockopt
sigaction
sigpipe
@@ -121,7 +113,6 @@ time_r
timegm
ttyname_r
uname
unsetenv
useless-if-before-free
usleep
vasprintf
@@ -179,11 +170,11 @@ fi
# Tell gnulib to:
# require LGPLv2+
# apply any local diffs in gnulib/local/ dir
# put *.m4 files in m4/ dir
# put *.m4 files in new gnulib/m4/ dir
# put *.[ch] files in new gnulib/lib/ dir
# import gnulib tests in new gnulib/tests/ dir
gnulib_name=libgnu
m4_base=m4
m4_base=gnulib/m4
source_base=gnulib/lib
tests_base=gnulib/tests
gnulib_tool_option_extras="\
@@ -195,10 +186,18 @@ gnulib_tool_option_extras="\
"
local_gl_dir=gnulib/local
# Convince bootstrap to use multiple m4 directories.
: ${ACLOCAL=aclocal}
ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL -I m4"
export ACLOCAL
# Build prerequisites
# Note that some of these programs are only required for 'make dist' to
# succeed from a fresh git checkout; not all of these programs are
# required to run 'make dist' on a tarball.
# required to run 'make dist' on a tarball. As a special case, we want
# to require the equivalent of the Fedora python-devel package, but
# RHEL 5 lacks the witness python-config package; we hack around that
# old environment below.
buildreq="\
autoconf 2.59
automake 1.9.6
@@ -210,30 +209,39 @@ libtool -
patch -
perl 5.5
pkg-config -
python-config -
rpcgen -
tar -
xmllint -
xsltproc -
"
# Use rpm as a fallback to bypass the bootstrap probe for python-config,
# for the sake of RHEL 5; without requiring it on newer systems that
# have python-config to begin with.
if `(${PYTHON_CONFIG-python-config} --version;
test $? -lt 126 || rpm -q python-devel) >/dev/null 2>&1`; then
PYTHON_CONFIG=true
fi
# Automake requires that ChangeLog and AUTHORS exist.
touch AUTHORS ChangeLog || exit 1
# Override bootstrap's list - we don't use mdate-sh or texinfo.tex.
gnulib_extra_files="
build-aux/install-sh
build-aux/depcomp
build-aux/config.guess
build-aux/config.sub
$build_aux/install-sh
$build_aux/depcomp
$build_aux/config.guess
$build_aux/config.sub
doc/INSTALL
"
bootstrap_post_import_hook()
bootstrap_epilogue()
{
# Change paths in gnulib/tests/gnulib.mk from "../../.." to "../..",
# and make tests conditional by changing "TESTS" to "GNULIB_TESTS".
# then ensure that gnulib/tests/Makefile.in is up-to-date.
m=gnulib/tests/gnulib.mk
sed 's,\.\./\.\./\.\.,../..,g; s/^TESTS /GNULIB_TESTS /' $m > $m-t
sed 's,\.\./\.\./\.\.,../..,g' $m > $m-t
mv -f $m-t $m
${AUTOMAKE-automake} gnulib/tests/Makefile
}

View File

@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
# check-spacing.pl: Report any usage of 'function (..args..)'
# Also check for other syntax issues, such as correct use of ';'
#
# This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Lesser General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License along with this library. If not, see
# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Authors:
# Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
use strict;
use warnings;
my $ret = 0;
my $incomment = 0;
foreach my $file (@ARGV) {
# Per-file variables for multiline Curly Bracket (cb_) check
my $cb_linenum = 0;
my $cb_code = "";
my $cb_scolon = 0;
open FILE, $file;
while (defined (my $line = <FILE>)) {
my $data = $line;
# For temporary modifications
my $tmpdata;
# Kill any quoted , ; = or "
$data =~ s/'[";,=]'/'X'/g;
# Kill any quoted strings
$data =~ s,"(?:[^\\\"]|\\.)*","XXX",g;
# Kill any C++ style comments
$data =~ s,//.*$,//,;
next if $data =~ /^#/;
# Kill contents of multi-line comments
# and detect end of multi-line comments
if ($incomment) {
if ($data =~ m,\*/,) {
$incomment = 0;
$data =~ s,^.*\*/,*/,;
} else {
$data = "";
}
}
# Kill single line comments, and detect
# start of multi-line comments
if ($data =~ m,/\*.*\*/,) {
$data =~ s,/\*.*\*/,/* */,;
} elsif ($data =~ m,/\*,) {
$incomment = 1;
$data =~ s,/\*.*,/*,;
}
# We need to match things like
#
# int foo (int bar, bool wizz);
# foo (bar, wizz);
#
# but not match things like:
#
# typedef int (*foo)(bar wizz)
#
# we can't do this (efficiently) without
# missing things like
#
# foo (*bar, wizz);
#
# We also don't want to spoil the $data so it can be used
# later on.
$tmpdata = $data;
while ($tmpdata =~ /(\w+)\s\((?!\*)/) {
my $kw = $1;
# Allow space after keywords only
if ($kw =~ /^(?:if|for|while|switch|return)$/) {
$tmpdata =~ s/(?:$kw\s\()/XXX(/;
} else {
print "Whitespace after non-keyword:\n";
print "$file:$.: $line";
$ret = 1;
last;
}
}
# Require whitespace immediately after keywords
if ($data =~ /\b(?:if|for|while|switch|return)\(/) {
print "No whitespace after keyword:\n";
print "$file:$.: $line";
$ret = 1;
}
# Forbid whitespace between )( of a function typedef
if ($data =~ /\(\*\w+\)\s+\(/) {
print "Whitespace between ')' and '(':\n";
print "$file:$.: $line";
$ret = 1;
}
# Forbid whitespace following ( or prior to )
# but allow whitespace before ) on a single line
# (optionally followed by a semicolon)
if (($data =~ /\s\)/ && not $data =~ /^\s+\);?$/) ||
$data =~ /\((?!$)\s/) {
print "Whitespace after '(' or before ')':\n";
print "$file:$.: $line";
$ret = 1;
}
# Forbid whitespace before ";" or ",". Things like below are allowed:
#
# 1) The expression is empty for "for" loop. E.g.
# for (i = 0; ; i++)
#
# 2) An empty statement. E.g.
# while (write(statuswrite, &status, 1) == -1 &&
# errno == EINTR)
# ;
#
if ($data =~ /\s[;,]/) {
unless ($data =~ /\S; ; / ||
$data =~ /^\s+;/) {
print "Whitespace before semicolon or comma:\n";
print "$file:$.: $line";
$ret = 1;
}
}
# Require EOL, macro line continuation, or whitespace after ";".
# Allow "for (;;)" as an exception.
if ($data =~ /;[^ \\\n;)]/) {
print "Invalid character after semicolon:\n";
print "$file:$.: $line";
$ret = 1;
}
# Require EOL, space, or enum/struct end after comma.
if ($data =~ /,[^ \\\n)}]/) {
print "Invalid character after comma:\n";
print "$file:$.: $line";
$ret = 1;
}
# Require spaces around assignment '=', compounds and '=='
if ($data =~ /[^ ]\b[!<>&|\-+*\/%\^=]?=/ ||
$data =~ /=[^= \\\n]/) {
print "Spacing around '=' or '==':\n";
print "$file:$.: $line";
$ret = 1;
}
# One line conditional statements with one line bodies should
# not use curly brackets.
if ($data =~ /^\s*(if|while|for)\b.*\{$/) {
$cb_linenum = $.;
$cb_code = $line;
$cb_scolon = 0;
}
# We need to check for exactly one semicolon inside the body,
# because empty statements (e.g. with comment only) are
# allowed
if ($cb_linenum == $. - 1 && $data =~ /^[^;]*;[^;]*$/) {
$cb_code .= $line;
$cb_scolon = 1;
}
if ($data =~ /^\s*}\s*$/ &&
$cb_linenum == $. - 2 &&
$cb_scolon) {
print "Curly brackets around single-line body:\n";
print "$file:$cb_linenum-$.:\n$cb_code$line";
$ret = 1;
# There _should_ be no need to reset the values; but to
# keep my inner peace...
$cb_linenum = 0;
$cb_scolon = 0;
$cb_code = "";
}
}
close FILE;
}
exit $ret;

View File

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
use strict;
my $file = " ";
my $ret = 0;
my %includes = ( );
my $lineno = 0;
while (<>) {
if (not $file eq $ARGV) {
%includes = ( );
$file = $ARGV;
$lineno = 0;
}
$lineno++;
if (/^# *include *[<"]([^>"]*\.h)[">]/) {
$includes{$1}++;
if ($includes{$1} == 2) {
$ret = 1;
print STDERR "$ARGV:$lineno: $_";
print STDERR "Do not include a header more than once per file\n";
}
}
}
exit $ret;

630
cfg.mk
View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
# Customize Makefile.maint. -*- makefile -*-
# Copyright (C) 2008-2015 Red Hat, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Red Hat, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -33,9 +33,8 @@ gnulib_dir = $(srcdir)/.gnulib
# This is all gnulib files, as well as generated files for RPC code.
generated_files = \
$(srcdir)/daemon/*_dispatch.h \
$(srcdir)/src/*/*_dispatch.h \
$(srcdir)/src/remote/*_client_bodies.h \
$(srcdir)/src/*/*_protocol.[ch] \
$(srcdir)/src/remote/*_protocol.[ch] \
$(srcdir)/gnulib/lib/*.[ch]
# We haven't converted all scripts to using gnulib's init.sh yet.
@@ -64,7 +63,6 @@ local-checks-to-skip = \
sc_prohibit_quote_without_use \
sc_prohibit_quotearg_without_use \
sc_prohibit_stat_st_blocks \
sc_prohibit_undesirable_word_seq \
sc_root_tests \
sc_space_tab \
sc_sun_os_names \
@@ -91,19 +89,15 @@ endif
# Files that should never cause syntax check failures.
VC_LIST_ALWAYS_EXCLUDE_REGEX = \
(^(HACKING|docs/(news(-[0-9]*)?\.html\.in|.*\.patch))|\.(po|fig|gif|ico|png))$$
(^(HACKING|docs/(news\.html\.in|.*\.patch))|\.po)$$
# Functions like free() that are no-ops on NULL arguments.
useless_free_options = \
--name=VBOX_UTF16_FREE \
--name=VBOX_UTF8_FREE \
--name=VBOX_COM_UNALLOC_MEM \
--name=VIR_FREE \
--name=qemuCapsFree \
--name=qemuMigrationCookieFree \
--name=qemuMigrationCookieGraphicsFree \
--name=sexpr_free \
--name=usbFreeDevice \
--name=virBandwidthDefFree \
--name=virBitmapFree \
--name=virCPUDefFree \
@@ -126,8 +120,9 @@ useless_free_options = \
--name=virDomainDeviceDefFree \
--name=virDomainDiskDefFree \
--name=virDomainEventCallbackListFree \
--name=virObjectEventQueueFree \
--name=virObjectEventStateFree \
--name=virDomainEventFree \
--name=virDomainEventQueueFree \
--name=virDomainEventStateFree \
--name=virDomainFSDefFree \
--name=virDomainGraphicsDefFree \
--name=virDomainHostdevDefFree \
@@ -161,11 +156,11 @@ useless_free_options = \
--name=virNWFilterRuleDefFree \
--name=virNWFilterRuleInstFree \
--name=virNetworkDefFree \
--name=virNetworkObjFree \
--name=virNodeDeviceDefFree \
--name=virNodeDeviceObjFree \
--name=virObjectUnref \
--name=virObjectFreeCallback \
--name=virPCIDeviceFree \
--name=virSecretDefFree \
--name=virStorageEncryptionFree \
--name=virStorageEncryptionSecretFree \
@@ -204,6 +199,7 @@ useless_free_options = \
# y virDomainDeviceDefFree
# y virDomainDiskDefFree
# y virDomainEventCallbackListFree
# y virDomainEventFree
# y virDomainEventQueueFree
# y virDomainFSDefFree
# n virDomainFree
@@ -249,6 +245,8 @@ useless_free_options = \
# y virNetworkDefFree
# n virNetworkFree (returns int)
# n virNetworkFreeName (returns int)
# y virNetworkObjFree
# n virNetworkObjListFree FIXME
# n virNodeDevCapsDefFree FIXME
# y virNodeDeviceDefFree
# n virNodeDeviceFree (returns int)
@@ -301,15 +299,13 @@ sc_flags_debug:
# than d). The existence of long long, and of documentation about
# flags, makes the regex in the third test slightly harder.
sc_flags_usage:
@test "$$(cat $(srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-domain.h \
@test "$$(cat $(srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt.h.in \
$(srcdir)/include/libvirt/virterror.h \
$(srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-qemu.h \
$(srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-lxc.h \
$(srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-admin.h \
| grep -c '\(long\|unsigned\) flags')" != 4 && \
{ echo '$(ME): new API should use "unsigned int flags"' 1>&2; \
exit 1; } || :
@prohibit=' flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED' \
@prohibit=' flags ''ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED' \
halt='flags should be checked with virCheckFlags' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
@prohibit='^[^@]*([^d] (int|long long)|[^dg] long) flags[;,)]' \
@@ -318,14 +314,14 @@ sc_flags_usage:
# Avoid functions that should only be called via macro counterparts.
sc_prohibit_internal_functions:
@prohibit='vir(Free|AllocN?|ReallocN|(Insert|Delete)ElementsN|File(Close|Fclose|Fdopen)) *\(' \
@prohibit='vir(Free|AllocN?|ReallocN|File(Close|Fclose|Fdopen)) *\(' \
halt='use VIR_ macros instead of internal functions' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Avoid raw malloc and free, except in documentation comments.
sc_prohibit_raw_allocation:
@prohibit='^.[^*].*\<((m|c|re)alloc|free) *\([^)]' \
halt='use VIR_ macros from viralloc.h instead of malloc/free' \
halt='use VIR_ macros from memory.h instead of malloc/free' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Avoid functions that can lead to double-close bugs.
@@ -352,8 +348,8 @@ sc_prohibit_mkstemp:
# access with X_OK accepts directories, but we can't exec() those.
# access with F_OK or R_OK is okay, though.
sc_prohibit_access_xok:
@prohibit='access(at)? *\(.*X_OK' \
halt='use virFileIsExecutable instead of access(,X_OK)' \
@prohibit='access''(at)? *\(.*X_OK' \
halt='use virFileIsExecutable instead of access''(,X_OK)' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Similar to the gnulib maint.mk rule for sc_prohibit_strcmp
@@ -362,7 +358,7 @@ snp_ = strncmp *\(.+\)
sc_prohibit_strncmp:
@prohibit='! *strncmp *\(|\<$(snp_) *[!=]=|[!=]= *$(snp_)' \
exclude=':# *define STR(N?EQLEN|PREFIX)\(' \
halt='use STREQLEN or STRPREFIX instead of strncmp' \
halt='use STREQLEN or STRPREFIX instead of str''ncmp' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# strtol and friends are too easy to misuse
@@ -377,18 +373,9 @@ sc_prohibit_strtol:
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Use virAsprintf rather than as'printf since *strp is undefined on error.
# But for plain %s, virAsprintf is overkill compared to strdup.
sc_prohibit_asprintf:
@prohibit='\<v?a[s]printf\>' \
halt='use virAsprintf, not asprintf' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
@prohibit='virAsprintf.*, *"%s",' \
halt='use VIR_STRDUP instead of virAsprintf with "%s"' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_strdup:
@prohibit='\<strn?dup\> *\(' \
halt='use VIR_STRDUP, not strdup' \
halt='use virAsprintf, not as'printf \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Prefer virSetUIDGID.
@@ -397,17 +384,11 @@ sc_prohibit_setuid:
halt='use virSetUIDGID, not raw set*id' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Don't compare *id_t against raw -1.
sc_prohibit_risky_id_promotion:
@prohibit='\b(user|group|[ug]id) *[=!]= *-' \
halt='cast -1 to ([ug]id_t) before comparing against id' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Use snprintf rather than s'printf, even if buffer is provably large enough,
# since gnulib has more guarantees for snprintf portability
sc_prohibit_sprintf:
@prohibit='\<[s]printf\>' \
halt='use snprintf, not sprintf' \
halt='use snprintf, not s'printf \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_readlink:
@@ -420,60 +401,44 @@ sc_prohibit_gethostname:
halt='use virGetHostname, not gethostname' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_readdir:
@prohibit='\b(read|close|open)dir *\(' \
exclude='exempt from syntax-check' \
halt='use virDirOpen, virDirRead and VIR_DIR_CLOSE' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_gettext_noop:
@prohibit='gettext_noop *\(' \
halt='use N_, not gettext_noop' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_VIR_ERR_NO_MEMORY:
@prohibit='\<VIR_ERR_NO_MEMORY\>' \
halt='use virReportOOMError, not VIR_ERR_NO_MEMORY' \
@prohibit='\<V''IR_ERR_NO_MEMORY\>' \
halt='use virReportOOMError, not V'IR_ERR_NO_MEMORY \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_PATH_MAX:
@prohibit='\<PATH_MAX\>' \
halt='dynamically allocate paths, do not use PATH_MAX' \
@prohibit='\<P''ATH_MAX\>' \
halt='dynamically allocate paths, do not use P'ATH_MAX \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Use a subshell for each function, to give the optimal warning message.
include $(srcdir)/Makefile.nonreentrant
sc_prohibit_nonreentrant:
@prohibit="\\<(${NON_REENTRANT_RE}) *\\(" \
halt="use re-entrant functions (usually ending with _r)" \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_select:
@prohibit='\<select *\(' \
halt='use poll(), not select()' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
@fail=0 ; \
for i in $(NON_REENTRANT) ; \
do \
(prohibit="\\<$$i *\\(" \
halt="use $${i}_r, not $$i" \
$(_sc_search_regexp) \
) || fail=1; \
done ; \
exit $$fail
# Prohibit the inclusion of <ctype.h>.
sc_prohibit_ctype_h:
@prohibit='^# *include *<ctype\.h>' \
halt='use c-ctype.h instead of ctype.h' \
halt="don't use ctype.h; instead, use c-ctype.h" \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Insist on correct types for [pug]id.
sc_correct_id_types:
@prohibit='\<(int|long) *[pug]id\>' \
halt='use pid_t for pid, uid_t for uid, gid_t for gid' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# "const fooPtr a" is the same as "foo * const a", even though it is
# usually desired to have "foo const *a". It's easier to just prevent
# the confusing mix of typedef vs. const placement.
# Also requires that all 'fooPtr' typedefs are actually pointers.
sc_forbid_const_pointer_typedef:
@prohibit='(^|[^"])const \w*Ptr' \
halt='"const fooPtr var" does not declare what you meant' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
@prohibit='typedef [^(]+ [^*]\w*Ptr\b' \
halt='use correct style and type for Ptr typedefs' \
halt="use pid_t for pid, uid_t for uid, gid_t for gid" \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Forbid sizeof foo or sizeof (foo), require sizeof(foo)
@@ -497,12 +462,12 @@ ctype_re = isalnum|isalpha|isascii|isblank|iscntrl|isdigit|isgraph|islower\
sc_avoid_ctype_macros:
@prohibit='\b($(ctype_re)) *\(' \
halt='use c-ctype.h instead of ctype macros' \
halt="don't use ctype macros (use c-ctype.h)" \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_avoid_strcase:
@prohibit='\bstrn?case(cmp|str) *\(' \
halt='use c-strcase.h instead of raw strcase functions' \
halt="don't use raw strcase functions (use c-strcase instead)" \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_virBufferAdd_with_string_literal:
@@ -510,20 +475,11 @@ sc_prohibit_virBufferAdd_with_string_literal:
halt='use virBufferAddLit, not virBufferAdd, with a string literal' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_virBufferAsprintf_with_string_literal:
@prohibit='\<virBufferAsprintf *\([^,]+, *"([^%"\]|\\.|%%)*"\)' \
halt='use virBufferAddLit, not virBufferAsprintf, with a string literal' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_forbid_manual_xml_indent:
@prohibit='virBuffer.*" +<' \
halt='use virBufferAdjustIndent instead of spaces when indenting xml' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# dirname and basename from <libgen.h> are not required to be thread-safe
sc_prohibit_libgen:
@prohibit='( (base|dir)name *\(|include .libgen\.h)' \
halt='use functions from gnulib "dirname.h", not <libgen.h>' \
# Not only do they fail to deal well with ipv6, but the gethostby*
# functions are also not thread-safe.
sc_prohibit_gethostby:
@prohibit='\<gethostby(addr|name2?) *\(' \
halt='use getaddrinfo, not gethostby*' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# raw xmlGetProp requires some nasty casts
@@ -552,35 +508,6 @@ sc_avoid_attribute_unused_in_header:
halt='use ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED in .c rather than .h files' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_int_index:
@prohibit='\<(int|unsigned)\s*\*?index\>(\s|,|;)' \
halt='use different name than 'index' for declaration' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_int_ijk:
@prohibit='\<(int|unsigned) ([^(=]* )*(i|j|k)\>(\s|,|;)' \
exclude='exempt from syntax-check' \
halt='use size_t, not int/unsigned int for loop vars i, j, k' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_loop_iijjkk:
@prohibit='\<(int|unsigned) ([^=]+ )*(ii|jj|kk)\>(\s|,|;)' \
halt='use i, j, k for loop iterators, not ii, jj, kk' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# RHEL 5 gcc can't grok "for (int i..."
sc_prohibit_loop_var_decl:
@prohibit='\<for *\(\w+[ *]+\w+' \
in_vc_files='\.[ch]$$' \
halt='declare loop iterators outside the for statement' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Use 'bool', not 'int', when assigning true or false
sc_prohibit_int_assign_bool:
@prohibit='\<int\>.*= *(true|false)' \
halt='use bool type for boolean values' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Many of the function names below came from this filter:
# git grep -B2 '\<_('|grep -E '\.c- *[[:alpha:]_][[:alnum:]_]* ?\(.*[,;]$' \
# |sed 's/.*\.c- *//'|perl -pe 's/ ?\(.*//'|sort -u \
@@ -593,6 +520,16 @@ msg_gen_function += regerror
msg_gen_function += vah_error
msg_gen_function += vah_warning
msg_gen_function += virGenericReportError
msg_gen_function += virLibConnError
msg_gen_function += virLibDomainError
msg_gen_function += virLibDomainSnapshotError
msg_gen_function += virLibInterfaceError
msg_gen_function += virLibNetworkError
msg_gen_function += virLibNodeDeviceError
msg_gen_function += virLibNWFilterError
msg_gen_function += virLibSecretError
msg_gen_function += virLibStoragePoolError
msg_gen_function += virLibStorageVolError
msg_gen_function += virRaiseError
msg_gen_function += virReportError
msg_gen_function += virReportErrorHelper
@@ -607,9 +544,8 @@ msg_gen_function += xenapiSessionErrorHandler
# msg_gen_function += vshPrint
# msg_gen_function += vshError
space =
space +=
func_re= ($(subst $(space),|,$(msg_gen_function)))
func_or := $(shell echo $(msg_gen_function)|tr -s ' ' '|')
func_re := ($(func_or))
# Look for diagnostics that aren't marked for translation.
# This won't find any for which error's format string is on a separate line.
@@ -623,7 +559,7 @@ sc_libvirt_unmarked_diagnostics:
$(_sc_search_regexp)
@{ grep -nE '\<$(func_re) *\(.*;$$' $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT)); \
grep -A1 -nE '\<$(func_re) *\(.*,$$' $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT)); } \
| $(SED) 's/_("\([^\"]\|\\.\)\+"//;s/[ ]"%s"//' \
| sed 's/_("\([^\"]\|\\.\)\+"//;s/[ ]"%s"//' \
| grep '[ ]"' && \
{ echo '$(ME): found unmarked diagnostic(s)' 1>&2; \
exit 1; } || :
@@ -648,7 +584,7 @@ sc_prohibit_newline_at_end_of_diagnostic:
sc_prohibit_diagnostic_without_format:
@{ grep -nE '\<$(func_re) *\(.*;$$' $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT)); \
grep -A2 -nE '\<$(func_re) *\(.*,$$' $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT)); } \
| $(SED) -rn -e ':l; /[,"]$$/ {N;b l;}' \
| sed -rn -e ':l; /[,"]$$/ {N;b l;}' \
-e '/(xenapiSessionErrorHandler|vah_(error|warning))/d' \
-e '/\<$(func_re) *\([^"]*"([^%"]|"\n[^"]*")*"[,)]/p' \
| grep -vE 'VIR_ERROR' && \
@@ -670,7 +606,7 @@ sc_prohibit_useless_translation:
# or \n on one side of the split.
sc_require_whitespace_in_translation:
@grep -n -A1 '"$$' $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT)) \
| $(SED) -ne ':l; /"$$/ {N;b l;}; s/"\n[^"]*"/""/g; s/\\n/ /g' \
| sed -ne ':l; /"$$/ {N;b l;}; s/"\n[^"]*"/""/g; s/\\n/ /g' \
-e '/_(.*[^\ ]""[^\ ]/p' | grep . && \
{ echo '$(ME): missing whitespace at line split' 1>&2; \
exit 1; } || :
@@ -678,51 +614,13 @@ sc_require_whitespace_in_translation:
# Enforce recommended preprocessor indentation style.
sc_preprocessor_indentation:
@if cppi --version >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
$(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep -E '\.[ch](\.in)?$$' | xargs cppi -a -c \
$(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep '\.[ch]$$' | xargs cppi -a -c \
|| { echo '$(ME): incorrect preprocessor indentation' 1>&2; \
exit 1; }; \
else \
echo '$(ME): skipping test $@: cppi not installed' 1>&2; \
fi
# Enforce similar spec file indentation style, by running cppi on a
# (comment-only) C file that mirrors the same layout as the spec file.
sc_spec_indentation:
@if cppi --version >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
for f in $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep '\.spec\.in$$'); do \
$(SED) -e 's|#|// #|; s|%ifn*\(arch\)* |#if a // |' \
-e 's/%\(else\|endif\|define\)/#\1/' \
-e 's/^\( *\)\1\1\1#/#\1/' \
-e 's|^\( *[^#/ ]\)|// \1|; s|^\( */[^/]\)|// \1|' $$f \
| cppi -a -c 2>&1 | $(SED) "s|standard input|$$f|"; \
done | { if grep . >&2; then false; else :; fi; } \
|| { echo '$(ME): incorrect preprocessor indentation' 1>&2; \
exit 1; }; \
else \
echo '$(ME): skipping test $@: cppi not installed' 1>&2; \
fi
# Nested conditionals are easier to understand if we enforce that endifs
# can be paired back to the if
sc_makefile_conditionals:
@prohibit='(else|endif)($$| *#)' \
in_vc_files='Makefile\.am' \
halt='match "if FOO" with "endif FOO" in Makefiles' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Long lines can be harder to diff; too long, and git send-email chokes.
# For now, only enforce line length on files where we have intentionally
# fixed things and don't want to regress.
sc_prohibit_long_lines:
@prohibit='.{90}' \
in_vc_files='\.arg[sv]' \
halt='Wrap long lines in expected output files' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
@prohibit='.{80}' \
in_vc_files='Makefile\.am' \
halt='Wrap long lines in Makefiles' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_copyright_format:
@require='Copyright .*Red 'Hat', Inc\.' \
containing='Copyright .*Red 'Hat \
@@ -731,27 +629,16 @@ sc_copyright_format:
@prohibit='Copyright [^(].*Red 'Hat \
halt='consistently use (C) in Red Hat copyright' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
@prohibit='\<RedHat\>' \
@prohibit='\<Red''Hat\>' \
halt='spell Red Hat as two words' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Prefer the new URL listing over the old street address listing when
# calling out where to get a copy of the [L]GPL. Also, while we have
# to ship COPYING (GPL) alongside COPYING.LESSER (LGPL), we want any
# source file that calls out a top-level file to call out the LGPL
# version. Note that our typical copyright boilerplate refers to the
# license by name, not by reference to a top-level file.
sc_copyright_usage:
# calling out where to get a copy of the [L]GPL.
sc_copyright_address:
@prohibit=Boston,' MA' \
halt='Point to <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>, not an address' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
@require='COPYING\.LESSER' \
containing='COPYING' \
halt='Refer to COPYING.LESSER for LGPL' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
@prohibit='COPYING\.LIB' \
halt='Refer to COPYING.LESSER for LGPL' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Some functions/macros produce messages intended solely for developers
# and maintainers. Do not mark them for translation.
@@ -764,17 +651,14 @@ sc_prohibit_gettext_markup:
# lower-level code must not include higher-level headers.
cross_dirs=$(patsubst $(srcdir)/src/%.,%,$(wildcard $(srcdir)/src/*/.))
cross_dirs_re=($(subst / ,/|,$(cross_dirs)))
mid_dirs=access|conf|cpu|locking|logging|network|node_device|rpc|security|storage
sc_prohibit_cross_inclusion:
@for dir in $(cross_dirs); do \
case $$dir in \
util/) safe="util";; \
access/ | conf/) safe="($$dir|conf|util)";; \
locking/) safe="($$dir|util|conf|rpc)";; \
cpu/| network/| node_device/| rpc/| security/| storage/) \
safe="($$dir|util|conf|storage)";; \
xenapi/ | xenconfig/ ) safe="($$dir|util|conf|xen)";; \
*) safe="($$dir|$(mid_dirs)|util)";; \
cpu/ | locking/ | network/ | rpc/ | security/) \
safe="($$dir|util|conf)";; \
xenapi/ | xenxs/ ) safe="($$dir|util|conf|xen)";; \
*) safe="($$dir|util|conf|cpu|network|locking|rpc|security)";; \
esac; \
in_vc_files="^src/$$dir" \
prohibit='^# *include .$(cross_dirs_re)' \
@@ -787,239 +671,16 @@ sc_prohibit_cross_inclusion:
# elements added to the enum by using a _LAST marker.
sc_require_enum_last_marker:
@grep -A1 -nE '^[^#]*VIR_ENUM_IMPL *\(' $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT)) \
| $(SED) -ne '/VIR_ENUM_IMPL[^,]*,$$/N' \
| sed -ne '/VIR_ENUM_IMPL[^,]*,$$/N' \
-e '/VIR_ENUM_IMPL[^,]*,[^,]*[^_,][^L,][^A,][^S,][^T,],/p' \
-e '/VIR_ENUM_IMPL[^,]*,[^,]\{0,4\},/p' \
| grep . && \
{ echo '$(ME): enum impl needs to use _LAST marker' 1>&2; \
exit 1; } || :
# In Python files we don't want to end lines with a semicolon like in C
sc_prohibit_semicolon_at_eol_in_python:
@prohibit='^[^#].*\;$$' \
in_vc_files='\.py$$' \
halt='python does not require to end lines with a semicolon' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# mymain() in test files should use return, not exit, for nicer output
sc_prohibit_exit_in_tests:
@prohibit='\<exit *\(' \
in_vc_files='^tests/' \
halt='use return, not exit(), in tests' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Don't include "libvirt/*.h" in "" form.
sc_prohibit_include_public_headers_quote:
@prohibit='# *include *"libvirt/.*\.h"' \
in_vc_files='\.[ch]$$' \
halt='Do not include libvirt/*.h in internal source' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Don't include "libvirt/*.h" in <> form. Except for external tools,
# e.g. Python binding, examples and tools subdirectories.
sc_prohibit_include_public_headers_brackets:
@prohibit='# *include *<libvirt/.*\.h>' \
in_vc_files='\.[ch]$$' \
halt='Do not include libvirt/*.h in internal source' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# <config.h> is only needed in .c files; .h files do not need it since
# .c files must include config.h before any other .h.
sc_prohibit_config_h_in_headers:
@prohibit='^# *include\>.*config\.h' \
in_vc_files='\.h$$' \
halt='headers should not include <config.h>' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_unbounded_arrays_in_rpc:
@prohibit='<>' \
in_vc_files='\.x$$' \
halt='Arrays in XDR must have a upper limit set for <NNN>' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_getenv:
@prohibit='\b(secure_)?getenv *\(' \
exclude='exempt from syntax-check' \
halt='Use virGetEnv{Allow,Block}SUID instead of getenv' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_atoi:
@prohibit='\bato(i|f|l|ll|q) *\(' \
halt='Use virStrToLong* instead of atoi, atol, atof, atoq, atoll' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_wrong_filename_in_comment:
@fail=0; \
awk 'BEGIN { \
fail=0; \
} FNR < 3 { \
n=match($$0, /[[:space:]][^[:space:]]*[.][ch][[:space:]:]/); \
if (n > 0) { \
A=substr($$0, RSTART+1, RLENGTH-2); \
n=split(FILENAME, arr, "/"); \
if (A != arr[n]) { \
print "in " FILENAME ": " A " mentioned in comments "; \
fail=1; \
} \
} \
} END { \
if (fail == 1) { \
exit 1; \
} \
}' $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep '\.[ch]$$') || fail=1; \
if test $$fail -eq 1; then \
{ echo '$(ME): The file name in comments must match the' \
'actual file name' 1>&2; exit 1; } \
fi;
sc_prohibit_virConnectOpen_in_virsh:
@prohibit='\bvirConnectOpen[a-zA-Z]* *\(' \
in_vc_files='^tools/virsh-.*\.[ch]$$' \
halt='Use vshConnect() in virsh instead of virConnectOpen*' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_require_space_before_label:
@prohibit='^( ?)?[_a-zA-Z0-9]+:$$' \
in_vc_files='\.[ch]$$' \
halt='Top-level labels should be indented by one space' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Allow for up to three spaces before the label: this is to avoid running
# into situations where neither this rule nor require_space_before_label
# would apply, eg. a line matching ^[a-zA-Z0-9]+ :$
sc_prohibit_space_in_label:
@prohibit='^ {0,3}[_a-zA-Z0-9]+ +:$$' \
in_vc_files='\.[ch]$$' \
halt='There should be no space between label name and colon' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Doesn't catch all cases of mismatched braces across if-else, but it helps
sc_require_if_else_matching_braces:
@prohibit='( else( if .*\))? {|} else( if .*\))?$$)' \
in_vc_files='\.[chx]$$' \
halt='if one side of if-else uses {}, both sides must use it' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_curly_braces_style:
@files=$$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep '\.[ch]$$'); \
if $(GREP) -nHP \
'^\s*(?!([a-zA-Z_]*for_?each[a-zA-Z_]*) ?\()([_a-zA-Z0-9]+( [_a-zA-Z0-9]+)* ?\()?(\*?[_a-zA-Z0-9]+(,? \*?[_a-zA-Z0-9\[\]]+)+|void)\) ?\{' \
$$files; then \
echo '$(ME): Non-K&R style used for curly braces around' \
'function body, see HACKING' 1>&2; exit 1; \
fi; \
if $(GREP) -A1 -En ' ((if|for|while|switch) \(|(else|do)\b)[^{]*$$'\
$$files | $(GREP) '^[^ ]*- *{'; then \
echo '$(ME): Use hanging braces for compound statements,' \
'see HACKING' 1>&2; exit 1; \
fi
sc_prohibit_windows_special_chars_in_filename:
@files=$$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep '[:*?"<>|]'); \
test -n "$$files" && { echo '$(ME): Windows special chars' \
'in filename not allowed:' 1>&2; echo $$files 1>&2; exit 1; } || :
sc_prohibit_mixed_case_abbreviations:
@prohibit='Pci|Usb|Scsi' \
in_vc_files='\.[ch]$$' \
halt='Use PCI, USB, SCSI, not Pci, Usb, Scsi' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Require #include <locale.h> in all files that call setlocale()
sc_require_locale_h:
@require='include.*locale\.h' \
containing='setlocale *(' \
halt='setlocale() requires <locale.h>' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_empty_first_line:
@awk 'BEGIN { fail=0; } \
FNR == 1 { if ($$0 == "") { print FILENAME ":1:"; fail=1; } } \
END { if (fail == 1) { \
print "$(ME): Prohibited empty first line" > "/dev/stderr"; \
} exit fail; }' $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT));
sc_prohibit_paren_brace:
@prohibit='\)\{$$' \
in_vc_files='\.[chx]$$' \
halt='Put space between closing parenthesis and opening brace' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# C guarantees that static variables are zero initialized, and some compilers
# waste space by sticking explicit initializers in .data instead of .bss
sc_prohibit_static_zero_init:
@prohibit='\bstatic\b.*= *(0[^xX0-9]|NULL|false)' \
in_vc_files='\.[chx](\.in)?$$' \
halt='static variables do not need explicit zero initialization'\
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# FreeBSD exports the "devname" symbol which produces a warning.
sc_prohibit_devname:
@prohibit='\bdevname\b' \
exclude='sc_prohibit_devname' \
halt='avoid using devname as FreeBSD exports the symbol' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_system_error_with_vir_err:
@prohibit='\bvirReportSystemError *\(VIR_ERR_' \
halt='do not use virReportSystemError with VIR_ERR_* error codes' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Rule to prohibit usage of virXXXFree within library, daemon, remote, etc.
# functions. There's a corresponding exclude to allow usage within tests,
# docs, examples, tools, src/libvirt-*.c, and include/libvirt/libvirt-*.h
sc_prohibit_virXXXFree:
@prohibit='\bvir(Domain|Network|NodeDevice|StorageVol|StoragePool|Stream|Secret|NWFilter|Interface|DomainSnapshot)Free\b' \
exclude='sc_prohibit_virXXXFree' \
halt='avoid using virXXXFree, use virObjectUnref instead' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_sysconf_pagesize:
@prohibit='sysconf\(_SC_PAGESIZE' \
halt='use virGetSystemPageSize[KB] instead of sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_pthread_create:
@prohibit='\bpthread_create\b' \
exclude='sc_prohibit_pthread_create' \
halt='avoid using pthread_create, use virThreadCreate instead' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_not_streq:
@prohibit='! *STRN?EQ *\(.*\)' \
halt='Use STRNEQ instead of !STREQ and STREQ instead of !STRNEQ' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
sc_prohibit_verbose_strcat:
@prohibit='strncat\([^,]*,\s+([^,]*),\s+strlen\(\1\)\)' \
in_vc_files='\.[ch]$$' \
halt='Use strcat(a, b) instead of strncat(a, b, strlen(b))' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Ensure that each .c file containing a "main" function also
# calls virGettextInitialize
sc_gettext_init:
@require='virGettextInitialize *\(' \
in_vc_files='\.c$$' \
containing='\<main *(' \
halt='the above files do not call virGettextInitialize' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# <dt> is mostly used to document symbols, in which case it should contain
# a <code> element. The regular expression below trades speed and readability
# for accuracy, and won't catch someone trying to stick a <canvas> inside a
# <dt>, but that's what code reviews are for :)
sc_prohibit_dt_without_code:
@prohibit='<dt>([^<]|<[^c])' \
exclude='exempt from syntax-check' \
in_vc_files='docs/.*$$' \
halt='Use <code> inside <dt> when documenting symbols' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# We don't use this feature of maint.mk.
prev_version_file = /dev/null
ifneq ($(_gl-Makefile),)
ifeq (0,$(MAKELEVEL))
_curr_status = .git-module-status
# The sed filter accommodates those who check out on a commit from which
@@ -1030,15 +691,11 @@ ifeq (0,$(MAKELEVEL))
# b653eda3ac4864de205419d9f41eec267cb89eeb .gnulib (v0.0-2286-gb653eda)
# $ cat .git-module-status
# b653eda3ac4864de205419d9f41eec267cb89eeb
#
# Keep this logic in sync with autogen.sh.
_submodule_hash = $(SED) 's/^[ +-]//;s/ .*//'
_submodule_hash = sed 's/^[ +-]//;s/ .*//'
_update_required := $(shell \
cd '$(srcdir)'; \
test -d .git || { echo 0; exit; }; \
test -f po/Makevars || { echo 1; exit; }; \
test -f AUTHORS || { echo 1; exit; }; \
test "no-git" = "$$(cat $(_curr_status))" && { echo 0; exit; }; \
actual=$$(git submodule status | $(_submodule_hash); \
git hash-object bootstrap.conf; \
git ls-tree -d HEAD gnulib/local | awk '{print $$3}'; \
@@ -1052,7 +709,6 @@ ifeq (0,$(MAKELEVEL))
maint.mk Makefile: _autogen
endif
endif
endif
# It is necessary to call autogen any time gnulib changes. Autogen
# reruns configure, then we regenerate all Makefiles at once.
@@ -1062,64 +718,33 @@ _autogen:
./config.status
# regenerate HACKING as part of the syntax-check
ifneq ($(_gl-Makefile),)
syntax-check: $(top_srcdir)/HACKING spacing-check test-wrap-argv \
prohibit-duplicate-header
endif
# Don't include duplicate header in the source (either *.c or *.h)
prohibit-duplicate-header:
$(AM_V_GEN)files=$$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep '\.[chx]$$'); \
$(PERL) -W $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/prohibit-duplicate-header.pl $$files
spacing-check:
$(AM_V_GEN)files=`$(VC_LIST) | grep '\.c$$'`; \
$(PERL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/check-spacing.pl $$files || \
{ echo '$(ME): incorrect formatting, see HACKING for rules' 1>&2; \
exit 1; }
test-wrap-argv:
$(AM_V_GEN)files=`$(VC_LIST) | grep -E '\.(ldargs|args)'`; \
$(PERL) $(top_srcdir)/tests/test-wrap-argv.pl --check $$files
syntax-check: $(top_srcdir)/HACKING
# sc_po_check can fail if generated files are not built first
sc_po_check: \
$(srcdir)/daemon/remote_dispatch.h \
$(srcdir)/daemon/qemu_dispatch.h \
$(srcdir)/src/remote/remote_client_bodies.h \
$(srcdir)/daemon/admin_dispatch.h \
$(srcdir)/src/admin/admin_client.h
$(srcdir)/src/remote/remote_client_bodies.h
$(srcdir)/daemon/remote_dispatch.h: $(srcdir)/src/remote/remote_protocol.x
$(MAKE) -C daemon remote_dispatch.h
$(srcdir)/daemon/qemu_dispatch.h: $(srcdir)/src/remote/qemu_protocol.x
$(MAKE) -C daemon qemu_dispatch.h
$(srcdir)/src/remote/remote_client_bodies.h: $(srcdir)/src/remote/remote_protocol.x
$(MAKE) -C src remote/remote_client_bodies.h
$(srcdir)/daemon/admin_dispatch.h: $(srcdir)/src/admin/admin_protocol.x
$(MAKE) -C daemon admin_dispatch.h
$(srcdir)/src/admin/admin_client.h: $(srcdir)/src/admin/admin_protocol.x
$(MAKE) -C src admin/admin_client.h
# List all syntax-check exemptions:
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_avoid_strcase = ^tools/vsh\.h$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_avoid_strcase = ^tools/virsh\.h$$
_src1=libvirt-stream|fdstream|qemu/qemu_monitor|util/(vircommand|virfile)|xen/xend_internal|rpc/virnetsocket|lxc/lxc_controller|locking/lock_daemon|logging/log_daemon
_test1=shunloadtest|virnettlscontexttest|virnettlssessiontest|vircgroupmock
_src1=libvirt|fdstream|qemu/qemu_monitor|util/(command|util)|xen/xend_internal|rpc/virnetsocket|lxc/lxc_controller
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_avoid_write = \
^(src/($(_src1))|daemon/libvirtd|tools/virsh-console|tests/($(_test1)))\.c$$
^(src/($(_src1))|daemon/libvirtd|tools/console|tests/(shunload|virnettlscontext)test)\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_bindtextdomain = .*
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_bindtextdomain = ^(tests|examples)/
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_gettext_init = ^(tests|examples)/
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_copyright_address = \
^COPYING\.LIB$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_copyright_format = \
^cfg\.mk$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_copyright_usage = \
^COPYING(|\.LESSER)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_flags_usage = \
^(cfg\.mk|docs/|src/util/virnetdevtap\.c$$|tests/(vir(cgroup|pci|test|usb)|nss|qemuxml2argv)mock\.c$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_flags_usage = ^(docs/|src/util/virnetdevtap\.c$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_libvirt_unmarked_diagnostics = \
^(src/rpc/gendispatch\.pl$$|tests/)
@@ -1127,125 +752,68 @@ exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_libvirt_unmarked_diagnostics = \
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_po_check = ^(docs/|src/rpc/gendispatch\.pl$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_VIR_ERR_NO_MEMORY = \
^(cfg\.mk|include/libvirt/virterror\.h|daemon/dispatch\.c|src/util/virerror\.c|docs/internals/oomtesting\.html\.in)$$
^(include/libvirt/virterror\.h|daemon/dispatch\.c|src/util/virterror\.c)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_PATH_MAX = \
^cfg\.mk$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_access_xok = ^src/util/util\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_access_xok = \
^(cfg\.mk|src/util/virutil\.c)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_always_true_header_tests = \
^python/(libvirt-(qemu-)?override|typewrappers)\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_asprintf = \
^(cfg\.mk|bootstrap.conf$$|examples/|src/util/virstring\.[ch]$$|tests/vircgroupmock\.c$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_strdup = \
^(docs/|examples/|src/util/virstring\.c|tests/vir(netserverclient|cgroup)mock.c$$)
^(bootstrap.conf$$|src/util/util\.c$$|examples/domain-events/events-c/event-test\.c$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_close = \
(\.p[yl]$$|\.spec\.in$$|^docs/|^(src/util/virfile\.c|src/libvirt-stream\.c|tests/vir.+mock\.c)$$)
(\.p[yl]$$|^docs/|^(src/util/virfile\.c|src/libvirt\.c)$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_empty_lines_at_EOF = \
(^tests/(qemuhelp|virhostcpu|virpcitest)data/|\.diff|tests/virconfdata/no-newline\.conf$$)
(^tests/(qemuhelp|nodeinfo)data/|\.(gif|ico|png|diff)$$)
_src2=src/(util/vircommand|libvirt|lxc/lxc_controller|locking/lock_daemon|logging/log_daemon)
_src2=src/(util/command|libvirt|lxc/lxc_controller)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_fork_wrappers = \
(^($(_src2)|tests/testutils|daemon/libvirtd)\.c$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_gethostname = ^src/util/virutil\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_gethostname = ^src/util/util\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_internal_functions = \
^src/(util/(viralloc|virutil|virfile)\.[hc]|esx/esx_vi\.c)$$
^src/(util/(memory|util|virfile)\.[hc]|esx/esx_vi\.c)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_newline_at_end_of_diagnostic = \
^src/rpc/gendispatch\.pl$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_nonreentrant = \
^((po|tests)/|docs/.*(py|html\.in)|run.in$$|tools/wireshark/util/genxdrstub\.pl$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_select = \
^cfg\.mk$$
^((po|tests)/|docs/.*py|run.in$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_raw_allocation = \
^(docs/hacking\.html\.in|src/util/viralloc\.[ch]|examples/.*|tests/(securityselinuxhelper|vircgroupmock)\.c|tools/wireshark/src/packet-libvirt\.c)$$
^(src/util/memory\.[ch]|examples/.*)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_readlink = \
^src/(util/virutil|lxc/lxc_container)\.c$$
^src/(util/util|lxc/lxc_container)\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_setuid = ^src/util/virutil\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_setuid = ^src/util/util\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_sprintf = \
^(cfg\.mk|docs/hacking\.html\.in|.*\.stp|.*\.pl)$$
^(docs/hacking\.html\.in)|(examples/systemtap/.*stp)|(src/dtrace2systemtap\.pl)|(src/rpc/gensystemtap\.pl)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_strncpy = ^src/util/virstring\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_strncpy = ^src/util/util\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_strtol = ^examples/.*$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_strtol = \
^src/(util/sexpr|(vbox|xen|xenxs)/.*)\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_xmlGetProp = ^src/util/virxml\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_xmlGetProp = ^src/util/xml\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_xmlURI = ^src/util/viruri\.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_return_as_function = \.py$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_require_config_h = \
^(examples/|tools/virsh-edit\.c$$)
_virsh_includes=(edit|domain-monitor|domain|volume|pool|network|interface|nwfilter|secret|snapshot|host|nodedev)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_require_config_h = ^(examples/|tools/virsh-$(_virsh_includes)\.c$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_require_config_h_first = \
^(examples/|tools/virsh-edit\.c$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_require_config_h_first = ^(examples/|tools/virsh-$(_virsh_includes)\.c$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_trailing_blank = \
/qemuhelpdata/|/sysinfodata/.*\.data|/virhostcpudata/.*\.cpuinfo$$
(/qemuhelpdata/|\.(fig|gif|ico|png)$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_unmarked_diagnostics = \
^(docs/apibuild.py|tests/virt-aa-helper-test)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_size_of_brackets = cfg.mk
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_correct_id_types = \
(^src/locking/lock_protocol.x$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_m4_quote_check = m4/virt-lib.m4
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_include_public_headers_quote = \
^(src/internal\.h$$|tools/wireshark/src/packet-libvirt.h$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_include_public_headers_brackets = \
^(tools/|examples/|include/libvirt/(virterror|libvirt(-(admin|qemu|lxc))?)\.h$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_int_ijk = \
^(src/remote_protocol-structs|src/remote/remote_protocol\.x|cfg\.mk|include/libvirt/libvirt.+|src/admin_protocol-structs|src/admin/admin_protocol\.x)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_getenv = \
^tests/.*\.[ch]$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_avoid_attribute_unused_in_header = \
^(src/util/virlog\.h|src/network/bridge_driver\.h)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_mixed_case_abbreviations = \
^src/(vbox/vbox_CAPI.*.h|esx/esx_vi.(c|h)|esx/esx_storage_backend_iscsi.c)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_empty_first_line = \
^(README|daemon/THREADS\.txt|src/esx/README|docs/library.xen|tests/(vmwarever|virhostcpu)data/.*)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_useless_translation = \
^tests/virpolkittest.c
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_devname = \
^(tools/virsh.pod|cfg.mk|docs/.*)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_virXXXFree = \
^(docs/|tests/|examples/|tools/|cfg.mk|src/test/test_driver.c|src/libvirt_public.syms|include/libvirt/libvirt-(domain|network|nodedev|storage|stream|secret|nwfilter|interface|domain-snapshot).h|src/libvirt-(domain|qemu|network|nodedev|storage|stream|secret|nwfilter|interface|domain-snapshot).c$$)
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_sysconf_pagesize = \
^(cfg\.mk|src/util/virutil\.c)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_pthread_create = \
^(cfg\.mk|src/util/virthread\.c|tests/.*)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_dt_without_code = \
^docs/(newapi\.xsl|(apps|contact)\.html\.in)$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_always-defined_macros = \
^tests/virtestmock.c$$
exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_prohibit_readdir = \
^tests/.*mock\.c$$

View File

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 Red Hat, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library. If not, see
* <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
/*
* Since virt-login-shell will be setuid, we must do everything
* we can to avoid linking to other libraries. Many of them do
* unsafe things in functions marked __atttribute__((constructor)).
* The only way avoid to avoid such deps is to re-compile the
* functions with the code in question disabled, and for that we
* must override the main config.h rules. Hence this file :-(
*/
#ifdef LIBVIRT_SETUID_RPC_CLIENT
# undef HAVE_LIBDEVMAPPER_H
# undef HAVE_LIBNL
# undef HAVE_LIBNL3
# undef HAVE_LIBSASL2
# undef WITH_CAPNG
# undef WITH_CURL
# undef WITH_DBUS
# undef WITH_DTRACE_PROBES
# undef WITH_GNUTLS
# undef WITH_GNUTLS_GCRYPT
# undef WITH_MACVTAP
# undef WITH_NUMACTL
# undef WITH_SASL
# undef WITH_SSH2
# undef WITH_SYSTEMD_DAEMON
# undef WITH_VIRTUALPORT
# undef WITH_YAJL
# undef WITH_YAJL2
#endif
/*
* With the NSS module it's the same story as virt-login-shell. See the
* explanation above.
*/
#ifdef LIBVIRT_NSS
# undef HAVE_LIBDEVMAPPER_H
# undef HAVE_LIBNL
# undef HAVE_LIBNL3
# undef HAVE_LIBSASL2
# undef WITH_CAPNG
# undef WITH_CURL
# undef WITH_DTRACE_PROBES
# undef WITH_GNUTLS
# undef WITH_GNUTLS_GCRYPT
# undef WITH_MACVTAP
# undef WITH_NUMACTL
# undef WITH_SASL
# undef WITH_SSH2
# undef WITH_VIRTUALPORT
# undef WITH_SECDRIVER_SELINUX
# undef WITH_SECDRIVER_APPARMOR
# undef WITH_CAPNG
#endif /* LIBVIRT_NSS */
/*
* Define __GNUC__ to a sane default if it isn't yet defined.
* This is done here so that it's included as early as possible; gnulib relies
* on this to be defined in features.h, which should be included from ctype.h.
* This doesn't happen on many non-glibc systems.
* When __GNUC__ is not defined, gnulib defines it to 0, which breaks things.
*/
#ifdef __GNUC__
# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
# else
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
# endif
# endif
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,159 +1,72 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
## Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Red Hat, Inc.
##
## This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
## modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
## License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
## version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
##
## This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
## Lesser General Public License for more details.
##
## You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
## License along with this library. If not, see
## <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
## Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Red Hat, Inc.
## See COPYING.LIB for the License of this software
INCLUDES = \
-I$(top_builddir)/gnulib/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/gnulib/lib \
-I$(top_srcdir) \
-I$(top_builddir)/include -I$(top_srcdir)/include \
-I$(top_builddir)/src -I$(top_srcdir)/src \
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/util \
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/conf \
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/rpc \
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/remote \
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/admin \
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/access \
$(GETTEXT_CPPFLAGS)
CLEANFILES =
DAEMON_GENERATED = \
remote_dispatch.h \
lxc_dispatch.h \
qemu_dispatch.h \
admin_dispatch.h \
$(NULL)
DAEMON_GENERATED = \
$(srcdir)/remote_dispatch.h \
$(srcdir)/qemu_dispatch.h
DAEMON_SOURCES = \
libvirtd.c libvirtd.h \
libvirtd-config.c libvirtd-config.h \
remote.c remote.h \
stream.c stream.h \
../src/remote/remote_protocol.c \
../src/remote/qemu_protocol.c \
$(DAEMON_GENERATED)
LIBVIRTD_CONF_SOURCES = libvirtd-config.c libvirtd-config.h
PODFILES = \
libvirtd.pod \
$(NULL)
MANINFILES = \
libvirtd.8.in \
$(NULL)
DISTCLEANFILES =
EXTRA_DIST = \
remote_dispatch.h \
lxc_dispatch.h \
qemu_dispatch.h \
admin_dispatch.h \
libvirtd.conf \
libvirtd.init.in \
libvirtd.upstart \
libvirtd.policy.in \
libvirt.rules \
libvirtd.sasl \
libvirtd.service.in \
libvirtd.sysconf \
libvirtd.sysctl \
libvirtd.aug \
libvirtd.logrotate.in \
libvirtd.qemu.logrotate.in \
libvirtd.lxc.logrotate.in \
libvirtd.libxl.logrotate.in \
libvirtd.uml.logrotate.in \
test_libvirtd.aug.in \
THREADS.txt \
$(PODFILES) \
$(MANINFILES) \
$(DAEMON_SOURCES) \
$(LIBVIRTD_CONF_SOURCES) \
$(NULL)
libvirtd.pod.in \
libvirtd.8.in \
$(DAEMON_SOURCES)
BUILT_SOURCES =
REMOTE_PROTOCOL = $(top_srcdir)/src/remote/remote_protocol.x
LXC_PROTOCOL = $(top_srcdir)/src/remote/lxc_protocol.x
QEMU_PROTOCOL = $(top_srcdir)/src/remote/qemu_protocol.x
ADMIN_PROTOCOL = $(top_srcdir)/src/admin/admin_protocol.x
remote_dispatch.h: $(top_srcdir)/src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
$(srcdir)/remote_dispatch.h: $(srcdir)/../src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
$(REMOTE_PROTOCOL)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(PERL) -w $(top_srcdir)/src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
--mode=server remote REMOTE $(REMOTE_PROTOCOL) \
> $(srcdir)/remote_dispatch.h
$(AM_V_GEN)$(PERL) -w $(srcdir)/../src/rpc/gendispatch.pl -b remote REMOTE \
$(REMOTE_PROTOCOL) > $@
lxc_dispatch.h: $(top_srcdir)/src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
$(LXC_PROTOCOL)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(PERL) -w $(top_srcdir)/src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
--mode=server lxc LXC $(LXC_PROTOCOL) \
> $(srcdir)/lxc_dispatch.h
qemu_dispatch.h: $(top_srcdir)/src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
$(srcdir)/qemu_dispatch.h: $(srcdir)/../src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
$(QEMU_PROTOCOL)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(PERL) -w $(top_srcdir)/src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
--mode=server qemu QEMU $(QEMU_PROTOCOL) \
> $(srcdir)/qemu_dispatch.h
admin_dispatch.h: $(top_srcdir)/src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
$(ADMIN_PROTOCOL)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(PERL) -w $(top_srcdir)/src/rpc/gendispatch.pl \
--mode=server admin ADMIN $(ADMIN_PROTOCOL) \
> $(srcdir)/admin_dispatch.h
$(AM_V_GEN)$(PERL) -w $(srcdir)/../src/rpc/gendispatch.pl -b qemu QEMU \
$(QEMU_PROTOCOL) > $@
if WITH_LIBVIRTD
# Build a convenience library, for reuse in tests/libvirtdconftest
noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libvirtd_conf.la
libvirtd_conf_la_SOURCES = $(LIBVIRTD_CONF_SOURCES)
libvirtd_conf_la_CFLAGS = \
$(LIBXML_CFLAGS) \
$(XDR_CFLAGS) \
$(WARN_CFLAGS) $(PIE_CFLAGS) \
$(COVERAGE_CFLAGS) \
$(NULL)
libvirtd_conf_la_LDFLAGS = \
$(RELRO_LDFLAGS) \
$(PIE_LDFLAGS) \
$(COVERAGE_LDFLAGS) \
$(NO_INDIRECT_LDFLAGS) \
$(NULL)
libvirtd_conf_la_LIBADD = $(LIBXML_LIBS)
noinst_LTLIBRARIES += libvirtd_admin.la
libvirtd_admin_la_SOURCES = \
admin.c admin.h admin_server.c admin_server.h
libvirtd_admin_la_CFLAGS = \
$(AM_CFLAGS) \
$(XDR_CFLAGS) \
$(PIE_CFLAGS) \
$(WARN_CFLAGS) \
$(LIBXML_CFLAGS) \
$(COVERAGE_CFLAGS) \
$(NULL)
libvirtd_admin_la_LDFLAGS = \
$(PIE_LDFLAGS) \
$(RELRO_LDFLAGS) \
$(COVERAGE_LDFLAGS) \
$(NO_INDIRECT_LDFLAGS) \
$(NULL)
libvirtd_admin_la_LIBADD = \
../src/libvirt-admin.la
man8_MANS = libvirtd.8
sbin_PROGRAMS = libvirtd
@@ -169,196 +82,165 @@ augeastests_DATA = test_libvirtd.aug
CLEANFILES += test_libvirtd.aug
libvirtd.8: $(srcdir)/libvirtd.8.in
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e 's!SYSCONFDIR!$(sysconfdir)!g' \
-e 's!LOCALSTATEDIR!$(localstatedir)!g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
libvirtd_SOURCES = $(DAEMON_SOURCES)
#-D_XOPEN_SOURCE=600 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED=1 -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
libvirtd_CFLAGS = \
$(LIBXML_CFLAGS) $(GNUTLS_CFLAGS) $(SASL_CFLAGS) \
$(XDR_CFLAGS) $(DBUS_CFLAGS) $(LIBNL_CFLAGS) \
$(WARN_CFLAGS) $(PIE_CFLAGS) \
$(XDR_CFLAGS) $(POLKIT_CFLAGS) $(DBUS_CFLAGS) $(LIBNL_CFLAGS) \
$(WARN_CFLAGS) \
$(COVERAGE_CFLAGS) \
-DQEMUD_PID_FILE="\"$(QEMUD_PID_FILE)\""
libvirtd_LDFLAGS = \
$(RELRO_LDFLAGS) \
$(PIE_LDFLAGS) \
$(COVERAGE_LDFLAGS) \
$(NO_INDIRECT_LDFLAGS) \
$(NULL)
$(WARN_CFLAGS) \
$(COVERAGE_LDFLAGS)
libvirtd_LDADD = \
$(LIBXML_LIBS) \
$(GNUTLS_LIBS) \
$(SASL_LIBS) \
$(DBUS_LIBS) \
$(POLKIT_LIBS) \
$(LIBNL_LIBS)
if WITH_DTRACE_PROBES
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_probes.lo
endif WITH_DTRACE_PROBES
endif
libvirtd_LDADD += \
libvirtd_conf.la \
libvirtd_admin.la \
../src/libvirt-lxc.la \
../src/libvirt-qemu.la \
../src/libvirt_driver_remote.la \
$(NULL)
../src/libvirt-qemu.la
if ! WITH_DRIVER_MODULES
if WITH_QEMU
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_qemu.la
if WITH_DTRACE_PROBES
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_qemu_probes.lo
endif WITH_DTRACE_PROBES
endif WITH_QEMU
endif
endif
if WITH_LXC
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_lxc.la
endif WITH_LXC
endif
if WITH_XEN
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_xen.la
endif WITH_XEN
endif
if WITH_LIBXL
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_libxl.la
endif WITH_LIBXL
endif
if WITH_UML
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_uml.la
endif WITH_UML
if WITH_VBOX
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_vbox.la
endif WITH_VBOX
if WITH_VZ
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_vz.la
endif WITH_VZ
endif
if WITH_STORAGE
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_storage.la
endif WITH_STORAGE
endif
if WITH_NETWORK
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_network.la
endif WITH_NETWORK
endif
if WITH_INTERFACE
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_interface.la
endif WITH_INTERFACE
endif
if WITH_NODE_DEVICES
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_nodedev.la
endif WITH_NODE_DEVICES
endif
if WITH_SECRETS
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_secret.la
endif WITH_SECRETS
endif
if WITH_NWFILTER
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt_driver_nwfilter.la
endif WITH_NWFILTER
endif ! WITH_DRIVER_MODULES
endif
endif
libvirtd_LDADD += ../src/libvirt.la
if WITH_POLKIT
if WITH_POLKIT0
if HAVE_POLKIT
if HAVE_POLKIT0
policydir = $(datadir)/PolicyKit/policy
policyauth = auth_admin_keep_session
else ! WITH_POLKIT0
else
policydir = $(datadir)/polkit-1/actions
policyauth = auth_admin_keep
rulesdir = $(datadir)/polkit-1/rules.d
rulesfile = libvirt.rules
endif ! WITH_POLKIT0
endif WITH_POLKIT
endif
endif
libvirtd.policy: libvirtd.policy.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
$(AM_V_GEN) sed \
-e 's|[@]authaction[@]|$(policyauth)|g' \
-e 's![@]authaction[@]!$(policyauth)!g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
BUILT_SOURCES += libvirtd.policy
install-data-local: install-init-redhat install-init-systemd \
install-init-upstart \
install-data-local: install-init-redhat install-init-systemd install-init-upstart \
install-data-sasl install-data-polkit \
install-logrotate install-sysctl
$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/log/libvirt \
$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/run/libvirt \
$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/lib/libvirt
uninstall-local:: uninstall-init-redhat uninstall-init-systemd \
uninstall-init-upstart \
uninstall-local:: uninstall-init-redhat uninstall-init-systemd uninstall-init-upstart \
uninstall-data-sasl uninstall-data-polkit \
uninstall-logrotate uninstall-sysctl
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/log/libvirt || :
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/run/libvirt || :
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/lib/libvirt || :
if WITH_POLKIT
if HAVE_POLKIT
install-data-polkit::
$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(policydir)
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.policy $(DESTDIR)$(policydir)/org.libvirt.unix.policy
if ! WITH_POLKIT0
$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(rulesdir)
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$(rulesfile) $(DESTDIR)$(rulesdir)/50-libvirt.rules
endif ! WITH_POLKIT0
uninstall-data-polkit::
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(policydir)/org.libvirt.unix.policy
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(policydir) || :
if ! WITH_POLKIT0
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(rulesdir)/50-libvirt.rules
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(rulesdir) || :
endif ! WITH_POLKIT0
else ! WITH_POLKIT
else
install-data-polkit::
uninstall-data-polkit::
endif ! WITH_POLKIT
endif
remote.c: $(DAEMON_GENERATED)
remote.h: $(DAEMON_GENERATED)
admin.c: $(DAEMON_GENERATED)
admin.h: $(DAEMON_GENERATED)
LOGROTATE_CONFS = libvirtd.qemu.logrotate libvirtd.lxc.logrotate \
libvirtd.libxl.logrotate libvirtd.uml.logrotate \
libvirtd.logrotate
libvirtd.uml.logrotate libvirtd.logrotate
BUILT_SOURCES += $(LOGROTATE_CONFS)
libvirtd.logrotate: libvirtd.logrotate.in
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e 's|[@]localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's![@]localstatedir[@]!$(localstatedir)!g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
libvirtd.qemu.logrotate: libvirtd.qemu.logrotate.in
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e 's|[@]localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's![@]localstatedir[@]!$(localstatedir)!g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
libvirtd.lxc.logrotate: libvirtd.lxc.logrotate.in
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e 's|[@]localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
libvirtd.libxl.logrotate: libvirtd.libxl.logrotate.in
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e 's|[@]localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's![@]localstatedir[@]!$(localstatedir)!g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
libvirtd.uml.logrotate: libvirtd.uml.logrotate.in
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e 's|[@]localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's![@]localstatedir[@]!$(localstatedir)!g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
@@ -367,22 +249,15 @@ install-logrotate: $(LOGROTATE_CONFS)
$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/log/libvirt/lxc/ \
$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/log/libvirt/uml/ \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.logrotate \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.qemu.logrotate \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.qemu
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.lxc.logrotate \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.lxc
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.libxl.logrotate \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.libxl
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.uml.logrotate \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.uml
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.logrotate $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.qemu.logrotate $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.qemu
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.lxc.logrotate $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.lxc
$(INSTALL_DATA) libvirtd.uml.logrotate $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.uml
uninstall-logrotate:
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.qemu \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.lxc \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.libxl \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/logrotate.d/libvirtd.uml
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/log/libvirt/qemu || :
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/log/libvirt/lxc || :
@@ -398,20 +273,18 @@ uninstall-sysconfig:
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sysconfig || :
if WITH_SYSCTL
# Use $(prefix)/lib rather than $(libdir), since man sysctl.d insists on
# /usr/lib/sysctl.d/ even when libdir is /usr/lib64
install-sysctl:
$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/lib/sysctl.d
$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sysctl.d
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/libvirtd.sysctl \
$(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/lib/sysctl.d/60-libvirtd.conf
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sysctl.d/libvirtd
uninstall-sysctl:
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/lib/sysctl.d/60-libvirtd.conf
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/lib/sysctl.d || :
else ! WITH_SYSCTL
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sysctl.d/libvirtd
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sysctl.d || :
else
install-sysctl:
uninstall-sysctl:
endif ! WITH_SYSCTL
endif
if LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_RED_HAT
@@ -425,10 +298,10 @@ install-init-redhat: install-sysconfig libvirtd.init
uninstall-init-redhat: uninstall-sysconfig
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/rc.d/init.d/libvirtd
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/rc.d/init.d || :
else ! LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_RED_HAT
else
install-init-redhat:
uninstall-init-redhat:
endif ! LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_RED_HAT
endif # LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_RED_HAT
if LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_UPSTART
@@ -441,15 +314,16 @@ install-init-upstart: install-sysconfig
uninstall-init-upstart: uninstall-sysconfig
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/event.d/libvirtd
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/event.d || :
else ! LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_UPSTART
else
install-init-upstart:
uninstall-init-upstart:
endif ! LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_UPSTART
endif # LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_UPSTART
EXTRA_DIST += libvirtd.service.in
if LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_SYSTEMD
SYSTEMD_UNIT_DIR = $(prefix)/lib/systemd/system
SYSTEMD_UNIT_DIR = /lib/systemd/system
BUILT_SOURCES += libvirtd.service
install-init-systemd: install-sysconfig libvirtd.service
@@ -460,26 +334,27 @@ install-init-systemd: install-sysconfig libvirtd.service
uninstall-init-systemd: uninstall-sysconfig
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(SYSTEMD_UNIT_DIR)/libvirtd.service
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(SYSTEMD_UNIT_DIR) || :
else ! LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_SYSTEMD
else
install-init-systemd:
uninstall-init-systemd:
endif ! LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_SYSTEMD
endif # LIBVIRT_INIT_SCRIPT_SYSTEMD
libvirtd.init: libvirtd.init.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e 's|[@]localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's|[@]sbindir[@]|$(sbindir)|g' \
-e 's|[@]sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
chmod a+x $@-t && \
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e s!\@localstatedir\@!$(localstatedir)!g \
-e s!\@sbindir\@!$(sbindir)!g \
-e s!\@sysconfdir\@!$(sysconfdir)!g \
< $< > $@-t && \
chmod a+x $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
libvirtd.service: libvirtd.service.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e 's|[@]localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's|[@]sbindir[@]|$(sbindir)|g' \
-e 's|[@]sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e s!\@localstatedir\@!$(localstatedir)!g \
-e s!\@sbindir\@!$(sbindir)!g \
-e s!\@sysconfdir\@!$(sysconfdir)!g \
< $< > $@-t && \
chmod a+x $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
@@ -500,47 +375,34 @@ check-augeas: test_libvirtd.aug
# are used by nearly every other library.
libvirtd_LDADD += ../gnulib/lib/libgnu.la $(LIBSOCKET)
else ! WITH_LIBVIRTD
else # WITH_LIBVIRTD
install-data-local: install-data-sasl
uninstall-local:: uninstall-data-sasl
endif ! WITH_LIBVIRTD
endif # WITH_LIBVIRTD
POD2MAN = pod2man -c "Virtualization Support" -r "$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)"
POD2MAN = pod2man -c "Virtualization Support" \
-r "$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)" -s 8
%.8.in: %.pod
$(AM_V_GEN)$(POD2MAN) --section=8 $< $@-t1 && \
if grep 'POD ERROR' $@-t1; then rm $@-t1; exit 1; fi && \
sed \
-e 's|SYSCONFDIR|\@sysconfdir\@|g' \
-e 's|LOCALSTATEDIR|\@localstatedir\@|g' \
< $@-t1 > $@-t2 && \
rm -f $@-t1 && \
mv $@-t2 $@
%.8: %.8.in $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
-e 's|[@]sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
-e 's|[@]localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
< $< > $@-t && \
mv $@-t $@
$(srcdir)/libvirtd.8.in: libvirtd.pod.in
$(AM_V_GEN)$(POD2MAN) --name LIBVIRTD $< $@ \
&& if grep 'POD ERROR' $@ ; then rm $@; exit 1; fi
# This is needed for clients too, so can't wrap in
# the WITH_LIBVIRTD conditional
if WITH_SASL
if HAVE_SASL
install-data-sasl:
$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sasl2/
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/libvirtd.sasl \
$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sasl2/libvirt.conf
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/libvirtd.sasl $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sasl2/libvirt.conf
uninstall-data-sasl:
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sasl2/libvirt.conf
rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/sasl2/ || :
else ! WITH_SASL
else
install-data-sasl:
uninstall-data-sasl:
endif ! WITH_SASL
endif
CLEANFILES += $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(man8_MANS)
CLEANFILES += *.cov *.gcov .libs/*.gcda .libs/*.gcno *.gcno *.gcda
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(MANINFILES) $(DAEMON_GENERATED)
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(srcdir)/libvirtd.8.in $(DAEMON_GENERATED)

View File

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The server lock is used in conjunction with a condition variable
to pass jobs from the event loop thread to the workers. The main
event loop thread handles I/O from the client socket, and once a
complete RPC message has been read off the wire (and optionally
decrypted), it will be placed on the 'dx' job queue for the
decrypted), it will be placed onto the 'dx' job queue for the
associated client object. The job condition will be signalled and
a worker will wakup and process it.

View File

@@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
/*
* admin.c: handlers for admin RPC method calls
*
* Copyright (C) 2014-2016 Red Hat, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library. If not, see
* <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
* Author: Martin Kletzander <mkletzan@redhat.com>
*/
#include <config.h>
#include "internal.h"
#include "libvirtd.h"
#include "libvirt_internal.h"
#include "admin_protocol.h"
#include "admin.h"
#include "admin_server.h"
#include "datatypes.h"
#include "viralloc.h"
#include "virerror.h"
#include "virlog.h"
#include "virnetdaemon.h"
#include "virnetserver.h"
#include "virstring.h"
#include "virthreadjob.h"
#include "virtypedparam.h"
#define VIR_FROM_THIS VIR_FROM_ADMIN
VIR_LOG_INIT("daemon.admin");
void
remoteAdmClientFreeFunc(void *data)
{
struct daemonAdmClientPrivate *priv = data;
virMutexDestroy(&priv->lock);
virObjectUnref(priv->dmn);
VIR_FREE(priv);
}
void *
remoteAdmClientInitHook(virNetServerClientPtr client ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
void *opaque)
{
struct daemonAdmClientPrivate *priv;
if (VIR_ALLOC(priv) < 0)
return NULL;
if (virMutexInit(&priv->lock) < 0) {
VIR_FREE(priv);
virReportSystemError(errno, "%s", _("unable to init mutex"));
return NULL;
}
/*
* We don't necessarily need to ref this object right now as there
* must be one ref being held throughout the life of the daemon,
* but let's just be safe for future.
*/
priv->dmn = virObjectRef(opaque);
return priv;
}
/* Helpers */
static virNetServerPtr
get_nonnull_server(virNetDaemonPtr dmn, admin_nonnull_server srv)
{
return virNetDaemonGetServer(dmn, srv.name);
}
static void
make_nonnull_server(admin_nonnull_server *srv_dst,
virNetServerPtr srv_src)
{
ignore_value(VIR_STRDUP_QUIET(srv_dst->name, virNetServerGetName(srv_src)));
}
static virNetServerClientPtr
get_nonnull_client(virNetServerPtr srv, admin_nonnull_client clnt)
{
return virNetServerGetClient(srv, clnt.id);
}
static void
make_nonnull_client(admin_nonnull_client *clt_dst,
virNetServerClientPtr clt_src)
{
clt_dst->id = virNetServerClientGetID(clt_src);
clt_dst->timestamp = virNetServerClientGetTimestamp(clt_src);
clt_dst->transport = virNetServerClientGetTransport(clt_src);
}
/* Functions */
static int
adminDispatchConnectOpen(virNetServerPtr server ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetServerClientPtr client,
virNetMessagePtr msg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetMessageErrorPtr rerr,
struct admin_connect_open_args *args)
{
unsigned int flags;
struct daemonAdmClientPrivate *priv =
virNetServerClientGetPrivateData(client);
int ret = -1;
VIR_DEBUG("priv=%p dmn=%p", priv, priv->dmn);
virMutexLock(&priv->lock);
flags = args->flags;
virCheckFlagsGoto(0, cleanup);
ret = 0;
cleanup:
if (ret < 0)
virNetMessageSaveError(rerr);
virMutexUnlock(&priv->lock);
return ret;
}
static int
adminDispatchConnectClose(virNetServerPtr server ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetServerClientPtr client,
virNetMessagePtr msg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetMessageErrorPtr rerr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
virNetServerClientDelayedClose(client);
return 0;
}
static int
adminConnectGetLibVersion(virNetDaemonPtr dmn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
unsigned long long *libVer)
{
if (libVer)
*libVer = LIBVIR_VERSION_NUMBER;
return 0;
}
static int
adminDispatchServerGetThreadpoolParameters(virNetServerPtr server ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetServerClientPtr client,
virNetMessagePtr msg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetMessageErrorPtr rerr,
struct admin_server_get_threadpool_parameters_args *args,
struct admin_server_get_threadpool_parameters_ret *ret)
{
int rv = -1;
virNetServerPtr srv = NULL;
virTypedParameterPtr params = NULL;
int nparams = 0;
struct daemonAdmClientPrivate *priv =
virNetServerClientGetPrivateData(client);
if (!(srv = virNetDaemonGetServer(priv->dmn, args->srv.name)))
goto cleanup;
if (adminServerGetThreadPoolParameters(srv, &params, &nparams,
args->flags) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (nparams > ADMIN_SERVER_THREADPOOL_PARAMETERS_MAX) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR,
_("Number of threadpool parameters %d exceeds max "
"allowed limit: %d"), nparams,
ADMIN_SERVER_THREADPOOL_PARAMETERS_MAX);
goto cleanup;
}
if (virTypedParamsSerialize(params, nparams,
(virTypedParameterRemotePtr *) &ret->params.params_val,
&ret->params.params_len, 0) < 0)
goto cleanup;
rv = 0;
cleanup:
if (rv < 0)
virNetMessageSaveError(rerr);
virTypedParamsFree(params, nparams);
virObjectUnref(srv);
return rv;
}
static int
adminDispatchServerSetThreadpoolParameters(virNetServerPtr server ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetServerClientPtr client,
virNetMessagePtr msg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetMessageErrorPtr rerr,
struct admin_server_set_threadpool_parameters_args *args)
{
int rv = -1;
virNetServerPtr srv = NULL;
virTypedParameterPtr params = NULL;
int nparams = 0;
struct daemonAdmClientPrivate *priv =
virNetServerClientGetPrivateData(client);
if (!(srv = virNetDaemonGetServer(priv->dmn, args->srv.name))) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_NO_SERVER,
_("no server with matching name '%s' found"),
args->srv.name);
goto cleanup;
}
if (virTypedParamsDeserialize((virTypedParameterRemotePtr) args->params.params_val,
args->params.params_len,
ADMIN_SERVER_THREADPOOL_PARAMETERS_MAX,
&params,
&nparams) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (adminServerSetThreadPoolParameters(srv, params,
nparams, args->flags) < 0)
goto cleanup;
rv = 0;
cleanup:
if (rv < 0)
virNetMessageSaveError(rerr);
virTypedParamsFree(params, nparams);
virObjectUnref(srv);
return rv;
}
static int
adminDispatchClientGetInfo(virNetServerPtr server ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetServerClientPtr client,
virNetMessagePtr msg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetMessageErrorPtr rerr,
struct admin_client_get_info_args *args,
struct admin_client_get_info_ret *ret)
{
int rv = -1;
virNetServerPtr srv = NULL;
virNetServerClientPtr clnt = NULL;
virTypedParameterPtr params = NULL;
int nparams = 0;
struct daemonAdmClientPrivate *priv =
virNetServerClientGetPrivateData(client);
if (!(srv = virNetDaemonGetServer(priv->dmn, args->clnt.srv.name))) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_NO_SERVER,
_("no server with matching name '%s' found"),
args->clnt.srv.name);
goto cleanup;
}
if (!(clnt = virNetServerGetClient(srv, args->clnt.id))) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_NO_CLIENT,
_("no client with matching id '%llu' found"),
(unsigned long long) args->clnt.id);
goto cleanup;
}
if (adminClientGetInfo(clnt, &params, &nparams, args->flags) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (nparams > ADMIN_CLIENT_INFO_PARAMETERS_MAX) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR,
_("Number of client info parameters %d exceeds max "
"allowed limit: %d"), nparams,
ADMIN_CLIENT_INFO_PARAMETERS_MAX);
goto cleanup;
}
if (virTypedParamsSerialize(params, nparams,
(virTypedParameterRemotePtr *) &ret->params.params_val,
&ret->params.params_len,
VIR_TYPED_PARAM_STRING_OKAY) < 0)
goto cleanup;
rv = 0;
cleanup:
if (rv < 0)
virNetMessageSaveError(rerr);
virTypedParamsFree(params, nparams);
virObjectUnref(clnt);
virObjectUnref(srv);
return rv;
}
static int
adminDispatchServerGetClientLimits(virNetServerPtr server ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetServerClientPtr client,
virNetMessagePtr msg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetMessageErrorPtr rerr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
admin_server_get_client_limits_args *args,
admin_server_get_client_limits_ret *ret)
{
int rv = -1;
virNetServerPtr srv = NULL;
virTypedParameterPtr params = NULL;
int nparams = 0;
struct daemonAdmClientPrivate *priv =
virNetServerClientGetPrivateData(client);
if (!(srv = virNetDaemonGetServer(priv->dmn, args->srv.name)))
goto cleanup;
if (adminServerGetClientLimits(srv, &params, &nparams, args->flags) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (nparams > ADMIN_SERVER_CLIENT_LIMITS_MAX) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR,
_("Number of client processing parameters %d exceeds "
"max allowed limit: %d"), nparams,
ADMIN_SERVER_CLIENT_LIMITS_MAX);
goto cleanup;
}
if (virTypedParamsSerialize(params, nparams,
(virTypedParameterRemotePtr *) &ret->params.params_val,
&ret->params.params_len, 0) < 0)
goto cleanup;
rv = 0;
cleanup:
if (rv < 0)
virNetMessageSaveError(rerr);
virTypedParamsFree(params, nparams);
virObjectUnref(srv);
return rv;
}
static int
adminDispatchServerSetClientLimits(virNetServerPtr server ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetServerClientPtr client,
virNetMessagePtr msg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
virNetMessageErrorPtr rerr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
admin_server_set_client_limits_args *args)
{
int rv = -1;
virNetServerPtr srv = NULL;
virTypedParameterPtr params = NULL;
int nparams = 0;
struct daemonAdmClientPrivate *priv =
virNetServerClientGetPrivateData(client);
if (!(srv = virNetDaemonGetServer(priv->dmn, args->srv.name))) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_NO_SERVER,
_("no server with matching name '%s' found"),
args->srv.name);
goto cleanup;
}
if (virTypedParamsDeserialize((virTypedParameterRemotePtr) args->params.params_val,
args->params.params_len,
ADMIN_SERVER_CLIENT_LIMITS_MAX, &params, &nparams) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (adminServerSetClientLimits(srv, params, nparams, args->flags) < 0)
goto cleanup;
rv = 0;
cleanup:
if (rv < 0)
virNetMessageSaveError(rerr);
virTypedParamsFree(params, nparams);
virObjectUnref(srv);
return rv;
}
#include "admin_dispatch.h"

View File

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/*
* admin.h: handlers for admin RPC method calls
*
* Copyright (C) 2014-2016 Red Hat, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library. If not, see
* <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
* Author: Martin Kletzander <mkletzan@redhat.com>
*/
#ifndef __LIBVIRTD_ADMIN_H__
# define __LIBVIRTD_ADMIN_H__
# include "rpc/virnetserverprogram.h"
# include "rpc/virnetserverclient.h"
extern virNetServerProgramProc adminProcs[];
extern size_t adminNProcs;
void remoteAdmClientFreeFunc(void *data);
void *remoteAdmClientInitHook(virNetServerClientPtr client, void *opaque);
#endif /* __ADMIN_REMOTE_H__ */

View File

@@ -1,390 +0,0 @@
/*
* admin_server.c: admin methods to manage daemons and clients
*
* Copyright (C) 2016 Red Hat, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library. If not, see
* <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
* Authors: Erik Skultety <eskultet@redhat.com>
* Martin Kletzander <mkletzan@redhat.com>
*/
#include <config.h>
#include "admin_server.h"
#include "datatypes.h"
#include "viralloc.h"
#include "virerror.h"
#include "viridentity.h"
#include "virlog.h"
#include "virnetdaemon.h"
#include "virnetserver.h"
#include "virstring.h"
#include "virthreadpool.h"
#include "virtypedparam.h"
#define VIR_FROM_THIS VIR_FROM_ADMIN
VIR_LOG_INIT("daemon.admin_server");
int
adminConnectListServers(virNetDaemonPtr dmn,
virNetServerPtr **servers,
unsigned int flags)
{
int ret = -1;
virNetServerPtr *srvs = NULL;
virCheckFlags(0, -1);
if ((ret = virNetDaemonGetServers(dmn, &srvs)) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (servers) {
*servers = srvs;
srvs = NULL;
}
cleanup:
if (ret > 0)
virObjectListFreeCount(srvs, ret);
return ret;
}
virNetServerPtr
adminConnectLookupServer(virNetDaemonPtr dmn,
const char *name,
unsigned int flags)
{
virCheckFlags(flags, NULL);
return virNetDaemonGetServer(dmn, name);
}
int
adminServerGetThreadPoolParameters(virNetServerPtr srv,
virTypedParameterPtr *params,
int *nparams,
unsigned int flags)
{
int ret = -1;
int maxparams = 0;
size_t minWorkers;
size_t maxWorkers;
size_t nWorkers;
size_t freeWorkers;
size_t nPrioWorkers;
size_t jobQueueDepth;
virTypedParameterPtr tmpparams = NULL;
virCheckFlags(0, -1);
if (virNetServerGetThreadPoolParameters(srv, &minWorkers, &maxWorkers,
&nWorkers, &freeWorkers,
&nPrioWorkers,
&jobQueueDepth) < 0) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR, "%s",
_("Unable to retrieve threadpool parameters"));
goto cleanup;
}
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams,
&maxparams, VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_MIN,
minWorkers) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams,
&maxparams, VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_MAX,
maxWorkers) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams,
&maxparams, VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_CURRENT,
nWorkers) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams,
&maxparams, VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_FREE,
freeWorkers) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams,
&maxparams, VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_PRIORITY,
nPrioWorkers) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams,
&maxparams, VIR_THREADPOOL_JOB_QUEUE_DEPTH,
jobQueueDepth) < 0)
goto cleanup;
*params = tmpparams;
tmpparams = NULL;
ret = 0;
cleanup:
virTypedParamsFree(tmpparams, *nparams);
return ret;
}
int
adminServerSetThreadPoolParameters(virNetServerPtr srv,
virTypedParameterPtr params,
int nparams,
unsigned int flags)
{
long long int minWorkers = -1;
long long int maxWorkers = -1;
long long int prioWorkers = -1;
virTypedParameterPtr param = NULL;
virCheckFlags(0, -1);
if (virTypedParamsValidate(params, nparams,
VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_MIN,
VIR_TYPED_PARAM_UINT,
VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_MAX,
VIR_TYPED_PARAM_UINT,
VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_PRIORITY,
VIR_TYPED_PARAM_UINT,
NULL) < 0)
return -1;
if ((param = virTypedParamsGet(params, nparams,
VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_MIN)))
minWorkers = param->value.ui;
if ((param = virTypedParamsGet(params, nparams,
VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_MAX)))
maxWorkers = param->value.ui;
if ((param = virTypedParamsGet(params, nparams,
VIR_THREADPOOL_WORKERS_PRIORITY)))
prioWorkers = param->value.ui;
if (virNetServerSetThreadPoolParameters(srv, minWorkers,
maxWorkers, prioWorkers) < 0)
return -1;
return 0;
}
int
adminServerListClients(virNetServerPtr srv,
virNetServerClientPtr **clients,
unsigned int flags)
{
int ret = -1;
virNetServerClientPtr *clts;
virCheckFlags(0, -1);
if ((ret = virNetServerGetClients(srv, &clts)) < 0)
return -1;
if (clients) {
*clients = clts;
clts = NULL;
}
virObjectListFreeCount(clts, ret);
return ret;
}
virNetServerClientPtr
adminServerLookupClient(virNetServerPtr srv,
unsigned long long id,
unsigned int flags)
{
virCheckFlags(0, NULL);
return virNetServerGetClient(srv, id);
}
int
adminClientGetInfo(virNetServerClientPtr client,
virTypedParameterPtr *params,
int *nparams,
unsigned int flags)
{
int ret = -1;
int maxparams = 0;
bool readonly;
char *sock_addr = NULL;
const char *attr = NULL;
virTypedParameterPtr tmpparams = NULL;
virIdentityPtr identity = NULL;
virCheckFlags(0, -1);
if (virNetServerClientGetInfo(client, &readonly,
&sock_addr, &identity) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virTypedParamsAddBoolean(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_READONLY,
readonly) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virIdentityGetSASLUserName(identity, &attr) < 0 ||
(attr &&
virTypedParamsAddString(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_SASL_USER_NAME,
attr) < 0))
goto cleanup;
if (!virNetServerClientIsLocal(client)) {
if (virTypedParamsAddString(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_SOCKET_ADDR,
sock_addr) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virIdentityGetX509DName(identity, &attr) < 0 ||
(attr &&
virTypedParamsAddString(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_X509_DISTINGUISHED_NAME,
attr) < 0))
goto cleanup;
} else {
pid_t pid;
uid_t uid;
gid_t gid;
if (virIdentityGetUNIXUserID(identity, &uid) < 0 ||
virTypedParamsAddInt(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_UNIX_USER_ID, uid) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virIdentityGetUNIXUserName(identity, &attr) < 0 ||
virTypedParamsAddString(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_UNIX_USER_NAME,
attr) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virIdentityGetUNIXGroupID(identity, &gid) < 0 ||
virTypedParamsAddInt(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_UNIX_GROUP_ID, gid) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virIdentityGetUNIXGroupName(identity, &attr) < 0 ||
virTypedParamsAddString(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_UNIX_GROUP_NAME,
attr) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virIdentityGetUNIXProcessID(identity, &pid) < 0 ||
virTypedParamsAddInt(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_UNIX_PROCESS_ID, pid) < 0)
goto cleanup;
}
if (virIdentityGetSELinuxContext(identity, &attr) < 0 ||
(attr &&
virTypedParamsAddString(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_CLIENT_INFO_SELINUX_CONTEXT, attr) < 0))
goto cleanup;
*params = tmpparams;
tmpparams = NULL;
ret = 0;
cleanup:
virObjectUnref(identity);
VIR_FREE(sock_addr);
return ret;
}
int adminClientClose(virNetServerClientPtr client,
unsigned int flags)
{
virCheckFlags(0, -1);
virNetServerClientClose(client);
return 0;
}
int
adminServerGetClientLimits(virNetServerPtr srv,
virTypedParameterPtr *params,
int *nparams,
unsigned int flags)
{
int ret = -1;
int maxparams = 0;
virTypedParameterPtr tmpparams = NULL;
virCheckFlags(0, -1);
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_SERVER_CLIENTS_MAX,
virNetServerGetMaxClients(srv)) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_SERVER_CLIENTS_CURRENT,
virNetServerGetCurrentClients(srv)) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_SERVER_CLIENTS_UNAUTH_MAX,
virNetServerGetMaxUnauthClients(srv)) < 0)
goto cleanup;
if (virTypedParamsAddUInt(&tmpparams, nparams, &maxparams,
VIR_SERVER_CLIENTS_UNAUTH_CURRENT,
virNetServerGetCurrentUnauthClients(srv)) < 0)
goto cleanup;
*params = tmpparams;
tmpparams = NULL;
ret = 0;
cleanup:
virTypedParamsFree(tmpparams, *nparams);
return ret;
}
int
adminServerSetClientLimits(virNetServerPtr srv,
virTypedParameterPtr params,
int nparams,
unsigned int flags)
{
long long int maxClients = -1;
long long int maxClientsUnauth = -1;
virTypedParameterPtr param = NULL;
virCheckFlags(0, -1);
if (virTypedParamsValidate(params, nparams,
VIR_SERVER_CLIENTS_MAX,
VIR_TYPED_PARAM_UINT,
VIR_SERVER_CLIENTS_UNAUTH_MAX,
VIR_TYPED_PARAM_UINT,
NULL) < 0)
return -1;
if ((param = virTypedParamsGet(params, nparams,
VIR_SERVER_CLIENTS_MAX)))
maxClients = param->value.ui;
if ((param = virTypedParamsGet(params, nparams,
VIR_SERVER_CLIENTS_UNAUTH_MAX)))
maxClientsUnauth = param->value.ui;
if (virNetServerSetClientLimits(srv, maxClients,
maxClientsUnauth) < 0)
return -1;
return 0;
}

View File

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/*
* admin_server.h: admin methods to manage daemons and clients
*
* Copyright (C) 2016 Red Hat, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library. If not, see
* <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
* Authors: Erik Skultety <eskultet@redhat.com>
* Martin Kletzander <mkletzan@redhat.com>
*/
#ifndef __LIBVIRTD_ADMIN_SERVER_H__
# define __LIBVIRTD_ADMIN_SERVER_H__
# include "rpc/virnetdaemon.h"
# include "rpc/virnetserver.h"
int adminConnectListServers(virNetDaemonPtr dmn,
virNetServerPtr **servers,
unsigned int flags);
virNetServerPtr adminConnectLookupServer(virNetDaemonPtr dmn,
const char *name,
unsigned int flags);
int
adminServerGetThreadPoolParameters(virNetServerPtr srv,
virTypedParameterPtr *params,
int *nparams,
unsigned int flags);
int
adminServerSetThreadPoolParameters(virNetServerPtr srv,
virTypedParameterPtr params,
int nparams,
unsigned int flags);
int adminServerListClients(virNetServerPtr srv,
virNetServerClientPtr **clients,
unsigned int flags);
virNetServerClientPtr adminServerLookupClient(virNetServerPtr srv,
unsigned long long id,
unsigned int flags);
int adminClientGetInfo(virNetServerClientPtr client,
virTypedParameterPtr *params,
int *nparams,
unsigned int flags);
int adminClientClose(virNetServerClientPtr client,
unsigned int flags);
int adminServerGetClientLimits(virNetServerPtr srv,
virTypedParameterPtr *params,
int *nparams,
unsigned int flags);
int adminServerSetClientLimits(virNetServerPtr srv,
virTypedParameterPtr params,
int nparams,
unsigned int flags);
#endif /* __LIBVIRTD_ADMIN_SERVER_H__ */

View File

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
// Allow any user in the 'libvirt' group to connect to system libvirtd
// without entering a password.
polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) {
if (action.id == "org.libvirt.unix.manage" &&
subject.isInGroup("libvirt")) {
return polkit.Result.YES;
}
});

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* libvirtd-config.c: daemon start of day, guest process & i/o management
* libvirtd.c: daemon start of day, guest process & i/o management
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012, 2014, 2015 Red Hat, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Red Hat, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2006 Daniel P. Berrange
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -24,53 +24,173 @@
#include <config.h>
#include "libvirtd-config.h"
#include "virconf.h"
#include "viralloc.h"
#include "virerror.h"
#include "virlog.h"
#include "conf.h"
#include "memory.h"
#include "virterror_internal.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "rpc/virnetserver.h"
#include "configmake.h"
#include "remote/remote_protocol.h"
#include "remote/remote_driver.h"
#include "virstring.h"
#include "virutil.h"
#define VIR_FROM_THIS VIR_FROM_CONF
VIR_LOG_INIT("daemon.libvirtd-config");
/* Allocate an array of malloc'd strings from the config file, filename
* (used only in diagnostics), using handle "conf". Upon error, return -1
* and free any allocated memory. Otherwise, save the array in *list_arg
* and return 0.
*/
static int
remoteConfigGetAuth(virConfPtr conf,
const char *filename,
const char *key,
int *auth)
remoteConfigGetStringList(virConfPtr conf, const char *key, char ***list_arg,
const char *filename)
{
char *authstr = NULL;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, key, &authstr) < 0)
return -1;
if (!authstr)
char **list;
virConfValuePtr p = virConfGetValue (conf, key);
if (!p)
return 0;
if (STREQ(authstr, "none")) {
*auth = VIR_NET_SERVER_SERVICE_AUTH_NONE;
#if WITH_SASL
} else if (STREQ(authstr, "sasl")) {
*auth = VIR_NET_SERVER_SERVICE_AUTH_SASL;
#endif
} else if (STREQ(authstr, "polkit")) {
*auth = VIR_NET_SERVER_SERVICE_AUTH_POLKIT;
} else {
switch (p->type) {
case VIR_CONF_STRING:
if (VIR_ALLOC_N(list, 2) < 0) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED,
_("failed to allocate memory for %s config list"),
key);
return -1;
}
list[0] = strdup (p->str);
list[1] = NULL;
if (list[0] == NULL) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED,
_("failed to allocate memory for %s config list value"),
key);
VIR_FREE(list);
return -1;
}
break;
case VIR_CONF_LIST: {
int i, len = 0;
virConfValuePtr pp;
for (pp = p->list; pp; pp = pp->next)
len++;
if (VIR_ALLOC_N(list, 1+len) < 0) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED,
_("failed to allocate memory for %s config list"),
key);
return -1;
}
for (i = 0, pp = p->list; pp; ++i, pp = pp->next) {
if (pp->type != VIR_CONF_STRING) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED,
_("remoteReadConfigFile: %s: %s:"
" must be a string or list of strings"),
filename, key);
VIR_FREE(list);
return -1;
}
list[i] = strdup (pp->str);
if (list[i] == NULL) {
int j;
for (j = 0 ; j < i ; j++)
VIR_FREE(list[j]);
VIR_FREE(list);
virReportError(VIR_ERR_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED,
_("failed to allocate memory for %s config list value"),
key);
return -1;
}
}
list[i] = NULL;
break;
}
default:
virReportError(VIR_ERR_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED,
_("%s: %s: unsupported auth %s"),
filename, key, authstr);
VIR_FREE(authstr);
_("remoteReadConfigFile: %s: %s:"
" must be a string or list of strings"),
filename, key);
return -1;
}
*list_arg = list;
return 0;
}
/* A helper function used by each of the following macros. */
static int
checkType (virConfValuePtr p, const char *filename,
const char *key, virConfType required_type)
{
if (p->type != required_type) {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED,
_("remoteReadConfigFile: %s: %s: invalid type:"
" got %s; expected %s"), filename, key,
virConfTypeName (p->type),
virConfTypeName (required_type));
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
/* If there is no config data for the key, #var_name, then do nothing.
If there is valid data of type VIR_CONF_STRING, and strdup succeeds,
store the result in var_name. Otherwise, (i.e. invalid type, or strdup
failure), give a diagnostic and "goto" the cleanup-and-fail label. */
#define GET_CONF_STR(conf, filename, var_name) \
do { \
virConfValuePtr p = virConfGetValue (conf, #var_name); \
if (p) { \
if (checkType (p, filename, #var_name, VIR_CONF_STRING) < 0) \
goto error; \
VIR_FREE(data->var_name); \
if (!(data->var_name = strdup (p->str))) { \
virReportOOMError(); \
goto error; \
} \
} \
} while (0)
/* Like GET_CONF_STR, but for integral values. */
#define GET_CONF_INT(conf, filename, var_name) \
do { \
virConfValuePtr p = virConfGetValue (conf, #var_name); \
if (p) { \
if (checkType (p, filename, #var_name, VIR_CONF_LONG) < 0) \
goto error; \
data->var_name = p->l; \
} \
} while (0)
static int remoteConfigGetAuth(virConfPtr conf, const char *key, int *auth, const char *filename) {
virConfValuePtr p;
p = virConfGetValue (conf, key);
if (!p)
return 0;
if (checkType (p, filename, key, VIR_CONF_STRING) < 0)
return -1;
if (!p->str)
return 0;
if (STREQ(p->str, "none")) {
*auth = VIR_NET_SERVER_SERVICE_AUTH_NONE;
#if HAVE_SASL
} else if (STREQ(p->str, "sasl")) {
*auth = VIR_NET_SERVER_SERVICE_AUTH_SASL;
#endif
} else if (STREQ(p->str, "polkit")) {
*auth = VIR_NET_SERVER_SERVICE_AUTH_POLKIT;
} else {
virReportError(VIR_ERR_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED,
_("remoteReadConfigFile: %s: %s: unsupported auth %s"),
filename, key, p->str);
return -1;
}
VIR_FREE(authstr);
return 0;
}
@@ -78,8 +198,8 @@ int
daemonConfigFilePath(bool privileged, char **configfile)
{
if (privileged) {
if (VIR_STRDUP(*configfile, SYSCONFDIR "/libvirt/libvirtd.conf") < 0)
goto error;
if (!(*configfile = strdup(SYSCONFDIR "/libvirt/libvirtd.conf")))
goto no_memory;
} else {
char *configdir = NULL;
@@ -88,14 +208,16 @@ daemonConfigFilePath(bool privileged, char **configfile)
if (virAsprintf(configfile, "%s/libvirtd.conf", configdir) < 0) {
VIR_FREE(configdir);
goto error;
goto no_memory;
}
VIR_FREE(configdir);
}
return 0;
error:
no_memory:
virReportOOMError();
error:
return -1;
}
@@ -106,18 +228,21 @@ daemonConfigNew(bool privileged ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
char *localhost;
int ret;
if (VIR_ALLOC(data) < 0)
if (VIR_ALLOC(data) < 0) {
virReportOOMError();
return NULL;
}
data->listen_tls = 1;
data->listen_tcp = 0;
if (VIR_STRDUP(data->tls_port, LIBVIRTD_TLS_PORT) < 0 ||
VIR_STRDUP(data->tcp_port, LIBVIRTD_TCP_PORT) < 0)
goto error;
if (!(data->tls_port = strdup(LIBVIRTD_TLS_PORT)))
goto no_memory;
if (!(data->tcp_port = strdup(LIBVIRTD_TCP_PORT)))
goto no_memory;
/* Only default to PolicyKit if running as root */
#if WITH_POLKIT
#if HAVE_POLKIT
if (privileged) {
data->auth_unix_rw = REMOTE_AUTH_POLKIT;
data->auth_unix_ro = REMOTE_AUTH_POLKIT;
@@ -125,17 +250,20 @@ daemonConfigNew(bool privileged ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
#endif
data->auth_unix_rw = REMOTE_AUTH_NONE;
data->auth_unix_ro = REMOTE_AUTH_NONE;
#if WITH_POLKIT
#if HAVE_POLKIT
}
#endif
if (VIR_STRDUP(data->unix_sock_rw_perms,
data->auth_unix_rw == REMOTE_AUTH_POLKIT ? "0777" : "0700") < 0 ||
VIR_STRDUP(data->unix_sock_ro_perms, "0777") < 0 ||
VIR_STRDUP(data->unix_sock_admin_perms, "0700") < 0)
goto error;
if (data->auth_unix_rw == REMOTE_AUTH_POLKIT)
data->unix_sock_rw_perms = strdup("0777"); /* Allow world */
else
data->unix_sock_rw_perms = strdup("0700"); /* Allow user only */
data->unix_sock_ro_perms = strdup("0777"); /* Always allow world */
if (!data->unix_sock_ro_perms ||
!data->unix_sock_rw_perms)
goto no_memory;
#if WITH_SASL
#if HAVE_SASL
data->auth_tcp = REMOTE_AUTH_SASL;
#else
data->auth_tcp = REMOTE_AUTH_NONE;
@@ -146,37 +274,29 @@ daemonConfigNew(bool privileged ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
data->min_workers = 5;
data->max_workers = 20;
data->max_clients = 5000;
data->max_queued_clients = 1000;
data->max_anonymous_clients = 20;
data->max_clients = 20;
data->prio_workers = 5;
data->max_requests = 20;
data->max_client_requests = 5;
data->log_buffer_size = 64;
data->audit_level = 1;
data->audit_logging = 0;
data->keepalive_interval = 5;
data->keepalive_count = 5;
data->keepalive_required = 0;
data->admin_min_workers = 5;
data->admin_max_workers = 20;
data->admin_max_clients = 5000;
data->admin_max_queued_clients = 20;
data->admin_max_client_requests = 5;
data->admin_keepalive_interval = 5;
data->admin_keepalive_count = 5;
localhost = virGetHostname();
localhost = virGetHostname(NULL);
if (localhost == NULL) {
/* we couldn't resolve the hostname; assume that we are
* running in disconnected operation, and report a less
* useful Avahi string
*/
ret = VIR_STRDUP(data->mdns_name, "Virtualization Host");
ret = virAsprintf(&data->mdns_name, "Virtualization Host");
} else {
char *tmp;
/* Extract the host part of the potentially FQDN */
@@ -187,11 +307,12 @@ daemonConfigNew(bool privileged ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
}
VIR_FREE(localhost);
if (ret < 0)
goto error;
goto no_memory;
return data;
error:
no_memory:
virReportOOMError();
daemonConfigFree(data);
return NULL;
}
@@ -207,14 +328,7 @@ daemonConfigFree(struct daemonConfig *data)
VIR_FREE(data->listen_addr);
VIR_FREE(data->tls_port);
VIR_FREE(data->tcp_port);
tmp = data->access_drivers;
while (tmp && *tmp) {
VIR_FREE(*tmp);
tmp++;
}
VIR_FREE(data->access_drivers);
VIR_FREE(data->unix_sock_admin_perms);
VIR_FREE(data->unix_sock_ro_perms);
VIR_FREE(data->unix_sock_rw_perms);
VIR_FREE(data->unix_sock_group);
@@ -234,7 +348,6 @@ daemonConfigFree(struct daemonConfig *data)
tmp++;
}
VIR_FREE(data->sasl_allowed_username_list);
VIR_FREE(data->tls_priority);
VIR_FREE(data->key_file);
VIR_FREE(data->ca_file);
@@ -242,7 +355,6 @@ daemonConfigFree(struct daemonConfig *data)
VIR_FREE(data->crl_file);
VIR_FREE(data->host_uuid);
VIR_FREE(data->host_uuid_source);
VIR_FREE(data->log_filters);
VIR_FREE(data->log_outputs);
@@ -254,143 +366,86 @@ daemonConfigLoadOptions(struct daemonConfig *data,
const char *filename,
virConfPtr conf)
{
if (virConfGetValueBool(conf, "listen_tcp", &data->listen_tcp) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueBool(conf, "listen_tls", &data->listen_tls) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "tls_port", &data->tls_port) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "tcp_port", &data->tcp_port) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "listen_addr", &data->listen_addr) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, listen_tcp);
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, listen_tls);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, tls_port);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, tcp_port);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, listen_addr);
if (remoteConfigGetAuth(conf, filename, "auth_unix_rw", &data->auth_unix_rw) < 0)
if (remoteConfigGetAuth(conf, "auth_unix_rw", &data->auth_unix_rw, filename) < 0)
goto error;
#if WITH_POLKIT
#if HAVE_POLKIT
/* Change default perms to be wide-open if PolicyKit is enabled.
* Admin can always override in config file
*/
if (data->auth_unix_rw == REMOTE_AUTH_POLKIT) {
VIR_FREE(data->unix_sock_rw_perms);
if (VIR_STRDUP(data->unix_sock_rw_perms, "0777") < 0)
if (!(data->unix_sock_rw_perms = strdup("0777"))) {
virReportOOMError();
goto error;
}
}
#endif
if (remoteConfigGetAuth(conf, filename, "auth_unix_ro", &data->auth_unix_ro) < 0)
if (remoteConfigGetAuth(conf, "auth_unix_ro", &data->auth_unix_ro, filename) < 0)
goto error;
if (remoteConfigGetAuth(conf, filename, "auth_tcp", &data->auth_tcp) < 0)
if (remoteConfigGetAuth(conf, "auth_tcp", &data->auth_tcp, filename) < 0)
goto error;
if (remoteConfigGetAuth(conf, filename, "auth_tls", &data->auth_tls) < 0)
if (remoteConfigGetAuth(conf, "auth_tls", &data->auth_tls, filename) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueStringList(conf, "access_drivers", false,
&data->access_drivers) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, unix_sock_group);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, unix_sock_ro_perms);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, unix_sock_rw_perms);
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "unix_sock_group", &data->unix_sock_group) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "unix_sock_admin_perms", &data->unix_sock_admin_perms) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "unix_sock_ro_perms", &data->unix_sock_ro_perms) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "unix_sock_rw_perms", &data->unix_sock_rw_perms) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, unix_sock_dir);
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "unix_sock_dir", &data->unix_sock_dir) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, mdns_adv);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, mdns_name);
if (virConfGetValueBool(conf, "mdns_adv", &data->mdns_adv) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "mdns_name", &data->mdns_name) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, tls_no_sanity_certificate);
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, tls_no_verify_certificate);
if (virConfGetValueBool(conf, "tls_no_sanity_certificate", &data->tls_no_sanity_certificate) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueBool(conf, "tls_no_verify_certificate", &data->tls_no_verify_certificate) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, key_file);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, cert_file);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, ca_file);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, crl_file);
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "key_file", &data->key_file) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "cert_file", &data->cert_file) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "ca_file", &data->ca_file) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "crl_file", &data->crl_file) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueStringList(conf, "tls_allowed_dn_list", false,
&data->tls_allowed_dn_list) < 0)
if (remoteConfigGetStringList(conf, "tls_allowed_dn_list",
&data->tls_allowed_dn_list, filename) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueStringList(conf, "sasl_allowed_username_list", false,
&data->sasl_allowed_username_list) < 0)
if (remoteConfigGetStringList(conf, "sasl_allowed_username_list",
&data->sasl_allowed_username_list, filename) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "tls_priority", &data->tls_priority) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "min_workers", &data->min_workers) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "max_workers", &data->max_workers) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "max_clients", &data->max_clients) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "max_queued_clients", &data->max_queued_clients) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "max_anonymous_clients", &data->max_anonymous_clients) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, min_workers);
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, max_workers);
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, max_clients);
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "prio_workers", &data->prio_workers) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, prio_workers);
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "max_requests", &data->max_requests) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "max_client_requests", &data->max_client_requests) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, max_requests);
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, max_client_requests);
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "admin_min_workers", &data->admin_min_workers) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "admin_max_workers", &data->admin_max_workers) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "admin_max_clients", &data->admin_max_clients) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "admin_max_queued_clients", &data->admin_max_queued_clients) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "admin_max_client_requests", &data->admin_max_client_requests) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, audit_level);
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, audit_logging);
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "audit_level", &data->audit_level) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueBool(conf, "audit_logging", &data->audit_logging) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, host_uuid);
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "host_uuid", &data->host_uuid) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "host_uuid_source", &data->host_uuid_source) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, log_level);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, log_filters);
GET_CONF_STR (conf, filename, log_outputs);
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, log_buffer_size);
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "log_level", &data->log_level) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "log_filters", &data->log_filters) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueString(conf, "log_outputs", &data->log_outputs) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueInt(conf, "keepalive_interval", &data->keepalive_interval) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "keepalive_count", &data->keepalive_count) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueInt(conf, "admin_keepalive_interval", &data->admin_keepalive_interval) < 0)
goto error;
if (virConfGetValueUInt(conf, "admin_keepalive_count", &data->admin_keepalive_count) < 0)
goto error;
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, keepalive_interval);
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, keepalive_count);
GET_CONF_INT (conf, filename, keepalive_required);
return 0;
error:
error:
return -1;
}

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* libvirtd-config.h: daemon start of day, guest process & i/o management
* libvirtd.c: daemon start of day, guest process & i/o management
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012, 2015 Red Hat, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Red Hat, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2006 Daniel P. Berrange
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -28,15 +28,13 @@
struct daemonConfig {
char *host_uuid;
char *host_uuid_source;
bool listen_tls;
bool listen_tcp;
int listen_tls;
int listen_tcp;
char *listen_addr;
char *tls_port;
char *tcp_port;
char *unix_sock_admin_perms;
char *unix_sock_ro_perms;
char *unix_sock_rw_perms;
char *unix_sock_group;
@@ -47,51 +45,39 @@ struct daemonConfig {
int auth_tcp;
int auth_tls;
char **access_drivers;
bool mdns_adv;
int mdns_adv;
char *mdns_name;
bool tls_no_verify_certificate;
bool tls_no_sanity_certificate;
int tls_no_verify_certificate;
int tls_no_sanity_certificate;
char **tls_allowed_dn_list;
char **sasl_allowed_username_list;
char *tls_priority;
char *key_file;
char *cert_file;
char *ca_file;
char *crl_file;
unsigned int min_workers;
unsigned int max_workers;
unsigned int max_clients;
unsigned int max_queued_clients;
unsigned int max_anonymous_clients;
int min_workers;
int max_workers;
int max_clients;
unsigned int prio_workers;
int prio_workers;
unsigned int max_requests;
unsigned int max_client_requests;
int max_requests;
int max_client_requests;
unsigned int log_level;
int log_level;
char *log_filters;
char *log_outputs;
int log_buffer_size;
unsigned int audit_level;
bool audit_logging;
int audit_level;
int audit_logging;
int keepalive_interval;
unsigned int keepalive_count;
unsigned int admin_min_workers;
unsigned int admin_max_workers;
unsigned int admin_max_clients;
unsigned int admin_max_queued_clients;
unsigned int admin_max_client_requests;
int admin_keepalive_interval;
unsigned int admin_keepalive_count;
int keepalive_required;
};

View File

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ module Libvirtd =
let str_val = del /\"/ "\"" . store /[^\"]*/ . del /\"/ "\""
let bool_val = store /0|1/
let int_val = store /-?[0-9]+/
let int_val = store /[0-9]+/
let str_array_element = [ seq "el" . str_val ] . del /[ \t\n]*/ ""
let str_array_val = counter "el" . array_start . ( str_array_element . ( array_sep . str_array_element ) * ) ? . array_end
@@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ module Libvirtd =
let sock_acl_entry = str_entry "unix_sock_group"
| str_entry "unix_sock_ro_perms"
| str_entry "unix_sock_rw_perms"
| str_entry "unix_sock_admin_perms"
| str_entry "unix_sock_dir"
let authentication_entry = str_entry "auth_unix_ro"
@@ -52,24 +51,14 @@ module Libvirtd =
| bool_entry "tls_no_sanity_certificate"
| str_array_entry "tls_allowed_dn_list"
| str_array_entry "sasl_allowed_username_list"
| str_array_entry "access_drivers"
| str_entry "tls_priority"
let processing_entry = int_entry "min_workers"
| int_entry "max_workers"
| int_entry "max_clients"
| int_entry "max_queued_clients"
| int_entry "max_anonymous_clients"
| int_entry "max_requests"
| int_entry "max_client_requests"
| int_entry "prio_workers"
let admin_processing_entry = int_entry "admin_min_workers"
| int_entry "admin_max_workers"
| int_entry "admin_max_clients"
| int_entry "admin_max_queued_clients"
| int_entry "admin_max_client_requests"
let logging_entry = int_entry "log_level"
| str_entry "log_filters"
| str_entry "log_outputs"
@@ -82,12 +71,7 @@ module Libvirtd =
| int_entry "keepalive_count"
| bool_entry "keepalive_required"
let admin_keepalive_entry = int_entry "admin_keepalive_interval"
| int_entry "admin_keepalive_count"
| bool_entry "admin_keepalive_required"
let misc_entry = str_entry "host_uuid"
| str_entry "host_uuid_source"
(* Each enty in the config is one of the following three ... *)
let entry = network_entry
@@ -96,11 +80,9 @@ module Libvirtd =
| certificate_entry
| authorization_entry
| processing_entry
| admin_processing_entry
| logging_entry
| auditing_entry
| keepalive_entry
| admin_keepalive_entry
| misc_entry
let comment = [ label "#comment" . del /#[ \t]*/ "# " . store /([^ \t\n][^\n]*)?/ . del /\n/ "\n" ]
let empty = [ label "#empty" . eol ]

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -48,10 +48,6 @@
# Override the default configuration which binds to all network
# interfaces. This can be a numeric IPv4/6 address, or hostname
#
# If the libvirtd service is started in parallel with network
# startup (e.g. with systemd), binding to addresses other than
# the wildcards (0.0.0.0/::) might not be available yet.
#
#listen_addr = "192.168.0.1"
@@ -67,7 +63,7 @@
# unique on the immediate broadcast network.
#
# The default is "Virtualization Host HOSTNAME", where HOSTNAME
# is substituted for the short hostname of the machine (without domain)
# is subsituted for the short hostname of the machine (without domain)
#
#mdns_name = "Virtualization Host Joe Demo"
@@ -87,8 +83,8 @@
# Set the UNIX socket permissions for the R/O socket. This is used
# for monitoring VM status only
#
# Default allows any user. If setting group ownership, you may want to
# restrict this too.
# Default allows any user. If setting group ownership may want to
# restrict this to:
#unix_sock_ro_perms = "0777"
# Set the UNIX socket permissions for the R/W socket. This is used
@@ -98,20 +94,12 @@
# the default will change to allow everyone (eg, 0777)
#
# If not using PolicyKit and setting group ownership for access
# control, then you may want to relax this too.
# control then you may want to relax this to:
#unix_sock_rw_perms = "0770"
# Set the UNIX socket permissions for the admin interface socket.
#
# Default allows only owner (root), do not change it unless you are
# sure to whom you are exposing the access to.
#unix_sock_admin_perms = "0700"
# Set the name of the directory in which sockets will be found/created.
#unix_sock_dir = "/var/run/libvirt"
#################################################################
#
# Authentication.
@@ -125,7 +113,7 @@
# - sasl: use SASL infrastructure. The actual auth scheme is then
# controlled from /etc/sasl2/libvirt.conf. For the TCP
# socket only GSSAPI & DIGEST-MD5 mechanisms will be used.
# For non-TCP or TLS sockets, any scheme is allowed.
# For non-TCP or TLS sockets, any scheme is allowed.
#
# - polkit: use PolicyKit to authenticate. This is only suitable
# for use on the UNIX sockets. The default policy will
@@ -167,15 +155,6 @@
#auth_tls = "none"
# Change the API access control scheme
#
# By default an authenticated user is allowed access
# to all APIs. Access drivers can place restrictions
# on this. By default the 'nop' driver is enabled,
# meaning no access control checks are done once a
# client has authenticated with libvirtd
#
#access_drivers = [ "polkit" ]
#################################################################
#
@@ -228,7 +207,7 @@
#tls_no_verify_certificate = 1
# A whitelist of allowed x509 Distinguished Names
# A whitelist of allowed x509 Distinguished Names
# This list may contain wildcards such as
#
# "C=GB,ST=London,L=London,O=Red Hat,CN=*"
@@ -242,7 +221,7 @@
#tls_allowed_dn_list = ["DN1", "DN2"]
# A whitelist of allowed SASL usernames. The format for username
# A whitelist of allowed SASL usernames. The format for usernames
# depends on the SASL authentication mechanism. Kerberos usernames
# look like username@REALM
#
@@ -259,13 +238,6 @@
#sasl_allowed_username_list = ["joe@EXAMPLE.COM", "fred@EXAMPLE.COM" ]
# Override the compile time default TLS priority string. The
# default is usually "NORMAL" unless overridden at build time.
# Only set this is it is desired for libvirt to deviate from
# the global default settings.
#
#tls_priority="NORMAL"
#################################################################
#
@@ -274,18 +246,8 @@
# The maximum number of concurrent client connections to allow
# over all sockets combined.
#max_clients = 5000
#max_clients = 20
# The maximum length of queue of connections waiting to be
# accepted by the daemon. Note, that some protocols supporting
# retransmission may obey this so that a later reattempt at
# connection succeeds.
#max_queued_clients = 1000
# The maximum length of queue of accepted but not yet
# authenticated clients. The default value is 20. Set this to
# zero to turn this feature off.
#max_anonymous_clients = 20
# The minimum limit sets the number of workers to start up
# initially. If the number of active clients exceeds this,
@@ -297,13 +259,13 @@
# The number of priority workers. If all workers from above
# pool are stuck, some calls marked as high priority
# pool will stuck, some calls marked as high priority
# (notably domainDestroy) can be executed in this pool.
#prio_workers = 5
# Total global limit on concurrent RPC calls. Should be
# at least as large as max_workers. Beyond this, RPC requests
# will be read into memory and queued. This directly impacts
# will be read into memory and queued. This directly impact
# memory usage, currently each request requires 256 KB of
# memory. So by default up to 5 MB of memory is used
#
@@ -317,16 +279,6 @@
# and max_workers parameter
#max_client_requests = 5
# Same processing controls, but this time for the admin interface.
# For description of each option, be so kind to scroll few lines
# upwards.
#admin_min_workers = 1
#admin_max_workers = 5
#admin_max_clients = 5
#admin_max_queued_clients = 5
#admin_max_client_requests = 5
#################################################################
#
# Logging controls
@@ -334,10 +286,6 @@
# Logging level: 4 errors, 3 warnings, 2 information, 1 debug
# basically 1 will log everything possible
# Note: Journald may employ rate limiting of the messages logged
# and thus lock up the libvirt daemon. To use the debug level with
# journald you have to specify it explicitly in 'log_outputs', otherwise
# only information level messages will be logged.
#log_level = 3
# Logging filters:
@@ -346,22 +294,16 @@
# The format for a filter is one of:
# x:name
# x:+name
# where name is a string which is matched against the category
# given in the VIR_LOG_INIT() at the top of each libvirt source
# file, e.g., "remote", "qemu", or "util.json" (the name in the
# filter can be a substring of the full category name, in order
# to match multiple similar categories), the optional "+" prefix
# tells libvirt to log stack trace for each message matching
# name, and x is the minimal level where matching messages should
# be logged:
# where name is a string which is matched against source file name,
# e.g., "remote", "qemu", or "util/json", the optional "+" prefix
# tells libvirt to log stack trace for each message matching name,
# and x is the minimal level where matching messages should be logged:
# 1: DEBUG
# 2: INFO
# 3: WARNING
# 4: ERROR
#
# Multiple filters can be defined in a single @filters, they just need to be
# Multiple filter can be defined in a single @filters, they just need to be
# separated by spaces.
#
# e.g. to only get warning or errors from the remote layer and only errors
@@ -377,24 +319,22 @@
# use syslog for the output and use the given name as the ident
# x:file:file_path
# output to a file, with the given filepath
# x:journald
# output to journald logging system
# In all case the x prefix is the minimal level, acting as a filter
# 1: DEBUG
# 2: INFO
# 3: WARNING
# 4: ERROR
#
# Multiple outputs can be defined, they just need to be separated by spaces.
# Multiple output can be defined, they just need to be separated by spaces.
# e.g. to log all warnings and errors to syslog under the libvirtd ident:
#log_outputs="3:syslog:libvirtd"
#
# Log debug buffer size:
#
# This configuration option is no longer used, since the global
# log buffer functionality has been removed. Please configure
# suitable log_outputs/log_filters settings to obtain logs.
# Log debug buffer size: default 64
# The daemon keeps an internal debug log buffer which will be dumped in case
# of crash or upon receiving a SIGUSR2 signal. This setting allows to override
# the default buffer size in kilobytes.
# If value is 0 or less the debug log buffer is deactivated
#log_buffer_size = 64
@@ -417,16 +357,10 @@
###################################################################
# UUID of the host:
# Host UUID is read from one of the sources specified in host_uuid_source.
#
# - 'smbios': fetch the UUID from 'dmidecode -s system-uuid'
# - 'machine-id': fetch the UUID from /etc/machine-id
#
# The host_uuid_source default is 'smbios'. If 'dmidecode' does not provide
# a valid UUID a temporary UUID will be generated.
#
# Another option is to specify host UUID in host_uuid.
#
# Provide the UUID of the host here in case the command
# 'dmidecode -s system-uuid' does not provide a valid uuid. In case
# 'dmidecode' does not provide a valid UUID and none is provided here, a
# temporary UUID will be generated.
# Keep the format of the example UUID below. UUID must not have all digits
# be the same.
@@ -434,12 +368,11 @@
# it with the output of the 'uuidgen' command and then
# uncomment this entry
#host_uuid = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
#host_uuid_source = "smbios"
###################################################################
# Keepalive protocol:
# This allows libvirtd to detect broken client connections or even
# dead clients. A keepalive message is sent to a client after
# dead client. A keepalive message is sent to a client after
# keepalive_interval seconds of inactivity to check if the client is
# still responding; keepalive_count is a maximum number of keepalive
# messages that are allowed to be sent to the client without getting
@@ -448,22 +381,15 @@
# keepalive_interval * (keepalive_count + 1) seconds since the last
# message received from the client. If keepalive_interval is set to
# -1, libvirtd will never send keepalive requests; however clients
# can still send them and the daemon will send responses. When
# can still send them and the deamon will send responses. When
# keepalive_count is set to 0, connections will be automatically
# closed after keepalive_interval seconds of inactivity without
# sending any keepalive messages.
#
#keepalive_interval = 5
#keepalive_count = 5
#
# These configuration options are no longer used. There is no way to
# restrict such clients from connecting since they first need to
# connect in order to ask for keepalive.
# If set to 1, libvirtd will refuse to talk to clients that do not
# support keepalive protocol. Defaults to 0.
#
#keepalive_required = 1
#admin_keepalive_required = 1
# Keepalive settings for the admin interface
#admin_keepalive_interval = 5
#admin_keepalive_count = 5

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* libvirtd.h: daemon data structure definitions
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015 Red Hat, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Red Hat, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2006 Daniel P. Berrange
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -27,15 +27,15 @@
# define VIR_ENUM_SENTINELS
# include <config.h>
# include <rpc/types.h>
# include <rpc/xdr.h>
# include "remote_protocol.h"
# include "admin_protocol.h"
# include "lxc_protocol.h"
# include "qemu_protocol.h"
# include "virthread.h"
# if WITH_SASL
# include "logging.h"
# include "threads.h"
# if HAVE_SASL
# include "virnetsaslcontext.h"
# endif
# include "virnetserverprogram.h"
@@ -44,29 +44,15 @@ typedef struct daemonClientStream daemonClientStream;
typedef daemonClientStream *daemonClientStreamPtr;
typedef struct daemonClientPrivate daemonClientPrivate;
typedef daemonClientPrivate *daemonClientPrivatePtr;
typedef struct daemonAdmClientPrivate daemonAdmClientPrivate;
typedef daemonAdmClientPrivate *daemonAdmClientPrivatePtr;
typedef struct daemonClientEventCallback daemonClientEventCallback;
typedef daemonClientEventCallback *daemonClientEventCallbackPtr;
/* Stores the per-client connection state */
struct daemonClientPrivate {
/* Hold while accessing any data except conn */
virMutex lock;
daemonClientEventCallbackPtr *domainEventCallbacks;
size_t ndomainEventCallbacks;
daemonClientEventCallbackPtr *networkEventCallbacks;
size_t nnetworkEventCallbacks;
daemonClientEventCallbackPtr *qemuEventCallbacks;
size_t nqemuEventCallbacks;
daemonClientEventCallbackPtr *storageEventCallbacks;
size_t nstorageEventCallbacks;
daemonClientEventCallbackPtr *nodeDeviceEventCallbacks;
size_t nnodeDeviceEventCallbacks;
bool closeRegistered;
int domainEventCallbackID[VIR_DOMAIN_EVENT_ID_LAST];
# if WITH_SASL
# if HAVE_SASL
virNetSASLSessionPtr sasl;
# endif
@@ -77,17 +63,10 @@ struct daemonClientPrivate {
virConnectPtr conn;
daemonClientStreamPtr streams;
bool keepalive_supported;
};
/* Separate private data for admin connection */
struct daemonAdmClientPrivate {
/* Just a placeholder, not that there is anything to be locked */
virMutex lock;
virNetDaemonPtr dmn;
};
# if WITH_SASL
# if HAVE_SASL
extern virNetSASLContextPtr saslCtxt;
# endif
extern virNetServerProgramPtr remoteProgram;

View File

@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
#!/bin/sh
# the following is the LSB init header see
# http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/LSB_5.0.0/LSB-Core-generic/LSB-Core-generic/initscrcomconv.html
# http://www.linux-foundation.org/spec//booksets/LSB-Core-generic/LSB-Core-generic.html#INITSCRCOMCONV
#
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: libvirtd
# Default-Start: 3 4 5
# Default-Stop: 0 1 2 6
# Required-Start: $network messagebus virtlogd
# Required-Start: $network messagebus
# Should-Start: $named
# Should-Start: xend
# Should-Start: avahi-daemon
# Required-Stop: $network messagebus
# Should-Start: $named xend avahi-daemon virtlockd
# Should-Stop: $named
# Default-Start: 3 4 5
# Short-Description: daemon for libvirt virtualization API
# Description: This is a daemon for managing guest instances
# and libvirt virtual networks

View File

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
@localstatedir@/log/libvirt/libxl/*.log {
weekly
missingok
rotate 4
compress
delaycompress
copytruncate
minsize 100k
}

View File

@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
=head1 NAME
libvirtd - libvirtd management daemon
=head1 SYNOPSIS
B<libvirtd> [I<OPTION>]...
=head1 DESCRIPTION
The B<libvirtd> program is the server side daemon component of the libvirt
virtualization management system.
This daemon runs on host servers and performs required management tasks for
virtualized guests. This includes activities such as starting, stopping
and migrating guests between host servers, configuring and manipulating
networking, and managing storage for use by guests.
The libvirt client libraries and utilities connect to this daemon to issue
tasks and collect information about the configuration and resources of the host
system and guests.
By default, the libvirtd daemon listens for requests on a local Unix domain
socket. Using the B<-l>|B<--listen> command line option, the libvirtd daemon
can be instructed to additionally listen on a TCP/IP socket. The TCP/IP socket
to use is defined in the libvirtd configuration file.
Restarting libvirtd does not impact running guests. Guests continue to operate
and will be picked up automatically if their XML configuration has been
defined. Any guests whose XML configuration has not been defined will be lost
from the configuration.
=head1 OPTIONS
=over
=item B<-h, --help>
Display command line help usage then exit.
=item B<-d, --daemon>
Run as a daemon & write PID file.
=item B<-f, --config> I<FILE>
Use this configuration file, overriding the default value.
=item B<-l, --listen>
Listen for TCP/IP connections.
=item B<-p, --pid-file> I<FILE>
Use this name for the PID file, overriding the default value.
=item B<-t, --timeout> I<SECONDS>
Exit after timeout period (in seconds) elapse with no client connections
or registered resources. Be aware that resources such as autostart
networks will result in never reaching the timeout, even when there are
no client connections.
=item B<-v, --verbose>
Enable output of verbose messages.
=item B< --version>
Display version information then exit.
=back
=head1 SIGNALS
On receipt of B<SIGHUP> libvirtd will reload its configuration.
=head1 FILES
=head2 When run as B<root>.
=over
=item F<SYSCONFDIR/libvirtd.conf>
The default configuration file used by libvirtd, unless overridden on the
command line using the B<-f>|B<--config> option.
=item F<LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirt/libvirt-sock>
=item F<LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirt/libvirt-sock-ro>
The sockets libvirtd will use.
=item F<SYSCONFDIR/pki/CA/cacert.pem>
The TLS B<Certificate Authority> certificate libvirtd will use.
=item F<SYSCONFDIR/pki/libvirt/servercert.pem>
The TLS B<Server> certificate libvirtd will use.
=item F<SYSCONFDIR/pki/libvirt/private/serverkey.pem>
The TLS B<Server> private key libvirtd will use.
=item F<LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirtd.pid>
The PID file to use, unless overridden by the B<-p>|B<--pid-file> option.
=back
=head2 When run as B<non-root>.
=over
=item F<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/libvirtd.conf>
The default configuration file used by libvirtd, unless overridden on the
command line using the B<-f>|B<--config> option.
=item F<$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/libvirt/libvirt-sock>
The socket libvirtd will use.
=item F<$HOME/.pki/libvirt/cacert.pem>
The TLS B<Certificate Authority> certificate libvirtd will use.
=item F<$HOME/.pki/libvirt/servercert.pem>
The TLS B<Server> certificate libvirtd will use.
=item F<$HOME/.pki/libvirt/serverkey.pem>
The TLS B<Server> private key libvirtd will use.
=item F<$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/libvirt/libvirtd.pid>
The PID file to use, unless overridden by the B<-p>|B<--pid-file> option.
=item If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is not set in your environment, libvirtd will use F<$HOME/.config>
=item If $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is not set in your environment, libvirtd will use F<$HOME/.cache>
=back
=head1 EXAMPLES
To retrieve the version of libvirtd:
# libvirtd --version
libvirtd (libvirt) 0.8.2
#
To start libvirtd, instructing it to daemonize and create a PID file:
# libvirtd -d
# ls -la LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirtd.pid
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 6 Jul 9 02:40 LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirtd.pid
#
=head1 BUGS
Please report all bugs you discover. This should be done via either:
=over
=item a) the mailing list
L<http://libvirt.org/contact.html>
=item or,
B<>
=item b) the bug tracker
L<http://libvirt.org/bugs.html>
=item Alternatively, you may report bugs to your software distributor / vendor.
=back
=head1 AUTHORS
Please refer to the AUTHORS file distributed with libvirt.
=head1 COPYRIGHT
Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Red Hat, Inc., and the authors listed in the
libvirt AUTHORS file.
=head1 LICENSE
libvirtd is distributed under the terms of the GNU LGPL v2.1+.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There
is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE
=head1 SEE ALSO
L<virsh(1)>, L<virt-install(1)>, L<virt-xml-validate(1)>, L<virt-top(1)>,
L<virt-df(1)>, L<http://www.libvirt.org/>
=cut

204
daemon/libvirtd.pod.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
=head1 NAME
libvirtd - libvirtd management daemon
=head1 SYNOPSIS
B<libvirtd> [ -dlv ] [ -f config_file ] [ -p pid_file ] [ -t timeout_seconds ]
B<libvirtd> --version
=head1 DESCRIPTION
The B<libvirtd> program is the server side daemon component of the libvirt
virtualization management system.
This daemon runs on host servers and performs required management tasks for
virtualized guests. This includes activities such as starting, stopping
and migrating guests between host servers, configuring and manipulating
networking, and managing storage for use by guests.
The libvirt client libraries and utilities connect to this daemon to issue
tasks and collect information about the configuration and resources of the host
system and guests.
By default, the libvirtd daemon listens for requests on a local Unix domain
socket. Using the B<-l>|B<--listen> command line option, the libvirtd daemon
can be instructed to additionally listen on a TCP/IP socket. The TCP/IP socket
to use is defined in the libvirtd configuration file.
Restarting libvirtd does not impact running guests. Guests continue to operate
and will be picked up automatically if their XML configuration has been
defined. Any guests whose XML configuration has not been defined will be lost
from the configuration.
=head1 OPTIONS
=over
=item B<-d, --daemon>
Run as a daemon & write PID file.
=item B<-f, --config> I<FILE>
Use this configuration file, overriding the default value.
=item B<-l, --listen>
Listen for TCP/IP connections.
=item B<-p, --pid-file> I<FILE>
Use this name for the PID file, overriding the default value.
=item B<-t, --timeout> I<SECONDS>
Exit after timeout period (in seconds) elapse with no client connections
or registered resources. Be aware that resources such as autostart
networks will result in never reaching the timeout, even when there are
no client connections.
=item B<-v, --verbose>
Enable output of verbose messages.
=item B< --version>
Display version information then exit.
=back
=head1 SIGNALS
On receipt of B<SIGHUP> libvirtd will reload its configuration.
=head1 FILES
=head2 When run as B<root>.
=over
=item F<SYSCONFDIR/libvirtd.conf>
The default configuration file used by libvirtd, unless overridden on the
command line using the B<-f>|B<--config> option.
=item F<LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirt/libvirt-sock>
=item F<LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirt/libvirt-sock-ro>
The sockets libvirtd will use.
=item F<SYSCONFDIR/pki/CA/cacert.pem>
The TLS B<Certificate Authority> certificate libvirtd will use.
=item F<SYSCONFDIR/pki/libvirt/servercert.pem>
The TLS B<Server> certificate libvirtd will use.
=item F<SYSCONFDIR/pki/libvirt/private/serverkey.pem>
The TLS B<Server> private key libvirtd will use.
=item F<LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirtd.pid>
The PID file to use, unless overridden by the B<-p>|B<--pid-file> option.
=back
=head2 When run as B<non-root>.
=over
=item F<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/libvirtd.conf>
The default configuration file used by libvirtd, unless overridden on the
command line using the B<-f>|B<--config> option.
=item F<$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/libvirt/libvirt-sock>
The socket libvirtd will use.
=item F<$HOME/.pki/libvirt/cacert.pem>
The TLS B<Certificate Authority> certificate libvirtd will use.
=item F<$HOME/.pki/libvirt/servercert.pem>
The TLS B<Server> certificate libvirtd will use.
=item F<$HOME/.pki/libvirt/serverkey.pem>
The TLS B<Server> private key libvirtd will use.
=item F<$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/libvirt/libvirtd.pid>
The PID file to use, unless overridden by the B<-p>|B<--pid-file> option.
=item If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is not set in your environment, libvirtd will use F<$HOME/.config>
=item If $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is not set in your environment, libvirtd will use F<$HOME/.cache>
=back
=head1 EXAMPLES
To retrieve the version of libvirtd:
# libvirtd --version
libvirtd (libvirt) 0.8.2
#
To start libvirtd, instructing it to daemonize and create a PID file:
# libvirtd -d
# ls -la LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirtd.pid
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 6 Jul 9 02:40 LOCALSTATEDIR/run/libvirtd.pid
#
=head1 BUGS
Please report all bugs you discover. This should be done via either:
=over
=item a) the mailing list
L<http://libvirt.org/contact.html>
=item or,
B<>
=item b) the bug tracker
L<http://libvirt.org/bugs.html>
=item Alternatively, you may report bugs to your software distributor / vendor.
=back
=head1 AUTHORS
Please refer to the AUTHORS file distributed with libvirt.
=head1 COPYRIGHT
Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Red Hat, Inc., and the authors listed in the
libvirt AUTHORS file.
=head1 LICENSE
libvirtd is distributed under the terms of the GNU LGPL v2.1+.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There
is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE
=head1 SEE ALSO
L<virsh(1)>, L<virt-install(1)>, L<virt-xml-validate(1)>, L<virt-top(1)>,
L<virt-df(1)>, L<http://www.libvirt.org/>
=cut

View File

@@ -27,5 +27,5 @@ mech_list: digest-md5
# If using digest-md5 for username/passwds, then this is the file
# containing the passwds. Use 'saslpasswd2 -a libvirt [username]'
# to add entries, and 'sasldblistusers2 -f [sasldb_path]' to browse it
# to add entries, and 'sasldblistusers2 -a libvirt' to browse it
sasldb_path: /etc/libvirt/passwd.db

View File

@@ -7,25 +7,14 @@
Description=Virtualization daemon
Before=libvirt-guests.service
After=network.target
After=dbus.service
After=iscsid.service
After=apparmor.service
After=local-fs.target
After=remote-fs.target
Documentation=man:libvirtd(8)
Documentation=http://libvirt.org
[Service]
Type=notify
EnvironmentFile=-/etc/sysconfig/libvirtd
ExecStart=@sbindir@/libvirtd $LIBVIRTD_ARGS
ExecReload=/bin/kill -HUP $MAINPID
KillMode=process
Restart=on-failure
# Override the maximum number of opened files
#LimitNOFILE=2048
[Install]
WantedBy=multi-user.target
Also=virtlockd.socket
Also=virtlogd.socket

View File

@@ -20,14 +20,5 @@
#
#SDL_AUDIODRIVER=pulse
# Override the maximum number of opened files.
# This only works with traditional init scripts.
# In the systemd world, the limit can only be changed by overriding
# LimitNOFILE for libvirtd.service. To do that, just create a *.conf
# file in /etc/systemd/system/libvirtd.service.d/ (for example
# /etc/systemd/system/libvirtd.service.d/openfiles.conf) and write
# the following two lines in it:
# [Service]
# LimitNOFILE=2048
#
# Override the maximum number of opened files
#LIBVIRTD_NOFILES_LIMIT=2048

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -32,9 +32,6 @@
extern virNetServerProgramProc remoteProcs[];
extern size_t remoteNProcs;
extern virNetServerProgramProc lxcProcs[];
extern size_t lxcNProcs;
extern virNetServerProgramProc qemuProcs[];
extern size_t qemuNProcs;

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* stream.c: APIs for managing client streams
*
* Copyright (C) 2009-2014 Red Hat, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2009, 2011 Red Hat, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
@@ -25,15 +25,13 @@
#include "stream.h"
#include "remote.h"
#include "viralloc.h"
#include "virlog.h"
#include "memory.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "virnetserverclient.h"
#include "virerror.h"
#include "virterror_internal.h"
#define VIR_FROM_THIS VIR_FROM_STREAMS
VIR_LOG_INIT("daemon.stream");
struct daemonClientStream {
daemonClientPrivatePtr priv;
int refs;
@@ -42,15 +40,15 @@ struct daemonClientStream {
virStreamPtr st;
int procedure;
unsigned int serial;
int serial;
bool recvEOF;
bool closed;
unsigned int recvEOF : 1;
unsigned int closed : 1;
int filterID;
virNetMessagePtr rx;
bool tx;
int tx;
daemonClientStreamPtr next;
};
@@ -76,8 +74,6 @@ static void
daemonStreamUpdateEvents(daemonClientStream *stream)
{
int newEvents = 0;
if (stream->closed)
return;
if (stream->rx)
newEvents |= VIR_STREAM_EVENT_WRITABLE;
if (stream->tx && !stream->recvEOF)
@@ -94,14 +90,14 @@ daemonStreamUpdateEvents(daemonClientStream *stream)
* fast stream, but slow client
*/
static void
daemonStreamMessageFinished(virNetMessagePtr msg,
daemonStreamMessageFinished(virNetMessagePtr msg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
void *opaque)
{
daemonClientStream *stream = opaque;
VIR_DEBUG("stream=%p proc=%d serial=%u",
VIR_DEBUG("stream=%p proc=%d serial=%d",
stream, msg->header.proc, msg->header.serial);
stream->tx = true;
stream->tx = 1;
daemonStreamUpdateEvents(stream);
daemonFreeClientStream(NULL, stream);
@@ -152,14 +148,6 @@ daemonStreamEvent(virStreamPtr st, int events, void *opaque)
virNetServerClientClose(client);
goto cleanup;
}
/* If we detected EOF during read processing,
* then clear hangup/error conditions, since
* we want the client to see the EOF message
* we just sent them
*/
if (stream->recvEOF)
events = events & ~(VIR_STREAM_EVENT_HANGUP |
VIR_STREAM_EVENT_ERROR);
}
/* If we have a completion/abort message, always process it */
@@ -199,8 +187,8 @@ daemonStreamEvent(virStreamPtr st, int events, void *opaque)
(events & VIR_STREAM_EVENT_HANGUP)) {
virNetMessagePtr msg;
events &= ~(VIR_STREAM_EVENT_HANGUP);
stream->tx = false;
stream->recvEOF = true;
stream->tx = 0;
stream->recvEOF = 1;
if (!(msg = virNetMessageNew(false))) {
daemonRemoveClientStream(client, stream);
virNetServerClientClose(client);
@@ -229,7 +217,7 @@ daemonStreamEvent(virStreamPtr st, int events, void *opaque)
virNetMessageError rerr;
memset(&rerr, 0, sizeof(rerr));
stream->closed = true;
stream->closed = 1;
virStreamEventRemoveCallback(stream->st);
virStreamAbort(stream->st);
if (events & VIR_STREAM_EVENT_HANGUP)
@@ -262,7 +250,7 @@ daemonStreamEvent(virStreamPtr st, int events, void *opaque)
daemonStreamUpdateEvents(stream);
}
cleanup:
cleanup:
virMutexUnlock(&priv->lock);
}
@@ -295,7 +283,7 @@ daemonStreamFilter(virNetServerClientPtr client ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
msg->header.serial != stream->serial)
goto cleanup;
VIR_DEBUG("Incoming client=%p, rx=%p, serial=%u, proc=%d, status=%d",
VIR_DEBUG("Incoming client=%p, rx=%p, serial=%d, proc=%d, status=%d",
client, stream->rx, msg->header.proc,
msg->header.serial, msg->header.status);
@@ -303,7 +291,7 @@ daemonStreamFilter(virNetServerClientPtr client ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
daemonStreamUpdateEvents(stream);
ret = 1;
cleanup:
cleanup:
virMutexUnlock(&stream->priv->lock);
return ret;
}
@@ -326,11 +314,13 @@ daemonCreateClientStream(virNetServerClientPtr client,
daemonClientStream *stream;
daemonClientPrivatePtr priv = virNetServerClientGetPrivateData(client);
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, proc=%d, serial=%u, st=%p",
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, proc=%d, serial=%d, st=%p",
client, header->proc, header->serial, st);
if (VIR_ALLOC(stream) < 0)
if (VIR_ALLOC(stream) < 0) {
virReportOOMError();
return NULL;
}
stream->refs = 1;
stream->priv = priv;
@@ -362,7 +352,7 @@ int daemonFreeClientStream(virNetServerClientPtr client,
if (stream->refs)
return 0;
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, proc=%d, serial=%u",
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, proc=%d, serial=%d",
client, stream->procedure, stream->serial);
virObjectUnref(stream->prog);
@@ -385,7 +375,7 @@ int daemonFreeClientStream(virNetServerClientPtr client,
msg = tmp;
}
virObjectUnref(stream->st);
virStreamFree(stream->st);
VIR_FREE(stream);
return ret;
@@ -400,7 +390,7 @@ int daemonAddClientStream(virNetServerClientPtr client,
daemonClientStream *stream,
bool transmit)
{
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, proc=%d, serial=%u, st=%p, transmit=%d",
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, proc=%d, serial=%d, st=%p, transmit=%d",
client, stream->procedure, stream->serial, stream->st, transmit);
daemonClientPrivatePtr priv = virNetServerClientGetPrivateData(client);
@@ -424,7 +414,7 @@ int daemonAddClientStream(virNetServerClientPtr client,
}
if (transmit)
stream->tx = true;
stream->tx = 1;
virMutexLock(&priv->lock);
stream->next = priv->streams;
@@ -450,7 +440,7 @@ int
daemonRemoveClientStream(virNetServerClientPtr client,
daemonClientStream *stream)
{
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, proc=%d, serial=%u, st=%p",
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, proc=%d, serial=%d, st=%p",
client, stream->procedure, stream->serial, stream->st);
daemonClientPrivatePtr priv = virNetServerClientGetPrivateData(client);
daemonClientStream *curr = priv->streams;
@@ -463,7 +453,6 @@ daemonRemoveClientStream(virNetServerClientPtr client,
}
if (!stream->closed) {
stream->closed = true;
virStreamEventRemoveCallback(stream->st);
virStreamAbort(stream->st);
}
@@ -494,7 +483,6 @@ daemonRemoveAllClientStreams(daemonClientStream *stream)
tmp = stream->next;
if (!stream->closed) {
stream->closed = true;
virStreamEventRemoveCallback(stream->st);
virStreamAbort(stream->st);
}
@@ -519,7 +507,7 @@ daemonStreamHandleWriteData(virNetServerClientPtr client,
{
int ret;
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, stream=%p, proc=%d, serial=%u, len=%zu, offset=%zu",
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, stream=%p, proc=%d, serial=%d, len=%zu, offset=%zu",
client, stream, msg->header.proc, msg->header.serial,
msg->bufferLength, msg->bufferOffset);
@@ -542,10 +530,7 @@ daemonStreamHandleWriteData(virNetServerClientPtr client,
memset(&rerr, 0, sizeof(rerr));
VIR_INFO("Stream send failed");
stream->closed = true;
virStreamEventRemoveCallback(stream->st);
virStreamAbort(stream->st);
stream->closed = 1;
return virNetServerProgramSendReplyError(stream->prog,
client,
msg,
@@ -572,10 +557,10 @@ daemonStreamHandleFinish(virNetServerClientPtr client,
{
int ret;
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, stream=%p, proc=%d, serial=%u",
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, stream=%p, proc=%d, serial=%d",
client, stream, msg->header.proc, msg->header.serial);
stream->closed = true;
stream->closed = 1;
virStreamEventRemoveCallback(stream->st);
ret = virStreamFinish(stream->st);
@@ -609,42 +594,31 @@ daemonStreamHandleAbort(virNetServerClientPtr client,
daemonClientStream *stream,
virNetMessagePtr msg)
{
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, stream=%p, proc=%d, serial=%u",
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, stream=%p, proc=%d, serial=%d",
client, stream, msg->header.proc, msg->header.serial);
int ret;
bool raise_error = false;
virNetMessageError rerr;
stream->closed = true;
memset(&rerr, 0, sizeof(rerr));
stream->closed = 1;
virStreamEventRemoveCallback(stream->st);
ret = virStreamAbort(stream->st);
virStreamAbort(stream->st);
if (msg->header.status == VIR_NET_ERROR) {
VIR_INFO("stream aborted at client request");
raise_error = (ret < 0);
} else {
if (msg->header.status == VIR_NET_ERROR)
virReportError(VIR_ERR_RPC,
"%s", _("stream aborted at client request"));
else {
VIR_WARN("unexpected stream status %d", msg->header.status);
virReportError(VIR_ERR_RPC,
_("stream aborted with unexpected status %d"),
msg->header.status);
raise_error = true;
}
if (raise_error) {
virNetMessageError rerr;
memset(&rerr, 0, sizeof(rerr));
return virNetServerProgramSendReplyError(remoteProgram,
client,
msg,
&rerr,
&msg->header);
} else {
/* Send zero-length confirm */
return virNetServerProgramSendStreamData(stream->prog,
client,
msg,
stream->procedure,
stream->serial,
NULL, 0);
}
return virNetServerProgramSendReplyError(remoteProgram,
client,
msg,
&rerr,
&msg->header);
}
@@ -727,12 +701,9 @@ static int
daemonStreamHandleRead(virNetServerClientPtr client,
daemonClientStream *stream)
{
virNetMessagePtr msg = NULL;
virNetMessageError rerr;
char *buffer;
size_t bufferLen = VIR_NET_MESSAGE_LEGACY_PAYLOAD_MAX;
int ret = -1;
int rv;
size_t bufferLen = VIR_NET_MESSAGE_PAYLOAD_MAX;
int ret;
VIR_DEBUG("client=%p, stream=%p tx=%d closed=%d",
client, stream, stream->tx, stream->closed);
@@ -749,48 +720,50 @@ daemonStreamHandleRead(virNetServerClientPtr client,
if (!stream->tx)
return 0;
memset(&rerr, 0, sizeof(rerr));
if (VIR_ALLOC_N(buffer, bufferLen) < 0)
return -1;
if (!(msg = virNetMessageNew(false)))
goto cleanup;
rv = virStreamRecv(stream->st, buffer, bufferLen);
if (rv == -2) {
ret = virStreamRecv(stream->st, buffer, bufferLen);
if (ret == -2) {
/* Should never get this, since we're only called when we know
* we're readable, but hey things change... */
} else if (rv < 0) {
if (virNetServerProgramSendStreamError(remoteProgram,
client,
msg,
&rerr,
stream->procedure,
stream->serial) < 0)
goto cleanup;
msg = NULL;
} else {
stream->tx = false;
if (rv == 0)
stream->recvEOF = true;
ret = 0;
} else if (ret < 0) {
virNetMessagePtr msg;
virNetMessageError rerr;
msg->cb = daemonStreamMessageFinished;
msg->opaque = stream;
stream->refs++;
if (virNetServerProgramSendStreamData(remoteProgram,
client,
msg,
stream->procedure,
stream->serial,
buffer, rv) < 0)
goto cleanup;
msg = NULL;
memset(&rerr, 0, sizeof(rerr));
if (!(msg = virNetMessageNew(false)))
ret = -1;
else
ret = virNetServerProgramSendStreamError(remoteProgram,
client,
msg,
&rerr,
stream->procedure,
stream->serial);
} else {
virNetMessagePtr msg;
stream->tx = 0;
if (ret == 0)
stream->recvEOF = 1;
if (!(msg = virNetMessageNew(false)))
ret = -1;
if (msg) {
msg->cb = daemonStreamMessageFinished;
msg->opaque = stream;
stream->refs++;
ret = virNetServerProgramSendStreamData(remoteProgram,
client,
msg,
stream->procedure,
stream->serial,
buffer, ret);
}
}
ret = 0;
cleanup:
VIR_FREE(buffer);
virNetMessageFree(msg);
return ret;
}

View File

@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@
# include "libvirtd.h"
daemonClientStream *
daemonCreateClientStream(virNetServerClientPtr client,
virStreamPtr st,

View File

@@ -12,15 +12,11 @@ module Test_libvirtd =
{ "unix_sock_group" = "libvirt" }
{ "unix_sock_ro_perms" = "0777" }
{ "unix_sock_rw_perms" = "0770" }
{ "unix_sock_admin_perms" = "0700" }
{ "unix_sock_dir" = "/var/run/libvirt" }
{ "auth_unix_ro" = "none" }
{ "auth_unix_rw" = "none" }
{ "auth_tcp" = "sasl" }
{ "auth_tls" = "none" }
{ "access_drivers"
{ "1" = "polkit" }
}
{ "key_file" = "/etc/pki/libvirt/private/serverkey.pem" }
{ "cert_file" = "/etc/pki/libvirt/servercert.pem" }
{ "ca_file" = "/etc/pki/CA/cacert.pem" }
@@ -35,20 +31,12 @@ module Test_libvirtd =
{ "1" = "joe@EXAMPLE.COM" }
{ "2" = "fred@EXAMPLE.COM" }
}
{ "tls_priority" = "NORMAL" }
{ "max_clients" = "5000" }
{ "max_queued_clients" = "1000" }
{ "max_anonymous_clients" = "20" }
{ "max_clients" = "20" }
{ "min_workers" = "5" }
{ "max_workers" = "20" }
{ "prio_workers" = "5" }
{ "max_requests" = "20" }
{ "max_client_requests" = "5" }
{ "admin_min_workers" = "1" }
{ "admin_max_workers" = "5" }
{ "admin_max_clients" = "5" }
{ "admin_max_queued_clients" = "5" }
{ "admin_max_client_requests" = "5" }
{ "log_level" = "3" }
{ "log_filters" = "3:remote 4:event" }
{ "log_outputs" = "3:syslog:libvirtd" }
@@ -56,10 +44,6 @@ module Test_libvirtd =
{ "audit_level" = "2" }
{ "audit_logging" = "1" }
{ "host_uuid" = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" }
{ "host_uuid_source" = "smbios" }
{ "keepalive_interval" = "5" }
{ "keepalive_count" = "5" }
{ "keepalive_required" = "1" }
{ "admin_keepalive_required" = "1" }
{ "admin_keepalive_interval" = "5" }
{ "admin_keepalive_count" = "5" }

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1>404 page not found</h1>

View File

@@ -1,20 +1,9 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
## Copyright (C) 2005-2016 Red Hat, Inc.
##
## This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
## modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
## License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
## version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
##
## This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
## Lesser General Public License for more details.
##
## You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
## License along with this library. If not, see
## <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
## Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Red Hat, Inc.
## See COPYING.LIB for the License of this software
SUBDIRS= schemas
PERL = perl
@@ -23,23 +12,11 @@ DOC_SOURCE_DIR=../src
DEVHELP_DIR=$(datadir)/gtk-doc/html/libvirt
apihtml = \
html/index.html \
$(apihtml_generated)
BUILT_SOURCES=hvsupport.html.in
apihtml_generated = \
html/libvirt-libvirt-common.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-domain-snapshot.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-event.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-interface.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-network.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-nodedev.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-nwfilter.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-secret.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt-stream.html \
apihtml = \
html/index.html \
html/libvirt-libvirt.html \
html/libvirt-virterror.html
apipng = \
@@ -52,6 +29,7 @@ devhelphtml = \
devhelp/libvirt.devhelp \
devhelp/index.html \
devhelp/general.html \
devhelp/libvirt-libvirt.html \
devhelp/libvirt-virterror.html
css = \
@@ -71,6 +49,8 @@ devhelpxsl = devhelp/devhelp.xsl devhelp/html.xsl
png = \
32favicon.png \
footer_corner.png \
footer_pattern.png \
libvirt-header-bg.png \
libvirt-header-logo.png \
libvirtLogo.png \
@@ -80,6 +60,7 @@ png = \
libvirt-driver-arch.png \
libvirt-object-model.png \
madeWith.png \
et.png \
migration-managed-direct.png \
migration-managed-p2p.png \
migration-native.png \
@@ -95,12 +76,6 @@ internals_html_in = \
$(patsubst $(srcdir)/%,%,$(wildcard $(srcdir)/internals/*.html.in))
internals_html = $(internals_html_in:%.html.in=%.html)
# todo.html is special - it is shipped in the tarball, but we
# have a dedicated 'todo' target to rebuild it from a proper
# config file, all other users are able to build it locally.
# For all other files, since we ship pre-built html in the
# tarball, we must also ship the sources, even when those
# sources are themselves generated.
dot_html_in = $(notdir $(wildcard $(srcdir)/*.html.in)) \
todo.html.in \
hvsupport.html.in
@@ -120,20 +95,8 @@ qemu_xml = \
libvirt-qemu-api.xml \
libvirt-qemu-refs.xml
lxc_xml = \
libvirt-lxc-api.xml \
libvirt-lxc-refs.xml
admin_xml = \
libvirt-admin-api.xml \
libvirt-admin-refs.xml
apidir = $(pkgdatadir)/api
api_DATA = \
libvirt-api.xml \
libvirt-qemu-api.xml \
libvirt-lxc-api.xml \
libvirt-admin-api.xml
api_DATA = libvirt-api.xml libvirt-qemu-api.xml
fig = \
libvirt-net-logical.fig \
@@ -147,42 +110,29 @@ fig = \
migration-tunnel.fig \
migration-unmanaged-direct.fig
schemadir = $(pkgdatadir)/schemas
schema_DATA = $(wildcard $(srcdir)/schemas/*.rng)
EXTRA_DIST= \
apibuild.py genaclperms.pl \
site.xsl subsite.xsl newapi.xsl news.xsl page.xsl \
apibuild.py \
site.xsl newapi.xsl news.xsl page.xsl \
hacking1.xsl hacking2.xsl wrapstring.xsl \
$(dot_html) $(dot_html_in) $(gif) $(apihtml) $(apipng) \
$(devhelphtml) $(devhelppng) $(devhelpcss) $(devhelpxsl) \
$(xml) $(qemu_xml) $(lxc_xml) $(admin_xml) $(fig) $(png) $(css) \
$(xml) $(qemu_xml) $(fig) $(png) $(css) \
$(patches) $(dot_php_in) $(dot_php_code_in) $(dot_php)\
$(internals_html_in) $(internals_html) \
sitemap.html.in aclperms.htmlinc \
todo.pl hvsupport.pl todo.cfg-example \
$(schema_DATA)
acl_generated = aclperms.htmlinc
$(srcdir)/aclperms.htmlinc: $(top_srcdir)/src/access/viraccessperm.h \
$(srcdir)/genaclperms.pl Makefile.am
$(AM_V_GEN)$(PERL) $(srcdir)/genaclperms.pl $< > $@
sitemap.html.in \
todo.pl hvsupport.pl todo.cfg-example
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = \
$(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(dot_html)) \
$(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(apihtml)) \
$(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(devhelphtml)) \
$(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(internals_html)) \
$(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(dot_php)) \
$(srcdir)/hvsupport.html.in $(srcdir)/aclperms.htmlinc
$(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(dot_php))
all-am: web
api: $(srcdir)/libvirt-api.xml $(srcdir)/libvirt-refs.xml
qemu_api: $(srcdir)/libvirt-qemu-api.xml $(srcdir)/libvirt-qemu-refs.xml
lxc_api: $(srcdir)/libvirt-lxc-api.xml $(srcdir)/libvirt-lxc-refs.xml
admin_api: $(srcdir)/libvirt-admin-api.xml $(srcdir)/libvirt-admin-refs.xml
web: $(dot_html) $(internals_html) html/index.html devhelp/index.html \
$(dot_php)
@@ -194,46 +144,37 @@ todo.html.in: todo.pl
|| { rm $@ && exit 1; }; \
else \
echo "Stubbing $@"; \
printf "%s\n" \
"<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\">" \
"<body>" \
"<h1>Todo list unavailable: no config file</h1>" \
"</body></html>" > $@ ; \
echo "<html><body><h1>Todo list</h1></body></html>" > $@ ; \
fi
todo:
rm -f todo.html.in
$(MAKE) todo.html
hvsupport.html: $(srcdir)/hvsupport.html.in
$(srcdir)/hvsupport.html.in: $(srcdir)/hvsupport.pl $(api_DATA) \
$(top_srcdir)/src/libvirt_public.syms \
$(top_srcdir)/src/libvirt_qemu.syms $(top_srcdir)/src/libvirt_lxc.syms \
$(top_srcdir)/src/driver.h
$(AM_V_GEN)$(PERL) $(srcdir)/hvsupport.pl $(top_srcdir)/src > $@ \
|| { rm $@ && exit 1; }
hvsupport.html.in: $(srcdir)/hvsupport.pl $(srcdir)/../src/libvirt_public.syms \
$(srcdir)/../src/libvirt_qemu.syms $(srcdir)/../src/driver.h
$(AM_V_GEN)$(PERL) $(srcdir)/hvsupport.pl $(srcdir)/../src > $@ || { rm $@ && exit 1; }
.PHONY: todo
%.png: %.fig
convert -rotate 90 $< $@
%.html.tmp: %.html.in site.xsl subsite.xsl page.xsl \
sitemap.html.in $(acl_generated)
internals/%.html.tmp: internals/%.html.in subsite.xsl page.xsl sitemap.html.in
@if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
echo "Generating $@"; \
$(MKDIR_P) internals; \
name=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/.tmp//'`; \
$(XSLTPROC) --stringparam pagename $$name --nonet --html \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/subsite.xsl $< > $@ \
|| { rm $@ && exit 1; }; fi
%.html.tmp: %.html.in site.xsl page.xsl sitemap.html.in
@if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
echo "Generating $@"; \
name=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/.tmp//'`; \
dir=`dirname $@` ; \
if test "$$dir" = "."; \
then \
style=site.xsl; \
else \
$(MKDIR_P) $$dir; \
style=subsite.xsl; \
fi; \
$(XSLTPROC) --stringparam pagename $$name --nonet \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/$$style $< > $@ \
$(XSLTPROC) --stringparam pagename $$name --nonet --html \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/site.xsl $< > $@ \
|| { rm $@ && exit 1; }; fi
%.html: %.html.tmp
@@ -244,35 +185,32 @@ $(srcdir)/hvsupport.html.in: $(srcdir)/hvsupport.pl $(api_DATA) \
SGML_CATALOG_FILES='$(XML_CATALOG_FILE)' \
$(XMLLINT) --catalogs --nonet --format --valid $< > $(srcdir)/$@ \
|| { rm $(srcdir)/$@ && exit 1; }; \
else echo "missing XHTML1 DTD"; cat $< > $(srcdir)/$@ ; fi ; fi
else echo "missing XHTML1 DTD" ; fi ; fi
%.php.tmp: %.php.in site.xsl page.xsl sitemap.html.in
@if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
echo "Generating $@"; \
$(XSLTPROC) --stringparam pagename $(@:.tmp=) --nonet \
$(XSLTPROC) --stringparam pagename $(@:.tmp=) --nonet --html \
$(top_srcdir)/docs/site.xsl $< > $@ \
|| { rm $@ && exit 1; }; fi
%.php: %.php.tmp %.php.code.in
@if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
echo "Scripting $@"; \
sed -e '/<span id="php_placeholder"><\/span>/r '"$(srcdir)/$@.code.in" \
sed -e '/<a id="php_placeholder"><\/a>/r '"$(srcdir)/$@.code.in" \
-e /php_placeholder/d < $@.tmp > $(srcdir)/$@ \
|| { rm $(srcdir)/$@ && exit 1; }; fi
$(apihtml_generated): html/index.html
html/index.html: libvirt-api.xml newapi.xsl page.xsl sitemap.html.in
$(AM_V_GEN)if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/ \
--stringparam builddir '$(abs_top_builddir)' \
$(srcdir)/newapi.xsl $(srcdir)/libvirt-api.xml ; fi && \
if test -x $(XMLLINT) && test -x $(XMLCATALOG) ; then \
if $(XMLCATALOG) '$(XML_CATALOG_FILE)' "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" \
> /dev/null ; then \
SGML_CATALOG_FILES='$(XML_CATALOG_FILE)' \
$(XMLLINT) --catalogs --nonet --valid --noout $(srcdir)/html/*.html ; \
else echo "missing XHTML1 DTD"; cat $< > $(srcdir)/$@ ; fi ; fi
else echo "missing XHTML1 DTD" ; fi ; fi
$(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(devhelphtml)): $(srcdir)/libvirt-api.xml $(devhelpxsl)
$(AM_V_GEN)if [ -x $(XSLTPROC) ] ; then \
@@ -281,19 +219,13 @@ $(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(devhelphtml)): $(srcdir)/libvirt-api.xml $(devhelpxsl)
python_generated_files = \
$(srcdir)/html/libvirt-libvirt-lxc.html \
$(srcdir)/html/libvirt-libvirt.html \
$(srcdir)/html/libvirt-libvirt-qemu.html \
$(srcdir)/html/libvirt-libvirt-admin.html \
$(srcdir)/html/libvirt-virterror.html \
$(srcdir)/libvirt-api.xml \
$(srcdir)/libvirt-refs.xml \
$(srcdir)/libvirt-lxc-api.xml \
$(srcdir)/libvirt-lxc-refs.xml \
$(srcdir)/libvirt-qemu-api.xml \
$(srcdir)/libvirt-qemu-refs.xml \
$(srcdir)/libvirt-admin-api.xml \
$(srcdir)/libvirt-admin-refs.xml \
$(NULL)
$(srcdir)/libvirt-qemu-refs.xml
APIBUILD=$(srcdir)/apibuild.py
APIBUILD_STAMP=$(APIBUILD).stamp
@@ -302,49 +234,27 @@ EXTRA_DIST += $(APIBUILD_STAMP)
$(python_generated_files): $(APIBUILD_STAMP)
$(APIBUILD_STAMP): $(srcdir)/apibuild.py \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-common.h.in \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-domain-snapshot.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-domain.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-event.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-host.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-interface.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-network.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-nodedev.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-nwfilter.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-secret.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-storage.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-stream.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-lxc.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-qemu.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/libvirt-admin.h \
$(top_srcdir)/include/libvirt/virterror.h \
$(top_srcdir)/src/libvirt.c \
$(top_srcdir)/src/libvirt-lxc.c \
$(top_srcdir)/src/libvirt-qemu.c \
$(top_srcdir)/src/libvirt-admin.c \
$(top_srcdir)/src/util/virerror.c \
$(top_srcdir)/src/util/virevent.c \
$(top_srcdir)/src/util/virtypedparam.c
$(AM_V_GEN)srcdir=$(srcdir) builddir=$(builddir) $(PYTHON) $(APIBUILD)
$(srcdir)/../include/libvirt/libvirt.h.in \
$(srcdir)/../include/libvirt/libvirt-qemu.h \
$(srcdir)/../include/libvirt/virterror.h \
$(srcdir)/../src/libvirt.c \
$(srcdir)/../src/libvirt-qemu.c \
$(srcdir)/../src/util/virterror.c
$(AM_V_GEN)srcdir=$(srcdir) $(PYTHON) $(APIBUILD)
touch $@
check-local: all
dist-local: all
clean-local:
rm -f *~ *.bak *.hierarchy *.signals *-unused.txt *.html
maintainer-clean-local: clean-local
rm -rf $(srcdir)/libvirt-api.xml $(srcdir)/libvirt-refs.xml \
todo.html.in
rm -rf $(srcdir)/libvirt-api.xml $(srcdir)/libvirt-refs.xml todo.html.in hvsupport.html.in
rm -rf $(srcdir)/libvirt-qemu-api.xml $(srcdir)/libvirt-qemu-refs.xml
rm -rf $(srcdir)/libvirt-lxc-api.xml $(srcdir)/libvirt-lxc-refs.xml
rm -rf $(srcdir)/libvirt-admin-api.xml $(srcdir)/libvirt-admin-refs.xml
rm -rf $(APIBUILD_STAMP)
rebuild: api qemu_api lxc_api admin_api all
rebuild: api qemu_api all
install-data-local:
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(HTML_DIR)
@@ -362,18 +272,10 @@ install-data-local:
for file in $(devhelphtml) $(devhelppng) $(devhelpcss); do \
$(INSTALL) -m 0644 $(srcdir)/$${file} $(DESTDIR)$(DEVHELP_DIR) ; \
done
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/libvirtLogo.png $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)
uninstall-local:
for f in $(css) $(dot_html) $(gif) $(png); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(HTML_DIR)/$$f; \
done
for h in $(apihtml); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(HTML_DIR)/$$h; done
for p in $(apipng); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(HTML_DIR)/$$p; done
for f in $(internals_html); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(HTML_DIR)/$$f; \
done
for h in $(apihtml); do rm $(DESTDIR)$(HTML_DIR)/$$h; done
for p in $(apipng); do rm $(DESTDIR)$(HTML_DIR)/$$p; done
for f in $(devhelphtml) $(devhelppng) $(devhelpcss); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(DEVHELP_DIR)/$$(basename $$f); \
rm $(DESTDIR)$(DEVHELP_DIR)/$$(basename $$f); \
done
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/libvirtLogo.png

View File

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<h1>Client access control</h1>
<p>
Libvirt's client access control framework allows administrators
to setup fine grained permission rules across client users,
managed objects and API operations. This allows client connections
to be locked down to a minimal set of privileges.
</p>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<h2><a name="intro">Access control introduction</a></h2>
<p>
In a default configuration, the libvirtd daemon has three levels
of access control. All connections start off in an unauthenticated
state, where the only API operations allowed are those required
to complete authentication. After successful authentication, a
connection either has full, unrestricted access to all libvirt
API calls, or is locked down to only "read only" operations,
according to what socket a client connection originated on.
</p>
<p>
The access control framework allows authenticated connections to
have fine grained permission rules to be defined by the administrator.
Every API call in libvirt has a set of permissions that will
be validated against the object being used. For example, the
<code>virDomainSetSchedulerParametersFlags</code> method will
check whether the client user has the <code>write</code>
permission on the <code>domain</code> object instance passed
in as a parameter. Further permissions will also be checked
if certain flags are set in the API call. In addition to
checks on the object passed in to an API call, some methods
will filter their results. For example the <code>virConnectListAllDomains</code>
method will check the <code>search_domains</code> on the <code>connect</code>
object, but will also filter the returned <code>domain</code>
objects to only those on which the client user has the
<code>getattr</code> permission.
</p>
<h2><a name="drivers">Access control drivers</a></h2>
<p>
The access control framework is designed as a pluggable
system to enable future integration with arbitrary access
control technologies. By default, the <code>none</code>
driver is used, which does no access control checks at
all. At this time, libvirt ships with support for using
<a href="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/polkit/">polkit</a> as a real access
control driver. To learn how to use the polkit access
driver consult <a href="aclpolkit.html">the configuration
docs</a>.
</p>
<p>
The access driver is configured in the <code>libvirtd.conf</code>
configuration file, using the <code>access_drivers</code>
parameter. This parameter accepts an array of access control
driver names. If more than one access driver is requested,
then all must succeed in order for access to be granted.
To enable 'polkit' as the driver:
</p>
<pre>
# augtool -s set '/files/etc/libvirt/libvirtd.conf/access_drivers[1]' polkit
</pre>
<p>
And to reset back to the default (no-op) driver
</p>
<pre>
# augtool -s rm /files/etc/libvirt/libvirtd.conf/access_drivers
</pre>
<p>
<strong>Note:</strong> changes to libvirtd.conf require that
the libvirtd daemon be restarted.
</p>
<h2><a name="perms">Objects and permissions</a></h2>
<p>
Libvirt applies access control to all the main object
types in its API. Each object type, in turn, has a set
of permissions defined. To determine what permissions
are checked for specific API call, consult the
<a href="html/index.html">API reference manual</a>
documentation for the API in question.
</p>
<div id="include" filename="aclperms.htmlinc"/>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,414 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<h1>Polkit access control</h1>
<p>
Libvirt's client <a href="acl.html">access control framework</a> allows
administrators to setup fine grained permission rules across client users,
managed objects and API operations. This allows client connections
to be locked down to a minimal set of privileges. The polkit driver
provides a simple implementation of the access control framework.
</p>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<h2><a name="intro">Introduction</a></h2>
<p>
A default install of libvirt will typically use
<a href="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/polkit/">polkit</a>
to authenticate the initial user connection to libvirtd. This is a
very coarse grained check though, either allowing full read-write
access to all APIs, or just read-only access. The polkit access
control driver in libvirt builds on this capability to allow for
fine grained control over the operations a user may perform on an
object.
</p>
<h2><a name="perms">Permission names</a></h2>
<p>
The libvirt <a href="acl.html#perms">object names and permission names</a>
are mapped onto polkit action names using the simple pattern:
</p>
<pre>org.libvirt.api.$object.$permission
</pre>
<p>
The only caveat is that any underscore characters in the
object or permission names are converted to hyphens. So,
for example, the <code>search_storage_vols</code> permission
on the <code>storage_pool</code> object maps to the polkit
action:
</p>
<pre>org.libvirt.api.storage-pool.search-storage-vols
</pre>
<p>
The default policy for any permission which corresponds to
a "read only" operation, is to allow access. All other
permissions default to deny access.
</p>
<h2><a name="attrs">Object identity attributes</a></h2>
<p>
To allow polkit authorization rules to be written to match
against individual object instances, libvirt provides a number
of authorization detail attributes when performing a permission
check. The set of attributes varies according to the type
of object being checked
</p>
<h3><a name="object_connect">virConnectPtr</a></h3>
<table class="acl">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>connect_driver</td>
<td>Name of the libvirt connection driver</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><a name="object_domain">virDomainPtr</a></h3>
<table class="acl">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>connect_driver</td>
<td>Name of the libvirt connection driver</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>domain_name</td>
<td>Name of the domain, unique to the local host</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>domain_uuid</td>
<td>UUID of the domain, globally unique</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><a name="object_interface">virInterfacePtr</a></h3>
<table class="acl">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>connect_driver</td>
<td>Name of the libvirt connection driver</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>interface_name</td>
<td>Name of the network interface, unique to the local host</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>interface_macaddr</td>
<td>MAC address of the network interface, not unique</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><a name="object_network">virNetworkPtr</a></h3>
<table class="acl">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>connect_driver</td>
<td>Name of the libvirt connection driver</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>network_name</td>
<td>Name of the network, unique to the local host</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>network_uuid</td>
<td>UUID of the network, globally unique</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><a name="object_node_device">virNodeDevicePtr</a></h3>
<table class="acl">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>connect_driver</td>
<td>Name of the libvirt connection driver</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>node_device_name</td>
<td>Name of the node device, unique to the local host</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><a name="object_nwfilter">virNWFilterPtr</a></h3>
<table class="acl">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>connect_driver</td>
<td>Name of the libvirt connection driver</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>nwfilter_name</td>
<td>Name of the network filter, unique to the local host</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>nwfilter_uuid</td>
<td>UUID of the network filter, globally unique</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><a name="object_secret">virSecretPtr</a></h3>
<table class="acl">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>connect_driver</td>
<td>Name of the libvirt connection driver</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>secret_uuid</td>
<td>UUID of the secret, globally unique</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>secret_usage_volume</td>
<td>Name of the associated volume, if any</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>secret_usage_ceph</td>
<td>Name of the associated Ceph server, if any</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>secret_usage_target</td>
<td>Name of the associated iSCSI target, if any</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><a name="object_storage_pool">virStoragePoolPtr</a></h3>
<table class="acl">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>connect_driver</td>
<td>Name of the libvirt connection driver</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>pool_name</td>
<td>Name of the storage pool, unique to the local host</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>pool_uuid</td>
<td>UUID of the storage pool, globally unique</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><a name="object_storage_vol">virStorageVolPtr</a></h3>
<table class="acl">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>connect_driver</td>
<td>Name of the libvirt connection driver</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>pool_name</td>
<td>Name of the storage pool, unique to the local host</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>pool_uuid</td>
<td>UUID of the storage pool, globally unique</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>vol_name</td>
<td>Name of the storage volume, unique to the pool</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>vol_key</td>
<td>Key of the storage volume, globally unique</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2><a name="user">User identity attributes</a></h2>
<p>
At this point in time, the only attribute provided by
libvirt to identify the user invoking the operation
is the PID of the client program. This means that the
polkit access control driver is only useful if connections
to libvirt are restricted to its UNIX domain socket. If
connections are being made to a TCP socket, no identifying
information is available and access will be denied.
Also note that if the client is connecting via an SSH
tunnel, it is the local SSH user that will be identified.
In future versions, it is expected that more information
about the client user will be provided, including the
SASL / Kerberos username and/or x509 distinguished
name obtained from the authentication provider in use.
</p>
<h2><a name="checks">Writing access control policies</a></h2>
<p>
If using versions of polkit prior to 0.106 then it is only
possible to validate (user, permission) pairs via the <code>.pkla</code>
files. Fully validation of the (user, permission, object) triple
requires the new JavaScript <code>.rules</code> support that
was introduced in version 0.106. The latter is what will be
described here.
</p>
<p>
Libvirt does not ship any rules files by default. It merely
provides a definition of the default behaviour for each
action (permission). As noted earlier, permissions which
correspond to read-only operations in libvirt will be allowed
to all users by default; everything else is denied by default.
Defining custom rules requires creation of a file in the
<code>/etc/polkit-1/rules.d</code> directory with a name
chosen by the administrator (<code>100-libvirt-acl.rules</code>
would be a reasonable choice). See the <code>polkit(8)</code>
manual page for a description of how to write these files
in general. The key idea is to create a file containing
something like
</p>
<pre>
polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) {
....logic to check 'action' and 'subject'...
});
</pre>
<p>
In this code snippet above, the <code>action</code> object
instance will represent the libvirt permission being checked
along with identifying attributes for the object it is being
applied to. The <code>subject</code> meanwhile will identify
the libvirt client app (with the caveat above about it only
dealing with local clients connected via the UNIX socket).
On the <code>action</code> object, the permission name is
accessible via the <code>id</code> attribute, while the
object identifying attributes are exposed via the
<code>lookup</code> method.
</p>
<p>
See
<a href="http://libvirt.org/git/?p=libvirt.git;a=tree;f=examples/polkit;hb=HEAD">source code</a>
for a more complex example.
</p>
<h3><a name="exconnect">Example: restricting ability to connect to drivers</a></h3>
<p>
Consider a local user <code>berrange</code>
who has been granted permission to connect to libvirt in
full read-write mode. The goal is to only allow them to
use the <code>QEMU</code> driver and not the Xen or LXC
drivers which are also available in libvirtd.
To achieve this we need to write a rule which checks
whether the <code>connect_driver</code> attribute
is <code>QEMU</code>, and match on an action
name of <code>org.libvirt.api.connect.getattr</code>. Using
the javascript rules format, this ends up written as
</p>
<pre>
polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) {
if (action.id == "org.libvirt.api.connect.getattr" &amp;&amp;
subject.user == "berrange") {
if (action.lookup("connect_driver") == 'QEMU') {
return polkit.Result.YES;
} else {
return polkit.Result.NO;
}
}
});
</pre>
<h3><a name="exdomain">Example: restricting access to a single domain</a></h3>
<p>
Consider a local user <code>berrange</code>
who has been granted permission to connect to libvirt in
full read-write mode. The goal is to only allow them to
see the domain called <code>demo</code> on the LXC driver.
To achieve this we need to write a rule which checks
whether the <code>connect_driver</code> attribute
is <code>LXC</code> and the <code>domain_name</code>
attribute is <code>demo</code>, and match on a action
name of <code>org.libvirt.api.domain.getattr</code>. Using
the javascript rules format, this ends up written as
</p>
<pre>
polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) {
if (action.id == "org.libvirt.api.domain.getattr" &amp;&amp;
subject.user == "berrange") {
if (action.lookup("connect_driver") == 'LXC' &amp;&amp;
action.lookup("domain_name") == 'demo') {
return polkit.Result.YES;
} else {
return polkit.Result.NO;
}
}
});
</pre>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1>The libvirt API concepts</h1>
@@ -9,31 +8,26 @@
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<h2><a name="Objects">Objects Exposed</a></h2>
<p> As defined in the <a href="goals.html">goals section</a>, the libvirt
API is designed to expose all the resources needed to manage the
virtualization support of recent operating systems. The first object
manipulated through the API is the <code>virConnectPtr</code>, which
represents the connection to a hypervisor. Any application using libvirt
is likely to start using the
API by calling one of <a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virConnectOpen"
<h2><a name="Objects">Objects exposed</a></h2>
<p> As defined in the <a href="goals.html">goals section</a>, libvirt
API need to expose all the resources needed to manage the virtualization
support of recent operating systems. The first object manipulated though
the API is <code>virConnectPtr</code> which represent a connection to
an hypervisor. Any application using libvirt is likely to start using the
API by calling one of <a href="html/libvirt-libvirt.html#virConnectOpen"
>the virConnectOpen functions</a>. You will note that those functions take
a name argument which is actually a <a href="uri.html">connection URI</a>
to select the right hypervisor to open.
A URI is needed to allow remote connections and also select between
different possible hypervisors. For example, on a Linux system it may be
possible to use both KVM and LinuxContainers on the same node. A NULL
name will default to a preselected hypervisor, but it's probably not a
a name argument which is actually an URI to select the right hypervisor to
open, this is needed to allow remote connections and also select between
different possible hypervisors (for example on a Linux system it may be
possible to use both KVM and LinuxContainers on the same node). A NULL
name will default to a preselected hypervisor but it's probably not a
wise thing to do in most cases. See the <a href="uri.html">connection
URI</a> page for a full descriptions of the values allowed.</p>
<p> OnDevice the application obtains a
<a href="/html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virConnectPtr">
<code>virConnectPtr</code>
</a>
connection to the hypervisor it can then use it to manage the hypervisor's
available domains and related virtualization
resources, such as storage and networking. All those are
exposed as first class objects and connected to the hypervisor connection
<p> Once the application obtained a <code class='docref'>virConnectPtr</code>
connection to the
hypervisor it can then use it to manage domains and related resources
available for virtualization like storage and networking. All those are
exposed as first class objects, and connected to the hypervisor connection
(and the node or cluster where it is available).</p>
<p class="image">
<img alt="first class objects exposed by the API"
@@ -41,340 +35,92 @@
</p>
<p> The figure above shows the five main objects exported by the API:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virConnectPtr">
<code>virConnectPtr</code>
</a>
<p>Represents the connection to a hypervisor. Use one of the
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virConnectOpen">virConnectOpen</a>
functions to obtain connection to the hypervisor which is then used
as a parameter to other connection API's.</p></li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainPtr">
<code>virDomainPtr</code>
</a>
<p>Represents one domain either active or defined (i.e. existing as
permanent config file and storage but not currently running on that
node). The function
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virConnectListAllDomains">
<code>virConnectListAllDomains</code>
</a>
lists all the domains for the hypervisor.</p></li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-network.html#virNetworkPtr">
<code>virNetworkPtr</code>
</a>
<p>Represents one network either active or defined (i.e. existing
as permanent config file and storage but not currently activated).
The function
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-network.html#virConnectListAllNetworks">
<code>virConnectListAllNetworks</code>
</a>
lists all the virtualization networks for the hypervisor.</p></li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virStorageVolPtr">
<code>virStorageVolPtr</code>
</a>
<p>Represents one storage volume generally used
<li>virConnectPtr: represent a connection to an hypervisor.</li>
<li>virDomainPtr: represent one domain either active or defined (i.e.
existing as permanent config file and storage but not currently running
on that node). The function <code class='docref'>virConnectListDomains</code>
allows to list all the IDs for the domains active on this hypervisor.</li>
<li>virNetworkPtr: represent one network either active or defined (i.e.
existing as permanent config file and storage but not currently activated.
The function <code class='docref'>virConnectListNetworks</code>
allows to list all the virtualization networks activated on this node.</li>
<li>virStorageVolPtr: represent one storage volume, usually this is used
as a block device available to one of the domains. The function
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virStorageVolLookupByPath">
<code>virStorageVolLookupByPath</code>
</a>
finds the storage volume object based on its path on the node.</p></li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virStoragePoolPtr">
<code>virStoragePoolPtr</code>
</a>
<p>Represents a storage pool, which is a logical area
used to allocate and store storage volumes. The function
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virConnectListAllStoragePools">
<code>virConnectListAllStoragePools</code>
</a>
lists all of the virtualization storage pools on the hypervisor.
The function
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virStoragePoolLookupByVolume">
<code>virStoragePoolLookupByVolume</code>
</a>
finds the storage pool containing a given storage volume.</p></li>
<code class="docref">virStorageVolLookupByPath</code> allows to find
the object based on its path on the node.</li>
<li>virStoragePoolPtr: represent a storage pool, i.e. a logical area
which can be used to allocate and store storage volumes. The function
<code class="docref">virStoragePoolLookupByVolume</code> allows to find
the storage pool containing a given storage volume.</li>
</ul>
<p> Most objects manipulated by the library can also be represented using
<p> Most object manipulated by the library can also be represented using
XML descriptions. This is used primarily to create those object, but is
also helpful to modify or save their description back.</p>
<p> Domains, networks, and storage pools can be either <code>active</code>
<p> Domains, network and storage pools can be either <code>active</code>
i.e. either running or available for immediate use, or
<code>defined</code> in which case they are inactive but there is
a permanent definition available in the system for them. Based on this
they can be activated dynamically in order to be used.</p>
<p> Most objects can also be named in various ways:</p>
thay can be activated dynamically in order to be used.</p>
<p> Most kind of object can also be named in various ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><code>name</code>
<p>A user friendly identifier but whose uniqueness
cannot be guaranteed between two nodes.</p></li>
<li><code>ID</code>
<p>A runtime unique identifier
provided by the hypervisor for one given activation of the object;
however, it becomes invalid once the resource is deactivated.</p></li >
<li><code>UUID</code>
<p> A 16 byte unique identifier
<li>by their <code>name</code>, an user friendly identifier but
whose unicity cannot be guaranteed between two nodes.</li>
<li>by their <code>ID</code>, which is a runtime unique identifier
provided by the hypervisor for one given activation of the object,
but it becomes invalid once the resource is deactivated.</li >
<li>by their <code>UUID</code>, a 16 bytes unique identifier
as defined in <a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4122.txt">RFC 4122</a>,
which is guaranteed to be unique for long term usage and across a
set of nodes.</p></li>
set of nodes.</li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="Functions">Functions and Naming Conventions</a></h2>
<h2><a name="Functions">Functions and naming
conventions</a></h2>
<p> The naming of the functions present in the library is usually
composed by a prefix describing the object associated to the function
made of a prefix describing the object associated to the function
and a verb describing the action on that object.</p>
<p> For each first class object you will find APIs
<p> For each first class object you will find apis
for the following actions:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Lookup</b> [...LookupBy...]
<p>Used to perform lookups on objects by some type of identifier,
such as:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainLookupByID">
<code>virDomainLookupByID</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainLookupByName">
<code>virDomainLookupByName</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainLookupByUUID">
<code>virDomainLookupByUUID</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainLookupByUUIDString">
<code>virDomainLookupByUUIDString</code>
</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>Enumeration</b> [virConnectList..., virConnectNumOf...]
<p>Used to enumerate a set of object available to an given
hypervisor connection such as:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virConnectListDomains">
<code>virConnectListDomains</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virConnectNumOfDomains">
<code>virConnectNumOfDomains</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-network.html#virConnectListNetworks">
<code>virConnectListNetworks</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virConnectListStoragePools">
<code>virConnectListStoragePools</code>
</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>Description</b> [...GetInfo]
<p>Generic accessor providing a set of generic information about an
object, such as: </p>
<ul>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virNodeGetInfo">
<code>virNodeGetInfo</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainGetInfo">
<code>virDomainGetInfo</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virStoragePoolGetInfo">
<code>virStoragePoolGetInfo</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virStorageVolGetInfo">
<code>virStorageVolGetInfo</code>
</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>Accessors</b> [...Get..., ...Set...]
<p>Specific accessors used to query or modify data for the given object,
such as: </p>
<ul>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virConnectGetType">
<code>virConnectGetType</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainGetMaxMemory">
<code>virDomainGetMaxMemory</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainSetMemory">
<code>virDomainSetMemory</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainGetVcpus">
<code>virDomainGetVcpus</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virStoragePoolSetAutostart">
<code>virStoragePoolSetAutostart</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-network.html#virNetworkGetBridgeName">
<code>virNetworkGetBridgeName</code>
</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>Creation</b> [...Create, ...CreateXML]
<p>Used to create and start objects. The ...CreateXML APIs will create
the object based on an XML description, while the ...Create APIs will
create the object based on existing object pointer, such as: </p>
<ul>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainCreate">
<code>virDomainCreate</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainCreateXML">
<code>virDomainCreateXML</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-network.html#virNetworkCreate">
<code>virNetworkCreate</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-network.html#virNetworkCreateXML">
<code>virNetworkCreateXML</code>
</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>Destruction</b> [...Destroy]
<p>Used to shutdown or deactivate and destroy objects, such as: </p>
<ul>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainDestroy">
<code>virDomainDestroy</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-network.html#virNetworkDestroy">
<code>virNetworkDestroy</code>
</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-storage.html#virStoragePoolDestroy">
<code>virStoragePoolDestroy</code>
</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>Lookup</b>:...LookupByName,</li>
<li><b>Enumeration</b>:virConnectList... and virConnectNumOf...:
those are used to enumerate a set of object available to an given
hypervisor connection like:
<code class='docref'>virConnectListDomains</code>,
<code class='docref'>virConnectNumOfDomains</code>,
<code class='docref'>virConnectListNetworks</code>,
<code class='docref'>virConnectListStoragePools</code>, etc.</li>
<li><b>Description</b>: ...GetInfo: those are generic accessor providing
a set of informations about an object, they are
<code class='docref'>virNodeGetInfo</code>,
<code class='docref'>virDomainGetInfo</code>,
<code class='docref'>virStoragePoolGetInfo</code>,
<code class='docref'>virStorageVolGetInfo</code>.</li>
<li><b>Accessors</b>: ...Get... and ...Set...: those are more specific
accessors to query or modify the given object, like
<code class='docref'>virConnectGetType</code>,
<code class='docref'>virDomainGetMaxMemory</code>,
<code class='docref'>virDomainSetMemory</code>,
<code class='docref'>virDomainGetVcpus</code>,
<code class='docref'>virStoragePoolSetAutostart</code>,
<code class='docref'>virNetworkGetBridgeName</code>, etc.</li>
<li><b>Creation</b>: </li>
<li><b>Destruction</b>: ... </li>
</ul>
<p>Note: functions returning vir*Ptr (like the virDomainLookup functions)
allocate memory which needs to be freed by the caller by the corresponding
vir*Free function (e.g. virDomainFree for a virDomainPtr object).
</p>
<p> For more in-depth details of the storage related APIs see
<a href="storage.html">the storage management page</a>.
</p>
<h2><a name="Drivers">The libvirt Drivers</a></h2>
<p>Drivers are the basic building block for libvirt functionality
to support the capability to handle specific hypervisor driver calls.
Drivers are discovered and registered during connection processing as
part of the
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virInitialize">
<code>virInitialize</code>
</a>
API. Each driver
has a registration API which loads up the driver specific function
references for the libvirt APIs to call. The following is a simplistic
view of the hypervisor driver mechanism. Consider the stacked list of
drivers as a series of modules that can be plugged into the architecture
depending on how libvirt is configured to be built.</p>
<h2><a name="Driver">The libvirt drivers</a></h2>
<p></p>
<p class="image">
<img alt="The libvirt driver architecture"
src="libvirt-driver-arch.png"/>
</p>
<p>The driver architecture is also used to support other virtualization
components such as storage, storage pools, host device, networking,
network interfaces, and network filters.</p>
<p>See the <a href="drivers.html">libvirt drivers</a> page for more
information on hypervisor and storage specific drivers.</p>
<p>Not all drivers support every virtualization function possible.
The <a href="hvsupport.html">libvirt API support matrix</a> lists
the various functions and support found in each driver by the version
support was added into libvirt.
</p>
<h2><a name="Remote">Daemon and Remote Access</a></h2>
<p>Access to libvirt drivers is primarily handled by the libvirtd
daemon through the <a href="remote.html">remote</a> driver via an
<a href="internals/rpc.html">RPC</a>. Some hypervisors do support
client-side connections and responses, such as Test, OpenVZ, VMware,
Power VM (phyp), VirtualBox (vbox), ESX, Hyper-V, Xen, and Virtuozzo.
The libvirtd daemon service is started on the host at system boot
time and can also be restarted at any time by a properly privileged
user, such as root. The libvirtd daemon uses the same libvirt API
<a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virInitialize">
<code>virInitialize</code>
</a>
sequence as applications
for client-side driver registrations, but then extends the registered
driver list to encompass all known drivers supported for all driver
types supported on the host. </p>
<p>The libvirt client <a href="apps.html">applications</a> use a
<a href="uri.html">URI</a> to obtain the <code>virConnectPtr</code>.
The <code>virConnectPtr</code> keeps track of the driver connection
plus a variety of other connections (network, interface, storage, etc.).
The <code>virConnectPtr</code> is then used as a parameter to other
virtualization <a href="#Functions">functions</a>. Depending upon the
driver being used, calls will be routed through the remote driver to
the libvirtd daemon. The daemon will reference the connection specific
driver in order to retrieve the requested information and then pass
back status and/or data through the connection back to the application.
The application can then decide what to do with that data, such as
display, write log data, etc. <a href="migration.html">Migration</a>
is an example of many facets of the architecture in use.</p>
<h2><a name="Remote">Daemon and remote access</a></h2>
<p></p>
<p class="image">
<img alt="The libvirt daemon and remote architecture"
src="libvirt-daemon-arch.png"/>
</p>
<p>
The key takeaway from the above diagram is that there is a remote driver
which handles transactions for a majority of the drivers. The libvirtd
daemon running on the host will receive transaction requests from the
remote driver and will then query the hypervisor driver as specified in
the <code>virConnectPtr</code> in order to fetch the data. The data will
then be returned through the remote driver to the client application
for processing.
</p>
<p>If you are interested in contributing to libvirt, read the
<a href="http://wiki.libvirt.org/page/FAQ">FAQ</a> and
<a href="hacking.html">hacking</a> guidelines to gain an understanding
of basic rules and guidelines. In order to add new API functionality
follow the instructions regarding
<a href="api_extension.html">implementing a new API in libvirt</a>.
</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Implementing a new API in Libvirt</h1>
@@ -180,13 +178,12 @@
being called and its parameters;</li>
<li>MUST call virResetLastError();</li>
<li>SHOULD confirm that the connection is valid with
virCheckConnectReturn() or virCheckConnectGoto();</li>
VIR_IS_CONNECT(conn);</li>
<li><strong>SECURITY: If the API requires a connection with write
privileges, MUST confirm that the connection flags do not
indicate that the connection is read-only with
virCheckReadOnlyGoto();</strong></li>
indicate that the connection is read-only;</strong></li>
<li>SHOULD do basic validation of the parameters that are being
passed in, using helpers like virCheckNonNullArgGoto();</li>
passed in;</li>
<li>MUST confirm that the driver for this connection exists and that
it implements this function;</li>
<li>MUST call the internal API;</li>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Applications using libvirt</h1>
<h1>Applications using <strong>libvirt</strong></h1>
<p>
This page provides an illustration of the wide variety of
@@ -103,19 +101,6 @@
in a virtual machine. It prints out a list of facts about the
virtual machine, derived from heuristics.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://sourceware.org/systemtap/">stap</a></dt>
<dd>
SystemTap is a tool used to gather rich information about a running
system through the use of scripts. Starting from v2.4, the front-end
application stap can use libvirt to gather data within virtual
machines.
</dd>
<dt><a href="https://github.com/pradels/vagrant-libvirt/">vagrant-libvirt</a></dt>
<dd>
Vagrant-Libvirt is a Vagrant plugin that uses libvirt to manage virtual
machines. It is a command line tool for developers that makes it very
fast and easy to deploy and re-deploy an environment of vm's.
</dd>
</dl>
<h2><a name="configmgmt">Configuration Management</a></h2>
@@ -163,21 +148,25 @@
<h2><a name="conversion">Conversion</a></h2>
<dl>
<dt><a href="http://libguestfs.org/virt-p2v.1.html">virt-p2v</a></dt>
<dt><a href="https://rwmj.wordpress.com/2009/10/13/poor-mans-p2v/">Poor mans p2v</a></dt>
<dd>
Convert a physical machine to run on KVM. It is a LiveCD
which is booted on the machine to be converted. It collects a
little information from the user, then copies the disks over
to a remote machine and defines the XML for a domain to run
the guest. (Note this tool is included with libguestfs)
A simple approach for converting a physical machine to a virtual
machine, using a rescue CD.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://libguestfs.org/virt-v2v.1.html">virt-v2v</a></dt>
<dt><a href="http://et.redhat.com/~rjones/virt-p2v/">virt-p2v</a></dt>
<dd>
virt-v2v converts guests from a foreign hypervisor to run on
KVM, managed by libvirt. It can convert guests from VMware or
Xen to run on OpenStack, oVirt (RHEV-M), or local libvirt. It
An older tool for converting a physical machine into a virtual
machine. It is a LiveCD which is booted on the machine to be
converted. It collects a little information from the user, then
copies the disks over to a remote machine and defines the XML for a
domain to run the guest.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://git.fedorahosted.org/git/?p=virt-v2v.git;a=summary">virt-v2v</a></dt>
<dd>
virt-v2v converts guests from a foreign hypervisor to run on KVM,
managed by libvirt. It can currently convert Red Hat Enterprise
Linux (RHEL) and Fedora guests running on Xen and VMware ESX. It
will enable VirtIO drivers in the converted guest if possible.
(Note this tool is included with libguestfs)
</dd>
<dd>
For RHEL customers of Red Hat, conversion of Windows guests is also
@@ -213,13 +202,6 @@
<h2><a name="iaas">Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)</a></h2>
<dl>
<dt><a href="http://cc1.ifj.edu.pl">Cracow Cloud One</a></dt>
<dd>The CC1 system provides a complete solution for Private
Cloud Computing. An intuitive web access interface with an
administration module and simple installation procedure make
it easy to benefit from private Cloud Computing technology.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://www.emotivecloud.net">EMOTIVE Cloud</a></dt>
<dd>The EMOTIVE (Elastic Management Of Tasks In Virtualized
Environments) middleware allows executing tasks and providing
@@ -253,25 +235,6 @@
integrates libvirt for VM monitoring, live migration, and life-cycle
management.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://www.openstack.org">OpenStack</a></dt>
<dd>
OpenStack is a "cloud operating system" usable for both public
and private clouds. Its various parts take care of compute,
storage and networking resources and interface with the user
using a dashboard. Compute part uses libvirt to manage VM
life-cycle, monitoring and so on.
</dd>
<dt><a href="https://github.com/gustavfranssonnyvell/cherrypop">Cherrypop</a></dt>
<dd>
A cloud software with no masters or central points. Nodes
autodetect other nodes and autodistribute virtual
machines and autodivide up the workload. Also there is no
minimum limit for hosts, well, one might be nice. It's
perfect for setting up low-end servers in a cloud or a
cloud where you want the most bang for the bucks.
</dd>
</dl>
<h2><a name="libraries">Libraries</a></h2>
@@ -289,24 +252,19 @@
host, and there is a subproject to allow merging changes into the
Windows Registry in Windows guests.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://sandbox.libvirt.org">libvirt-sandbox</a></dt>
<dd>
A library and command line tools for simplifying the creation of
application sandboxes using virtualization technology. It currently
supports either KVM, QEMU or LXC as backends. Integration with
systemd facilitates sandboxing of system services like apache.
</dd>
<dt><a href="https://github.com/ohadlevy/virt#readme">Ruby
Libvirt Object bindings</a></dt>
<dd>
Allows using simple ruby objects to manipulate
hypervisors, guests, storage, network etc. It is
based on top of
the <a href="http://libvirt.org/ruby">native ruby bindings</a>.
</dd>
</dl>
<dl>
<dt><a href="https://github.com/ohadlevy/virt#readme">Ruby
Libvirt Object bindings</a></dt>
<dd>
Allows using simple ruby objects to manipulate
hypervisors, guests, storage, network etc. It is
based on top of
the <a href="http://libvirt.org/ruby">native ruby
bindings</a>.
</dd>
</dl>
<h2><a name="livecd">LiveCD / Appliances</a></h2>
<dl>
@@ -331,12 +289,6 @@
For a full description, please refer to the libvirt section in the
collectd.conf(5) manual page.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://host-sflow.sourceforge.net/">Host sFlow</a></dt>
<dd>
Host sFlow is a lightweight agent running on KVM hypervisors that
links to libvirt library and exports standardized cpu, memory, network
and disk metrics for all virtual machines.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://honk.sigxcpu.org/projects/libvirt/#munin">Munin</a></dt>
<dd>
The plugins provided by Guido G&uuml;nther allow to monitor various things
@@ -388,7 +340,6 @@
<li>Shows you Systems Inventory (based on Facter) and
provides real time information about hosts status based on
Puppet reports.</li>
</ul>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -404,14 +355,6 @@
infrastructure. You can deploy a new service just dragging and
dropping a VM.
</dd>
<dt><a href="https://kimchi-project.github.io/kimchi/">Kimchi</a></dt>
<dd>
Kimchi is an HTML5 based management tool for KVM. It is designed to
make it as easy as possible to get started with KVM and create your first guest.
Kimchi manages KVM guests through libvirt. The management interface is accessed
over the web using a browser that supports HTML5.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://ovirt.org/">oVirt</a></dt>
<dd>
oVirt provides the ability to manage large numbers of virtual
@@ -419,23 +362,6 @@
with FreeIPA for Kerberos authentication, and in the future,
certificate management.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://ispsystem.com/en/software/vmmanager">VMmanager</a></dt>
<dd>
VMmanager is a software solution for virtualization management
that can be used both for hosting virtual machines and
building a cloud. VMmanager can manage not only one server,
but a large cluster of hypervisors. It delivers a number of
functions, such as live migration that allows for load
balancing between cluster nodes, monitoring CPU, memory.
</dd>
<dt><a href="http://mist.io/">mist.io</a></dt>
<dd>
Mist.io is an open source project and a service that can assist you in
managing your virtual machines on a unified way, providing a simple
interface for all of your infrastructure (multiple public cloud
providers, OpenStack based public/private clouds, Docker servers, bare
metal servers and now KVM hypervisors).
</dd>
</dl>
<h2><a name="mobile">Mobile applications</a></h2>
@@ -449,19 +375,5 @@
</dd>
</dl>
<h2><a name="other">Other</a></h2>
<dl>
<dt><a href="http://cuckoosandbox.org/">Cuckoo Sandbox</a></dt>
<dd>
Cuckoo Sandbox is a malware analysis system. You can throw
any suspicious file at it and in a matter of seconds Cuckoo
will provide you back some detailed results outlining what
such file did when executed inside an isolated environment.
And libvirt is one of the backends that can be used for the
isolated environment.
</dd>
</dl>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Domain management architecture</h1>
</body>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1 >libvirt architecture</h1>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1>Network management architecture</h1>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Node device management architecture</h1>
</body>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Storage management architecture</h1>

View File

@@ -1,356 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<h1>Audit log</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<h2><a name="intro">Introduction</a></h2>
<p>
A number of the libvirt virtualization drivers (QEMU/KVM and LXC) include
support for logging details of important operations to the host's audit
subsystem. This provides administrators / auditors with a canonical historical
record of changes to virtual machines' / containers' lifecycle states and
their configuration. On hosts which are running the Linux audit daemon,
the logs will usually end up in <code>/var/log/audit/audit.log</code>
</p>
<h2><a name="config">Configuration</a></h2>
<p>
The libvirt audit integration is enabled by default on any host which has
the Linux audit subsystem active, and disabled otherwise. It is possible
to alter this behaviour in the <code>/etc/libvirt/libvirtd.conf</code>
configuration file, via the <code>audit_level</code> parameter
</p>
<ul>
<li><code>audit_level=0</code> - libvirt auditing is disabled regardless
of host audit subsystem enablement.</li>
<li><code>audit_level=1</code> - libvirt auditing is enabled if the host
audit subsystem is enabled, otherwise it is disabled. This is the
default behaviour.</li>
<li><code>audit_level=2</code> - libvirt auditing is enabled regardless
of host audit subsystem enablement. If the host audit subsystem is
disabled, then libvirtd will refuse to complete startup and exit with
an error.</li>
</ul>
<p>
In addition to have formal messages sent to the audit subsystem it is
possible to tell libvirt to inject messages into its own logging
layer. This will result in messages ending up in the systemd journal
or <code>/var/log/libvirt/libivrtd.log</code> on non-systemd hosts.
This is disabled by default, but can be requested by setting the
<code>audit_logging=1</code> configuration parameter in the same file
mentioned above.
</p>
<h2><a name="types">Message types</a></h2>
<p>
Libvirt defines three core audit message types each of which will
be described below. There are a number of common fields that will
be reported for all message types.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>pid</code></dt>
<dd>Process ID of the libvirtd daemon generating the audit record.</dd>
<dt><code>uid</code></dt>
<dd>User ID of the libvirtd daemon process generating the audit record.</dd>
<dt><code>subj</code></dt>
<dd>Security context of the libvirtd daemon process generating the audit record.</dd>
<dt><code>msg</code></dt>
<dd>String containing a list of key=value pairs specific to the type of audit record being reported.</dd>
</dl>
<p>
Some fields in the <code>msg</code> string are common to audit records
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>virt</code></dt>
<dd>Type of virtualization driver used. One of <code>qemu</code> or <code>lxc</code></dd>
<dt><code>vm</code></dt>
<dd>Host driver unique name of the guest</dd>
<dt><code>uuid</code></dt>
<dd>Globally unique identifier for the guest</dd>
<dt><code>exe</code></dt>
<dd>Path of the libvirtd daemon</dd>
<dt><code>hostname</code></dt>
<dd>Currently unused</dd>
<dt><code>addr</code></dt>
<dd>Currently unused</dd>
<dt><code>terminal</code></dt>
<dd>Currently unused</dd>
<dt><code>res</code></dt>
<dd>Result of the action, either <code>success</code> or <code>failed</code></dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="typecontrol">VIRT_CONTROL</a></h3>
<p>
Reports change in the lifecycle state of a virtual machine. The <code>msg</code>
field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>op</code></dt>
<dd>Type of operation performed. One of <code>start</code>, <code>stop</code> or <code>init</code></dd>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the operation to happen</dd>
<dt><code>vm-pid</code></dt>
<dd>ID of the primary/leading process associated with the guest</dd>
<dt><code>init-pid</code></dt>
<dd>ID of the <code>init</code> process in a container. Only if <code>op=init</code> and <code>virt=lxc</code></dd>
<dt><code>pid-ns</code></dt>
<dd>Namespace ID of the <code>init</code> process in a container. Only if <code>op=init</code> and <code>virt=lxc</code></dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="typemachine">VIRT_MACHINE_ID</a></h3>
<p>
Reports the association of a security context with a guest. The <code>msg</code>
field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>model</code></dt>
<dd>The security driver type. One of <code>selinux</code> or <code>apparmor</code></dd>
<dt><code>vm-ctx</code></dt>
<dd>Security context for the guest process</dd>
<dt><code>img-ctx</code></dt>
<dd>Security context for the guest disk images and other assigned host resources</dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="typeresource">VIRT_RESOURCE</a></h3>
<p>
Reports the usage of a host resource by a guest. The fields include will
vary according to the type of device being reported. When the guest is
initially booted records will be generated for all assigned resources.
If any changes are made to the running guest configuration, for example
hotplug devices, or adjust resources allocation, further records will
be generated.
</p>
<h4><a name="typeresourcevcpu">Virtual CPU</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>vcpu</code></dd>
<dt><code>old-vcpu</code></dt>
<dd>Original vCPU count, or 0</dd>
<dt><code>new-vcpu</code></dt>
<dd>Updated vCPU count</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcemem">Memory</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>mem</code></dd>
<dt><code>old-mem</code></dt>
<dd>Original memory size in bytes, or 0</dd>
<dt><code>new-mem</code></dt>
<dd>Updated memory size in bytes</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcedisk">Disk</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>disk</code></dd>
<dt><code>old-disk</code></dt>
<dd>Original host file or device path acting as the disk backing file</dd>
<dt><code>new-disk</code></dt>
<dd>Updated host file or device path acting as the disk backing file</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcenic">Network interface</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>net</code></dd>
<dt><code>old-net</code></dt>
<dd>Original MAC address of the guest network interface</dd>
<dt><code>new-net</code></dt>
<dd>Updated MAC address of the guest network interface</dd>
</dl>
<p>
If there is a host network interface associated with the guest NIC then
further records may be generated
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>net</code></dd>
<dt><code>net</code></dt>
<dd>MAC address of the host network interface</dd>
<dt><code>rdev</code></dt>
<dd>Name of the host network interface</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcefs">Filesystem</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>fs</code></dd>
<dt><code>old-fs</code></dt>
<dd>Original host directory, file or device path backing the filesystem </dd>
<dt><code>new-fs</code></dt>
<dd>Updated host directory, file or device path backing the filesystem</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcehost">Host device</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>hostdev</code> or <code>dev</code></dd>
<dt><code>dev</code></dt>
<dd>The unique bus identifier of the USB, PCI or SCSI device, if <code>resrc=dev</code></dd>
<dt><code>disk</code></dt>
<dd>The path of the block device assigned to the guest, if <code>resrc=hostdev</code></dd>
<dt><code>chardev</code></dt>
<dd>The path of the character device assigned to the guest, if <code>resrc=hostdev</code></dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcetpm">TPM</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>tpm</code></dd>
<dt><code>device</code></dt>
<dd>The path of the host TPM device assigned to the guest</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcerng">RNG</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>rng</code></dd>
<dt><code>old-rng</code></dt>
<dd>Original path of the host entropy source for the RNG</dd>
<dt><code>new-rng</code></dt>
<dd>Updated path of the host entropy source for the RNG</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcechardev">console/serial/parallel/channel</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>chardev</code></dd>
<dt><code>old-chardev</code></dt>
<dd>Original path of the backing character device for given emulated device</dd>
<dt><code>new-chardev</code></dt>
<dd>Updated path of the backing character device for given emulated device</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcesmartcard">smartcard</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>smartcard</code></dd>
<dt><code>old-smartcard</code></dt>
<dd>Original path of the backing character device, certificate store or
"nss-smartcard-device" for host smartcard passthrough.
</dd>
<dt><code>new-smartcard</code></dt>
<dd>Updated path of the backing character device, certificate store or
"nss-smartcard-device" for host smartcard passthrough.
</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourceredir">Redirected device</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>redir</code></dd>
<dt><code>bus</code></dt>
<dd>The bus type, only <code>usb</code> allowed</dd>
<dt><code>device</code></dt>
<dd>The device type, only <code>USB redir</code> allowed</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="typeresourcecgroup">Control group</a></h4>
<p>
The <code>msg</code> field will include the following sub-fields
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>reason</code></dt>
<dd>The reason which caused the resource to be assigned to happen</dd>
<dt><code>resrc</code></dt>
<dd>The type of resource assigned. Set to <code>cgroup</code></dd>
<dt><code>cgroup</code></dt>
<dd>The name of the cgroup controller</dd>
</dl>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,15 +1,12 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1>Connection authentication</h1>
<h1 >Authentication &amp; access control</h1>
<p>
When connecting to libvirt, some connections may require client
authentication before allowing use of the APIs. The set of possible
authentication mechanisms is administrator controlled, independent
of applications using libvirt. Once authenticated, libvirt can apply
fine grained <a href="acl.html">access control</a> to the operations
performed by a client.
of applications using libvirt.
</p>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
@@ -28,7 +25,7 @@ for the authentication file using the following sequence:
variable.</li>
<li>The file path specified by the "authfile=/some/file" URI
query parameter</li>
<li>The file $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/libvirt/auth.conf</li>
<li>The file $XDG_CONFIG_DIR/libvirt/auth.conf</li>
<li>The file /etc/libvirt/auth.conf</li>
</ol>
@@ -76,11 +73,7 @@ password=letmein
[credentials-dev]
username=joe
password=hello
[credentials-defgrp]
username=defuser
password=defpw</pre>
password=hello</pre>
<p>
The second set of groups provide mappings of credentials to
@@ -94,8 +87,7 @@ credentials=$CREDENTIALS</pre>
<p>
For example, following the previous example, here is how to
map some machines. For convenience libvirt supports a default
mapping of credentials to machines:
list some machines
</p>
<pre>
@@ -111,15 +103,8 @@ credentials=test
[auth-libvirt-prod1.example.com]
credentials=prod
[auth-libvirt-default]
credentials=defgrp
[auth-esx-dev1.example.com]
credentials=dev
[auth-esx-default]
credentials=defgrp</pre>
credentials=dev</pre>
<p>
The following service types are known to libvirt
@@ -268,15 +253,13 @@ Plugin "gssapiv2" [loaded], API version: 4
features: WANT_CLIENT_FIRST|PROXY_AUTHENTICATION|NEED_SERVER_FQDN
</pre>
<p>
Next it is necessary for the administrator of the Kerberos realm to
issue a principal for the libvirt server. There needs to be one
principal per host running the libvirt daemon. The principal should be
named <code>libvirt/full.hostname@KERBEROS.REALM</code>. This is
typically done by running the <code>kadmin.local</code> command on the
Kerberos server, though some Kerberos servers have alternate ways of
setting up service principals. Once created, the principal should be
exported to a keytab, copied to the host running the libvirt daemon
and placed in <code>/etc/libvirt/krb5.tab</code>
Next it is necessary for the administrator of the Kerberos realm to issue a principle
for the libvirt server. There needs to be one principle per host running the libvirt
daemon. The principle should be named <code>libvirt/full.hostname@KERBEROS.REALM</code>.
This is typically done by running the <code>kadmin.local</code> command on the Kerberos
server, though some Kerberos servers have alternate ways of setting up service principles.
Once created, the principle should be exported to a keytab, copied to the host running
the libvirt daemon and placed in <code>/etc/libvirt/krb5.tab</code>
</p>
<pre>
# kadmin.local
@@ -298,7 +281,7 @@ kadmin.local: quit
</pre>
<p>
Any client application wishing to connect to a Kerberos enabled libvirt server
merely needs to run <code>kinit</code> to gain a user principal. This may well
merely needs to run <code>kinit</code> to gain a user principle. This may well
be done automatically when a user logs into a desktop session, if PAM is setup
to authenticate against Kerberos.
</p>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1 >Bindings for other languages</h1>
@@ -44,10 +43,8 @@
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Python</strong>: Libvirt's python bindings are split to a
separate <a href="http://libvirt.org/git/?p=libvirt-python.git">package</a>
since version 1.2.0, older versions came with direct support for the
Python language.
<strong>Python</strong>: Libvirt comes with direct support for
the Python language.
</p>
<p>
If your libvirt is installed as packages, rather than compiled

View File

@@ -1,24 +1,11 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1>Bug reporting</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<h2><a name="security">Security Issues</a></h2>
<p>
If you think that an issue with libvirt may have security
implications, <strong>please do not</strong> publicly
report it in the bug tracker, mailing lists, or irc. Libvirt
has <a href="securityprocess.html">a dedicated process for handling (potential) security issues</a>
that should be used instead. So if your issue has security
implications, ignore the rest of this page and follow the
<a href="securityprocess.html">security process</a> instead.
</p>
<h2><a name="bugzilla">Bug Tracking</a></h2>
<p>
@@ -132,7 +119,7 @@
crash, the simplest is to run the program under gdb, reproduce the
steps leading to the crash and then issue a gdb "bt -a" command to
get the stack trace, attach it to the bug. Note that for the
data to be really useful libvirt debug information must be present
data to be really useful libvirt debug informations must be present
for example by installing libvirt debuginfo package on Fedora or
Red Hat Enterprise Linux (with debuginfo-install libvirt) prior
to running gdb.</p>
@@ -147,11 +134,11 @@
<pre> # ps -o etime,pid `pgrep libvirt`
... note the process id from the output
# gdb /usr/sbin/libvirtd
.... some information about gdb and loading debug data
(gdb) attach $the_daemon_process_id
.... some informations about gdb and loading debug data
(gdb) attach $the_damon_process_id
....
(gdb) thread apply all bt
.... information to attach to the bug
.... informations to attach to the bug
(gdb)
</pre>

View File

@@ -1,417 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<h1>Control Groups Resource Management</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<p>
The QEMU and LXC drivers make use of the Linux "Control Groups" facility
for applying resource management to their virtual machines and containers.
</p>
<h2><a name="requiredControllers">Required controllers</a></h2>
<p>
The control groups filesystem supports multiple "controllers". By default
the init system (such as systemd) should mount all controllers compiled
into the kernel at <code>/sys/fs/cgroup/$CONTROLLER-NAME</code>. Libvirt
will never attempt to mount any controllers itself, merely detect where
they are mounted.
</p>
<p>
The QEMU driver is capable of using the <code>cpuset</code>,
<code>cpu</code>, <code>memory</code>, <code>blkio</code> and
<code>devices</code> controllers. None of them are compulsory.
If any controller is not mounted, the resource management APIs
which use it will cease to operate. It is possible to explicitly
turn off use of a controller, even when mounted, via the
<code>/etc/libvirt/qemu.conf</code> configuration file.
</p>
<p>
The LXC driver is capable of using the <code>cpuset</code>,
<code>cpu</code>, <code>cpuacct</code>, <code>freezer</code>,
<code>memory</code>, <code>blkio</code> and <code>devices</code>
controllers. The <code>cpuacct</code>, <code>devices</code>
and <code>memory</code> controllers are compulsory. Without
them mounted, no containers can be started. If any of the
other controllers are not mounted, the resource management APIs
which use them will cease to operate.
</p>
<h2><a name="currentLayout">Current cgroups layout</a></h2>
<p>
As of libvirt 1.0.5 or later, the cgroups layout created by libvirt has been
simplified, in order to facilitate the setup of resource control policies by
administrators / management applications. The new layout is based on the concepts
of "partitions" and "consumers". A "consumer" is a cgroup which holds the
processes for a single virtual machine or container. A "partition" is a cgroup
which does not contain any processes, but can have resource controls applied.
A "partition" will have zero or more child directories which may be either
"consumer" or "partition".
</p>
<p>
As of libvirt 1.1.1 or later, the cgroups layout will have some slight
differences when running on a host with systemd 205 or later. The overall
tree structure is the same, but there are some differences in the naming
conventions for the cgroup directories. Thus the following docs split
in two, one describing systemd hosts and the other non-systemd hosts.
</p>
<h3><a name="currentLayoutSystemd">Systemd cgroups integration</a></h3>
<p>
On hosts which use systemd, each consumer maps to a systemd scope unit,
while partitions map to a system slice unit.
</p>
<h4><a name="systemdScope">Systemd scope naming</a></h4>
<p>
The systemd convention is for the scope name of virtual machines / containers
to be of the general format <code>machine-$NAME.scope</code>. Libvirt forms the
<code>$NAME</code> part of this by concatenating the driver type with the name
of the guest, and then escaping any systemd reserved characters.
So for a guest <code>demo</code> running under the <code>lxc</code> driver,
we get a <code>$NAME</code> of <code>lxc-demo</code> which when escaped is
<code>lxc\x2ddemo</code>. So the complete scope name is <code>machine-lxc\x2ddemo.scope</code>.
The scope names map directly to the cgroup directory names.
</p>
<h4><a name="systemdSlice">Systemd slice naming</a></h4>
<p>
The systemd convention for slice naming is that a slice should include the
name of all of its parents prepended on its own name. So for a libvirt
partition <code>/machine/engineering/testing</code>, the slice name will
be <code>machine-engineering-testing.slice</code>. Again the slice names
map directly to the cgroup directory names. Systemd creates three top level
slices by default, <code>system.slice</code> <code>user.slice</code> and
<code>machine.slice</code>. All virtual machines or containers created
by libvirt will be associated with <code>machine.slice</code> by default.
</p>
<h4><a name="systemdLayout">Systemd cgroup layout</a></h4>
<p>
Given this, a possible systemd cgroups layout involving 3 qemu guests,
3 lxc containers and 3 custom child slices, would be:
</p>
<pre>
$ROOT
|
+- system.slice
| |
| +- libvirtd.service
|
+- machine.slice
|
+- machine-qemu\x2dvm1.scope
| |
| +- emulator
| +- vcpu0
| +- vcpu1
|
+- machine-qemu\x2dvm2.scope
| |
| +- emulator
| +- vcpu0
| +- vcpu1
|
+- machine-qemu\x2dvm3.scope
| |
| +- emulator
| +- vcpu0
| +- vcpu1
|
+- machine-engineering.slice
| |
| +- machine-engineering-testing.slice
| | |
| | +- machine-lxc\x2dcontainer1.scope
| |
| +- machine-engineering-production.slice
| |
| +- machine-lxc\x2dcontainer2.scope
|
+- machine-marketing.slice
|
+- machine-lxc\x2dcontainer3.scope
</pre>
<h3><a name="currentLayoutGeneric">Non-systemd cgroups layout</a></h3>
<p>
On hosts which do not use systemd, each consumer has a corresponding cgroup
named <code>$VMNAME.libvirt-{qemu,lxc}</code>. Each consumer is associated
with exactly one partition, which also have a corresponding cgroup usually
named <code>$PARTNAME.partition</code>. The exceptions to this naming rule
are the three top level default partitions, named <code>/system</code> (for
system services), <code>/user</code> (for user login sessions) and
<code>/machine</code> (for virtual machines and containers). By default
every consumer will of course be associated with the <code>/machine</code>
partition.
</p>
<p>
Given this, a possible systemd cgroups layout involving 3 qemu guests,
3 lxc containers and 2 custom child slices, would be:
</p>
<pre>
$ROOT
|
+- system
| |
| +- libvirtd.service
|
+- machine
|
+- vm1.libvirt-qemu
| |
| +- emulator
| +- vcpu0
| +- vcpu1
|
+- vm2.libvirt-qemu
| |
| +- emulator
| +- vcpu0
| +- vcpu1
|
+- vm3.libvirt-qemu
| |
| +- emulator
| +- vcpu0
| +- vcpu1
|
+- engineering.partition
| |
| +- testing.partition
| | |
| | +- container1.libvirt-lxc
| |
| +- production.partition
| |
| +- container2.libvirt-lxc
|
+- marketing.partition
|
+- container3.libvirt-lxc
</pre>
<h2><a name="customPartiton">Using custom partitions</a></h2>
<p>
If there is a need to apply resource constraints to groups of
virtual machines or containers, then the single default
partition <code>/machine</code> may not be sufficiently
flexible. The administrator may wish to sub-divide the
default partition, for example into "testing" and "production"
partitions, and then assign each guest to a specific
sub-partition. This is achieved via a small element addition
to the guest domain XML config, just below the main <code>domain</code>
element
</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;resource&gt;
&lt;partition&gt;/machine/production&lt;/partition&gt;
&lt;/resource&gt;
...
</pre>
<p>
Note that the partition names in the guest XML are using a
generic naming format, not the low level naming convention
required by the underlying host OS. That is, you should not include
any of the <code>.partition</code> or <code>.slice</code>
suffixes in the XML config. Given a partition name
<code>/machine/production</code>, libvirt will automatically
apply the platform specific translation required to get
<code>/machine/production.partition</code> (non-systemd)
or <code>/machine.slice/machine-production.slice</code>
(systemd) as the underlying cgroup name
</p>
<p>
Libvirt will not auto-create the cgroups directory to back
this partition. In the future, libvirt / virsh will provide
APIs / commands to create custom partitions, but currently
this is left as an exercise for the administrator.
</p>
<p>
<strong>Note:</strong> the ability to place guests in custom
partitions is only available with libvirt &gt;= 1.0.5, using
the new cgroup layout. The legacy cgroups layout described
later in this document did not support customization per guest.
</p>
<h3><a name="createSystemd">Creating custom partitions (systemd)</a></h3>
<p>
Given the XML config above, the admin on a systemd based host would
need to create a unit file <code>/etc/systemd/system/machine-production.slice</code>
</p>
<pre>
# cat &gt; /etc/systemd/system/machine-testing.slice &lt;&lt;EOF
[Unit]
Description=VM testing slice
Before=slices.target
Wants=machine.slice
EOF
# systemctl start machine-testing.slice
</pre>
<h3><a name="createNonSystemd">Creating custom partitions (non-systemd)</a></h3>
<p>
Given the XML config above, the admin on a non-systemd based host
would need to create a cgroup named '/machine/production.partition'
</p>
<pre>
# cd /sys/fs/cgroup
# for i in blkio cpu,cpuacct cpuset devices freezer memory net_cls perf_event
do
mkdir $i/machine/production.partition
done
# for i in cpuset.cpus cpuset.mems
do
cat cpuset/machine/$i > cpuset/machine/production.partition/$i
done
</pre>
<h2><a name="resourceAPIs">Resource management APIs/commands</a></h2>
<p>
Since libvirt aims to provide an API which is portable across
hypervisors, the concept of cgroups is not exposed directly
in the API or XML configuration. It is considered to be an
internal implementation detail. Instead libvirt provides a
set of APIs for applying resource controls, which are then
mapped to corresponding cgroup tunables
</p>
<h3>Scheduler tuning</h3>
<p>
Parameters from the "cpu" controller are exposed via the
<code>schedinfo</code> command in virsh.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh schedinfo demo
Scheduler : posix
cpu_shares : 1024
vcpu_period : 100000
vcpu_quota : -1
emulator_period: 100000
emulator_quota : -1</pre>
<h3>Block I/O tuning</h3>
<p>
Parameters from the "blkio" controller are exposed via the
<code>bkliotune</code> command in virsh.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh blkiotune demo
weight : 500
device_weight : </pre>
<h3>Memory tuning</h3>
<p>
Parameters from the "memory" controller are exposed via the
<code>memtune</code> command in virsh.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh memtune demo
hard_limit : 580192
soft_limit : unlimited
swap_hard_limit: unlimited
</pre>
<h3>Network tuning</h3>
<p>
The <code>net_cls</code> is not currently used. Instead traffic
filter policies are set directly against individual virtual
network interfaces.
</p>
<h2><a name="legacyLayout">Legacy cgroups layout</a></h2>
<p>
Prior to libvirt 1.0.5, the cgroups layout created by libvirt was different
from that described above, and did not allow for administrator customization.
Libvirt used a fixed, 3-level hierarchy <code>libvirt/{qemu,lxc}/$VMNAME</code>
which was rooted at the point in the hierarchy where libvirtd itself was
located. So if libvirtd was placed at <code>/system/libvirtd.service</code>
by systemd, the groups for each virtual machine / container would be located
at <code>/system/libvirtd.service/libvirt/{qemu,lxc}/$VMNAME</code>. In addition
to this, the QEMU drivers further child groups for each vCPU thread and the
emulator thread(s). This leads to a hierarchy that looked like
</p>
<pre>
$ROOT
|
+- system
|
+- libvirtd.service
|
+- libvirt
|
+- qemu
| |
| +- vm1
| | |
| | +- emulator
| | +- vcpu0
| | +- vcpu1
| |
| +- vm2
| | |
| | +- emulator
| | +- vcpu0
| | +- vcpu1
| |
| +- vm3
| |
| +- emulator
| +- vcpu0
| +- vcpu1
|
+- lxc
|
+- container1
|
+- container2
|
+- container3
</pre>
<p>
Although current releases are much improved, historically the use of deep
hierarchies has had a significant negative impact on the kernel scalability.
The legacy libvirt cgroups layout highlighted these problems, to the detriment
of the performance of virtual machines and containers.
</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1><a name="installation">libvirt Installation</a></h1>
@@ -13,7 +12,7 @@
</p>
<pre>
$ xz -c libvirt-x.x.x.tar.xz | tar xvf -
$ gunzip -c libvirt-x.x.x.tar.gz | tar xvf -
$ cd libvirt-x.x.x
$ ./configure</pre>
@@ -65,36 +64,8 @@
checkout it is necessary to generate the configure script and Makefile.in
templates using the <code>autogen.sh</code> command. By default when
the <code>configure</code> script is run from within a GIT checkout, it
will turn on -Werror for builds. This can be disabled with
--disable-werror, but this is not recommended.
</p>
<p>
Libvirt takes advantage of
the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/">gnulib</a>
project to provide portability to a number of platforms. This
is normally done dynamically via a git submodule in
the <code>.gnulib</code> subdirectory, which is auto-updated as
needed when you do incremental builds. Setting the environment
variable <code>GNULIB_SRCDIR</code> to a local directory
containing a git checkout of gnulib will let you reduce local
disk space requirements and network download time, regardless of
which actual commit you have in that reference directory.
</p>
<p>
However, if you are developing on a platform where git is not
available, or are behind a firewall that does not allow for git
to easily obtain the gnulib submodule, it is possible to instead
use a static mode of operation where you are then responsible
for updating the git submodule yourself. In this mode, you must
track the exact gnulib commit needed by libvirt (usually not the
latest gnulib.git) via alternative means, such as a shared NFS
drive or manual download, and run this any time libvirt.git
updates the commit stored in the .gnulib submodule:</p>
<pre>
$ GNULIB_SRCDIR=/path/to/gnulib ./autogen.sh --no-git
</pre>
<p>To build &amp; install libvirt to your home
will turn on -Werror for builds. This can be disabled with --disable-werror,
but this is not recommended. To build &amp; install libvirt to your home
directory the following commands can be run:
</p>

View File

@@ -1,23 +1,10 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1>Contacting the development team</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<h2><a name="security">Security Issues</a></h2>
<p>
If you think that an issue with libvirt may have security
implications, <strong>please do not</strong> publicly
report it in the bug tracker, mailing lists, or irc. Libvirt
has <a href="securityprocess.html">a dedicated process for handling (potential) security issues</a>
that should be used instead. So if your issue has security
implications, ignore the rest of this page and follow the
<a href="securityprocess.html">security process</a> instead.
</p>
<h2><a name="email">Mailing lists</a></h2>
<p>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1>C# API bindings</h1>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Deployment</h1>

View File

@@ -1,42 +1,55 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1>libvirt Application Development Guides</h1>
<h1>libvirt Application Development Guide</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<p>
The libvirt API is accessible from a number of programming languages.
At this time, there are application development guides available
which cover the C API and the Python API. Of the two, the Python guide
is currently the more comprehensive document.
The guide is both a learning tool for developing with libvirt and an
API reference document. It is a work in progress, composed by a
professional author from contributions written by members of the
libvirt team.
</p>
<p>
Contributions to the guide are <b>VERY</b> welcome. If you'd like to get
your name on this and demonstrate your virtualisation prowess, a solid
contribution to the content here will do it. :)
</p>
<h2><a name="online">Browsable online</a></h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/docs/libvirt-appdev-guide/en-US/html/">Application Development Guide (C language) HTML</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/docs/libvirt-appdev-guide/en-US/pdf/">Application Development Guide (C language) PDF</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/docs/libvirt-appdev-guide-python/en-US/html/">Application Development Guide (Python language) HTML</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/docs/libvirt-appdev-guide-python/en-US/pdf/">Application Development Guide (Python language) PDF</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/guide/html/">
HTML format using multiple pages</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/guide/html-single/">
HTML format using one big page</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/guide/pdf/Application_Development_Guide.pdf">
PDF format</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/guide/libvirt-0.7.5-Application_Development_Guide-en-US.epub">
ePub format</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/guide/txt/Application_Development_Guide.txt">
Plain text format</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/guide/libvirt-Application_Development_Guide-0.7.5-web-en-US-1-9.el5.src.rpm">
Source RPM format</a></li>
</ul>
<h2>Contributing content</h2>
<h2><a name="git">GIT source repository</a></h2>
<p>
These guides are written in DocBook and published with the
publican tool, which is also used for Fedora and Red Hat
documentation. The original content is provided in GIT and
any contributions to the guide are welcome.
The source is in a git repository:
</p>
<pre>
# C language
$ git clone <a href="http://libvirt.org/git/?p=libvirt-appdev-guide.git">git://libvirt.org/libvirt-appdev-guide.git</a>
git clone git://libvirt.org/libvirt-appdev-guide.git</pre>
# Python language
$ git clone <a href="http://libvirt.org/git/?p=libvirt-appdev-guide-python.git">git://libvirt.org/libvirt-appdev-guide-python.git</a>
<p>
Browsable here:
</p>
# Publican Style/Theme
$ git clone <a href="http://libvirt.org/git/?p=libvirt-publican.git">git://libvirt.org/libvirt-publican.git</a>
</pre>
<pre>
<a href="http://libvirt.org/git/?p=libvirt-appdev-guide.git;a=summary">http://libvirt.org/git/?p=libvirt-appdev-guide.git;a=summary</a></pre>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Documentation</h1>
</body>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1>Downloads</h1>
@@ -22,81 +21,14 @@
<p>
Once an hour, an automated snapshot is made from the git server
source tree. These snapshots should be usable, but we make no guarantees
about their stability; furthermore, they should NOT be
considered formal releases, and they may have transient security
problems that will not be assigned a CVE.
about their stability:
</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="ftp://libvirt.org/libvirt/libvirt-git-snapshot.tar.xz">libvirt.org FTP server</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/sources/libvirt-git-snapshot.tar.xz">libvirt.org HTTP server</a></li>
<li><a href="ftp://libvirt.org/libvirt/libvirt-git-snapshot.tar.gz">libvirt.org FTP server</a></li>
<li><a href="http://libvirt.org/sources/libvirt-git-snapshot.tar.gz">libvirt.org HTTP server</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="schedule">Primary release schedule</a></h2>
<p>
Libvirt follows a time based plan, with releases made once a month
on the 1st of each month give or take a few days. The only exception
is at the start of the year where there are two 6 weeks gaps (first
release in the middle of Jan, then skip the Feb release), giving
a total of 11 releases a year.
</p>
<h2><a name="numbering">Release numbering</a></h2>
<p>
Since libvirt 2.0.0, a time based version numbering rule
is applied. As such, the changes in version number have
do not have any implications with respect to the scope of
features or bugfixes included, the stability of the code,
or the API / ABI compatibility (libvirt API / ABI is guaranteed
stable forever). The rules applied for changing the libvirt
version number are:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>major</code></dt>
<dd>incremented by 1 for the first release of the year (the
Jan 15th release)</dd>
<dt><code>minor</code></dt>
<dd>incremented by 1 for each monthly release from git master</dd>
<dt><code>micro</code></dt>
<dd>always 0 for releases from git master, incremented by 1
for each stable maintenance release</dd>
</dl>
<p>
Prior to 2.0.0, the major/minor numbers were incremented
fairly arbitrarily, and maintenance releases appended a
fourth digit.
</p>
<h2><a name="maintenance">Maintenance releases</a></h2>
<p>
In the git repository are several stable maintenance branches,
matching the
pattern <code>v<i>major</i>.<i>minor</i>-maint</code>;
these branches are forked off the corresponding
<code>v<i>major</i>.<i>minor</i>.0</code> formal
release, and may have further releases of the
form <code>v<i>major</i>.<i>minor</i>.<i>micro</i></code>.
These maintenance branches should only contain bug fixes, and no
new features, backported from the master branch, and are
supported as long as at least one downstream distribution
expresses interest in a given branch. These maintenance
branches are considered during CVE analysis. In contrast
to the primary releases which are made once a month, there
is no formal schedule for the maintenance releases, which
are made whenever there is a need to make available key
bugfixes to downstream consumers.
</p>
<p>
For more details about contents of maintenance releases, see
<a href="http://wiki.libvirt.org/page/Maintenance_Releases">the
wiki page</a>.
</p>
<h2><a name="git">GIT source repository</a></h2>
<p>
@@ -114,20 +46,6 @@
<pre>
<a href="http://libvirt.org/git/?p=libvirt.git;a=summary">http://libvirt.org/git/?p=libvirt.git;a=summary</a></pre>
<p>
In addition to this repository, there are the following read-only git
repositories which mirror the master one. Note that we currently do not
use the full set of features on these mirrors (e.g. pull requests on
GitHub, so please don't use them). All patch review and discussion only
occurs on the <a href="contact.html">libvir-list</a> mailing list. Also
note that some repositories listed below allow HTTP checkouts too.
</p>
<pre>
<a href="https://github.com/libvirt/libvirt">https://github.com/libvirt/libvirt</a>
<a href="http://repo.or.cz/w/libvirt.git">http://repo.or.cz/w/libvirt.git</a>
<a href="https://gitlab.com/libvirt/libvirt">https://gitlab.com/libvirt/libvirt</a></pre>
<br />
<h1>libvirt Application Development Guide</h1>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Internal drivers</h1>
@@ -32,8 +30,6 @@
<li><strong><a href="drvxen.html">Xen</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="drvhyperv.html">Microsoft Hyper-V</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="drvphyp.html">IBM PowerVM (phyp)</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="drvvirtuozzo.html">Virtuozzo</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="drvbhyve.html">Bhyve</a></strong> - The BSD Hypervisor</li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="storage">Storage drivers</a></h2>

View File

@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<h1>Bhyve driver</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<p>
Bhyve is a FreeBSD hypervisor. It first appeared in FreeBSD 10.0. However, it's
recommended to keep tracking FreeBSD 10-STABLE to make sure all new features
of bhyve are supported.
In order to enable bhyve on your FreeBSD host, you'll need to load the <code>vmm</code>
kernel module. Additionally, <code>if_tap</code> and <code>if_bridge</code> modules
should be loaded for networking support.
</p>
<p>
Additional information on bhyve could be obtained on <a href="http://bhyve.org/">bhyve.org</a>.
</p>
<h2><a name="uri">Connections to the Bhyve driver</a></h2>
<p>
The libvirt bhyve driver is a single-instance privileged driver. Some sample
connection URIs are:
</p>
<pre>
bhyve:///system (local access)
bhyve+unix:///system (local access)
bhyve+ssh://root@example.com/system (remote access, SSH tunnelled)
</pre>
<h2><a name="exconfig">Example guest domain XML configurations</a></h2>
<h3>Example config</h3>
<p>
The bhyve driver in libvirt is in its early stage and under active development. So it supports
only limited number of features bhyve provides.
</p>
<p>
Note: in older libvirt versions, only a single network device and a single
disk device were supported per-domain. However,
<span class="since">since 1.2.6</span> the libvirt bhyve driver supports
up to 31 PCI devices.
</p>
<p>
Note: the Bhyve driver in libvirt will boot whichever device is first. If you
want to install from CD, put the CD device first. If not, put the root HDD
first.
</p>
<p>
Note: Only the SATA bus is supported. Only <code>cdrom</code>- and
<code>disk</code>-type disks are supported.
</p>
<pre>
&lt;domain type='bhyve'&gt;
&lt;name&gt;bhyve&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;uuid&gt;df3be7e7-a104-11e3-aeb0-50e5492bd3dc&lt;/uuid&gt;
&lt;memory&gt;219136&lt;/memory&gt;
&lt;currentMemory&gt;219136&lt;/currentMemory&gt;
&lt;vcpu&gt;1&lt;/vcpu&gt;
&lt;os&gt;
&lt;type&gt;hvm&lt;/type&gt;
&lt;/os&gt;
&lt;features&gt;
&lt;apic/&gt;
&lt;acpi/&gt;
&lt;/features&gt;
&lt;clock offset='utc'/&gt;
&lt;on_poweroff&gt;destroy&lt;/on_poweroff&gt;
&lt;on_reboot&gt;restart&lt;/on_reboot&gt;
&lt;on_crash&gt;destroy&lt;/on_crash&gt;
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;disk type='file'&gt;
&lt;driver name='file' type='raw'/&gt;
&lt;source file='/path/to/bhyve_freebsd.img'/&gt;
&lt;target dev='hda' bus='sata'/&gt;
&lt;/disk&gt;
&lt;disk type='file' device='cdrom'&gt;
&lt;driver name='file' type='raw'/&gt;
&lt;source file='/path/to/cdrom.iso'/&gt;
&lt;target dev='hdc' bus='sata'/&gt;
&lt;readonly/&gt;
&lt;/disk&gt;
&lt;interface type='bridge'&gt;
&lt;model type='virtio'/&gt;
&lt;source bridge="virbr0"/&gt;
&lt;/interface&gt;
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domain&gt;
</pre>
<p>(The &lt;disk&gt; sections may be swapped in order to install from
<em>cdrom.iso</em>.)</p>
<h3>Example config (Linux guest)</h3>
<p>
Note the addition of &lt;bootloader&gt;.
</p>
<pre>
&lt;domain type='bhyve'&gt;
&lt;name&gt;linux_guest&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;uuid&gt;df3be7e7-a104-11e3-aeb0-50e5492bd3dc&lt;/uuid&gt;
&lt;memory&gt;131072&lt;/memory&gt;
&lt;currentMemory&gt;131072&lt;/currentMemory&gt;
&lt;vcpu&gt;1&lt;/vcpu&gt;
&lt;bootloader&gt;/usr/local/sbin/grub-bhyve&lt;/bootloader&gt;
&lt;os&gt;
&lt;type&gt;hvm&lt;/type&gt;
&lt;/os&gt;
&lt;features&gt;
&lt;apic/&gt;
&lt;acpi/&gt;
&lt;/features&gt;
&lt;clock offset='utc'/&gt;
&lt;on_poweroff&gt;destroy&lt;/on_poweroff&gt;
&lt;on_reboot&gt;restart&lt;/on_reboot&gt;
&lt;on_crash&gt;destroy&lt;/on_crash&gt;
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;disk type='file' device='disk'&gt;
&lt;driver name='file' type='raw'/&gt;
&lt;source file='/path/to/guest_hdd.img'/&gt;
&lt;target dev='hda' bus='sata'/&gt;
&lt;/disk&gt;
&lt;disk type='file' device='cdrom'&gt;
&lt;driver name='file' type='raw'/&gt;
&lt;source file='/path/to/cdrom.iso'/&gt;
&lt;target dev='hdc' bus='sata'/&gt;
&lt;readonly/&gt;
&lt;/disk&gt;
&lt;interface type='bridge'&gt;
&lt;model type='virtio'/&gt;
&lt;source bridge="virbr0"/&gt;
&lt;/interface&gt;
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domain&gt;
</pre>
<h2><a name="usage">Guest usage / management</a></h2>
<h3><a name="console">Connecting to a guest console</a></h3>
<p>
Guest console connection is supported through the <code>nmdm</code> device. It could be enabled by adding
the following to the domain XML (<span class="since">Since 1.2.4</span>):
</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;serial type="nmdm"&gt;
&lt;source master="/dev/nmdm0A" slave="/dev/nmdm0B"/&gt;
&lt;/serial&gt;
&lt;/devices&gt;
...</pre>
<p>Make sure to load the <code>nmdm</code> kernel module if you plan to use that.</p>
<p>
Then <code>virsh console</code> command can be used to connect to the text console
of a guest.</p>
<p><b>NB:</b> Some versions of bhyve have a bug that prevents guests from booting
until the console is opened by a client. This bug was fixed in FreeBSD
<a href="http://svnweb.freebsd.org/changeset/base/262884">r262884</a>. If
an older version is used, one either has to open a console manually with <code>virsh console</code>
to let a guest boot or start a guest using:</p>
<pre>start --console domname</pre>
<p><b>NB:</b> An bootloader configured to require user interaction will prevent
the domain from starting (and thus <code>virsh console</code> or <code>start
--console</code> from functioning) until the user interacts with it manually on
the VM host. Because users typically do not have access to the VM host,
interactive bootloaders are unsupported by libvirt. <em>However,</em> if you happen to
run into this scenario and also happen to have access to the Bhyve host
machine, you may select a boot option and allow the domain to finish starting
by using an alternative terminal client on the VM host to connect to the
domain-configured null modem device. One example (assuming
<code>/dev/nmdm0B</code> is configured as the slave end of the domain serial
device) is:</p>
<pre>cu -l /dev/nmdm0B</pre>
<h3><a name="xmltonative">Converting from domain XML to Bhyve args</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh domxml-to-native</code> command can preview the actual
<code>bhyve</code> commands that will be executed for a given domain.
It outputs two lines, the first line is a <code>bhyveload</code> command and
the second is a <code>bhyve</code> command.
</p>
<p>Please note that the <code>virsh domxml-to-native</code> doesn't do any
real actions other than printing the command, for example, it doesn't try to
find a proper TAP interface and create it, like what is done when starting
a domain; and always returns <code>tap0</code> for the network interface. So
if you're going to run these commands manually, most likely you might want to
tweak them.</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c "bhyve:///system" domxml-to-native --format bhyve-argv --xml /path/to/bhyve.xml
/usr/sbin/bhyveload -m 214 -d /home/user/vm1.img vm1
/usr/sbin/bhyve -c 2 -m 214 -A -I -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 3:0,virtio-net,tap0,mac=52:54:00:5d:74:e3 -s 2:0,virtio-blk,/home/user/vm1.img -s 1,lpc -l com1,/dev/nmdm0A vm1
</pre>
<h3><a name="zfsvolume">Using ZFS volumes</a></h3>
<p>It's possible to use ZFS volumes as disk devices <span class="since">since 1.2.8</span>.
An example of domain XML device entry for that will look like:</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;disk type='volume' device='disk'&gt;
&lt;source pool='zfspool' volume='vol1'/&gt;
&lt;target dev='vdb' bus='virtio'/&gt;
&lt;/disk&gt;
...</pre>
<p>Please refer to the <a href="storage.html">Storage documentation</a> for more details on storage
management.</p>
<h3><a name="grubbhyve">Using grub2-bhyve or Alternative Bootloaders</a></h3>
<p>It's possible to boot non-FreeBSD guests by specifying an explicit
bootloader, e.g. <code>grub-bhyve(1)</code>. Arguments to the bootloader may be
specified as well. If the bootloader is <code>grub-bhyve</code> and arguments
are omitted, libvirt will try and infer boot ordering from user-supplied
&lt;boot order='N'&gt; configuration in the domain. Failing that, it will boot
the first disk in the domain (either <code>cdrom</code>- or
<code>disk</code>-type devices). If the disk type is <code>disk</code>, it will
attempt to boot from the first partition in the disk image.</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;bootloader&gt;/usr/local/sbin/grub-bhyve&lt;/bootloader&gt;
&lt;bootloader_args&gt;...&lt;/bootloader_args&gt;
...
</pre>
<p>Caveat: <code>bootloader_args</code> does not support any quoting.
Filenames, etc, must not have spaces or they will be tokenized incorrectly.</p>
<h3><a name="clockconfig">Clock configuration</a></h3>
<p>Originally bhyve supported only localtime for RTC. Support for UTC time was introduced in
<a href="http://svnweb.freebsd.org/changeset/base/284894">r284894</a> for <i>10-STABLE</i> and
in <a href="http://svnweb.freebsd.org/changeset/base/279225">r279225</a> for <i>-CURRENT</i>.
It's possible to use this in libvirt <span class="since">since 1.2.18</span>, just place the
following to domain XML:</p>
<pre>
&lt;domain type="bhyve"&gt;
...
&lt;clock offset='utc'/&gt;
...
&lt;/domain&gt;
</pre>
<p>Please note that if you run the older bhyve version that doesn't support UTC time, you'll
fail to start a domain. As UTC is used as a default when you do not specify clock settings,
you'll need to explicitly specify 'localtime' in this case:</p>
<pre>
&lt;domain type="bhyve"&gt;
...
&lt;clock offset='localtime'/&gt;
...
&lt;/domain&gt;
</pre>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<html><body>
<h1>VMware ESX hypervisor driver</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<p>
@@ -148,7 +145,7 @@ vpx://example-vcenter.com/folder1/dc1/folder2/example-esx.com
</td>
<td>
If set to 1, this disables libcurl client checks of the server's
SSL certificate. The default value is 0. See the
SSL certificate. The default value it 0. See the
<a href="#certificates">Certificates for HTTPS</a> section for
details.
</td>
@@ -164,7 +161,7 @@ vpx://example-vcenter.com/folder1/dc1/folder2/example-esx.com
If set to 1, the driver answers all
<a href="#questions">questions</a> with the default answer.
If set to 0, questions are reported as errors. The default
value is 0. <span class="since">Since 0.7.5</span>.
value it 0. <span class="since">Since 0.7.5</span>.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<html><body>
<h1>Microsoft Hyper-V hypervisor driver</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<p>

View File

@@ -1,483 +1,60 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>LXC container driver</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<p>
The libvirt LXC driver manages "Linux Containers". At their simplest, containers
can just be thought of as a collection of processes, separated from the main
host processes via a set of resource namespaces and constrained via control
groups resource tunables. The libvirt LXC driver has no dependency on the LXC
userspace tools hosted on sourceforge.net. It directly utilizes the relevant
kernel features to build the container environment. This allows for sharing
of many libvirt technologies across both the QEMU/KVM and LXC drivers. In
particular sVirt for mandatory access control, auditing of operations,
integration with control groups and many other features.
The libvirt LXC driver manages "Linux Containers". Containers are sets of processes
with private namespaces which can (but don't always) look like separate machines, but
do not have their own OS. Here are two example configurations. The first is a very
light-weight "application container" which does not have its own root image.
</p>
<h2><a name="cgroups">Control groups Requirements</a></h2>
<h2><a name="project">Project Links</a></h2>
<ul>
<li>
The <a href="http://lxc.sourceforge.net/">LXC</a> Linux
container system
</li>
</ul>
<h2>Cgroups Requirements</h2>
<p>
In order to control the resource usage of processes inside containers, the
libvirt LXC driver requires that certain cgroups controllers are mounted on
the host OS. The minimum required controllers are 'cpuacct', 'memory' and
'devices', while recommended extra controllers are 'cpu', 'freezer' and
'blkio'. Libvirt will not mount the cgroups filesystem itself, leaving
this up to the init system to take care of. Systemd will do the right thing
in this respect, while for other init systems the <code>cgconfig</code>
init service will be required. For further information, consult the general
libvirt <a href="cgroups.html">cgroups documentation</a>.
</p>
<h2><a name="namespaces">Namespace requirements</a></h2>
<p>
In order to separate processes inside a container from those in the
primary "host" OS environment, the libvirt LXC driver requires that
certain kernel namespaces are compiled in. Libvirt currently requires
the 'mount', 'ipc', 'pid', and 'uts' namespaces to be available. If
separate network interfaces are desired, then the 'net' namespace is
required. If the guest configuration declares a
<a href="formatdomain.html#elementsOSContainer">UID or GID mapping</a>,
the 'user' namespace will be enabled to apply these. <strong>A suitably
configured UID/GID mapping is a pre-requisite to making containers
secure, in the absence of sVirt confinement.</strong>
</p>
<h2><a name="init">Default container setup</a></h2>
<h3><a name="cliargs">Command line arguments</a></h3>
<p>
When the container "init" process is started, it will typically
not be given any command line arguments (eg the equivalent of
the bootloader args visible in <code>/proc/cmdline</code>). If
any arguments are desired, then must be explicitly set in the
container XML configuration via one or more <code>initarg</code>
elements. For example, to run <code>systemd --unit emergency.service</code>
would use the following XML
The libvirt LXC driver requires that certain cgroups controllers are
mounted on the host OS. The minimum required controllers are 'cpuacct',
'memory' and 'devices', while recommended extra controllers are
'cpu', 'freezer' and 'blkio'. The /etc/cgconfig.conf &amp; cgconfig
init service used to mount cgroups at host boot time. To manually
mount them use:
</p>
<pre>
&lt;os&gt;
&lt;type arch='x86_64'&gt;exe&lt;/type&gt;
&lt;init&gt;/bin/systemd&lt;/init&gt;
&lt;initarg&gt;--unit&lt;/initarg&gt;
&lt;initarg&gt;emergency.service&lt;/initarg&gt;
&lt;/os&gt;
# mount -t cgroup cgroup /dev/cgroup -o cpuacct,memory,devices,cpu,freezer,blkio
</pre>
<h3><a name="envvars">Environment variables</a></h3>
<p>
NB, the blkio controller in some kernels will not allow creation of nested
sub-directories which will prevent correct operation of the libvirt LXC
driver. On such kernels, it may be necessary to unmount the blkio controller.
</p>
<h2>Environment setup for the container init</h2>
<p>
When the container "init" process is started, it will be given several useful
environment variables. The following standard environment variables are mandated
by <a href="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/ContainerInterface">systemd container interface</a>
to be provided by all container technologies on Linux.
environment variables.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>container</code></dt>
<dd>The fixed string <code>libvirt-lxc</code> to identify libvirt as the creator</dd>
<dt><code>container_uuid</code></dt>
<dd>The UUID assigned to the container by libvirt</dd>
<dt><code>PATH</code></dt>
<dd>The fixed string <code>/bin:/usr/bin</code></dd>
<dt><code>TERM</code></dt>
<dd>The fixed string <code>linux</code></dd>
<dt><code>HOME</code></dt>
<dd>The fixed string <code>/</code></dd>
</dl>
<p>
In addition to the standard variables, the following libvirt specific
environment variables are also provided
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>LIBVIRT_LXC_NAME</code></dt>
<dt>LIBVIRT_LXC_NAME</dt>
<dd>The name assigned to the container by libvirt</dd>
<dt><code>LIBVIRT_LXC_UUID</code></dt>
<dt>LIBVIRT_LXC_UUID</dt>
<dd>The UUID assigned to the container by libvirt</dd>
<dt><code>LIBVIRT_LXC_CMDLINE</code></dt>
<dd>The unparsed command line arguments specified in the container configuration.
Use of this is discouraged, in favour of passing arguments directly to the
container init process via the <code>initarg</code> config element.</dd>
<dt>LIBVIRT_LXC_CMDLINE</dt>
<dd>The unparsed command line arguments specified in the container configuration</dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="fsmounts">Filesystem mounts</a></h3>
<p>
In the absence of any explicit configuration, the container will
inherit the host OS filesystem mounts. A number of mount points will
be made read only, or re-mounted with new instances to provide
container specific data. The following special mounts are setup
by libvirt
</p>
<ul>
<li><code>/dev</code> a new "tmpfs" pre-populated with authorized device nodes</li>
<li><code>/dev/pts</code> a new private "devpts" instance for console devices</li>
<li><code>/sys</code> the host "sysfs" instance remounted read-only</li>
<li><code>/proc</code> a new instance of the "proc" filesystem</li>
<li><code>/proc/sys</code> the host "/proc/sys" bind-mounted read-only</li>
<li><code>/sys/fs/selinux</code> the host "selinux" instance remounted read-only</li>
<li><code>/sys/fs/cgroup/NNNN</code> the host cgroups controllers bind-mounted to
only expose the sub-tree associated with the container</li>
<li><code>/proc/meminfo</code> a FUSE backed file reflecting memory limits of the container</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="devnodes">Device nodes</a></h3>
<p>
The container init process will be started with <code>CAP_MKNOD</code>
capability removed and blocked from re-acquiring it. As such it will
not be able to create any device nodes in <code>/dev</code> or anywhere
else in its filesystems. Libvirt itself will take care of pre-populating
the <code>/dev</code> filesystem with any devices that the container
is authorized to use. The current devices that will be made available
to all containers are
</p>
<ul>
<li><code>/dev/zero</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/null</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/full</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/random</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/urandom</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/stdin</code> symlinked to <code>/proc/self/fd/0</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/stdout</code> symlinked to <code>/proc/self/fd/1</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/stderr</code> symlinked to <code>/proc/self/fd/2</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/fd</code> symlinked to <code>/proc/self/fd</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/ptmx</code> symlinked to <code>/dev/pts/ptmx</code></li>
<li><code>/dev/console</code> symlinked to <code>/dev/pts/0</code></li>
</ul>
<p>
In addition, for every console defined in the guest configuration,
a symlink will be created from <code>/dev/ttyN</code> symlinked to
the corresponding <code>/dev/pts/M</code> pseudo TTY device. The
first console will be <code>/dev/tty1</code>, with further consoles
numbered incrementally from there.
</p>
<p>
Since /dev/ttyN and /dev/console are linked to the pts devices. The
tty device of login program is pts device. The pam module securetty
may prevent root user from logging in container. If you want root
user to log in container successfully, add the pts device to the file
/etc/securetty of container.
</p>
<p>
Further block or character devices will be made available to containers
depending on their configuration.
</p>
<h2><a name="security">Security considerations</a></h2>
<p>
The libvirt LXC driver is fairly flexible in how it can be configured,
and as such does not enforce a requirement for strict security
separation between a container and the host. This allows it to be used
in scenarios where only resource control capabilities are important,
and resource sharing is desired. Applications wishing to ensure secure
isolation between a container and the host must ensure that they are
writing a suitable configuration.
</p>
<h3><a name="securenetworking">Network isolation</a></h3>
<p>
If the guest configuration does not list any network interfaces,
the <code>network</code> namespace will not be activated, and thus
the container will see all the host's network interfaces. This will
allow apps in the container to bind to/connect from TCP/UDP addresses
and ports from the host OS. It also allows applications to access
UNIX domain sockets associated with the host OS, which are in the
abstract namespace. If access to UNIX domains sockets in the abstract
namespace is not wanted, then applications should set the
<code>&lt;privnet/&gt;</code> flag in the
<code>&lt;features&gt;....&lt;/features&gt;</code> element.
</p>
<h3><a name="securefs">Filesystem isolation</a></h3>
<p>
If the guest configuration does not list any filesystems, then
the container will be set up with a root filesystem that matches
the host's root filesystem. As noted earlier, only a few locations
such as <code>/dev</code>, <code>/proc</code> and <code>/sys</code>
will be altered. This means that, in the absence of restrictions
from sVirt, a process running as user/group N:M inside the container
will be able to access almost exactly the same files as a process
running as user/group N:M in the host.
</p>
<p>
There are multiple options for restricting this. It is possible to
simply map the existing root filesystem through to the container in
read-only mode. Alternatively a completely separate root filesystem
can be configured for the guest. In both cases, further sub-mounts
can be applied to customize the content that is made visible. Note
that in the absence of sVirt controls, it is still possible for the
root user in a container to unmount any sub-mounts applied. The user
namespace feature can also be used to restrict access to files based
on the UID/GID mappings.
</p>
<p>
Sharing the host filesystem tree, also allows applications to access
UNIX domains sockets associated with the host OS, which are in the
filesystem namespaces. It should be noted that a number of init
systems including at least <code>systemd</code> and <code>upstart</code>
have UNIX domain socket which are used to control their operation.
Thus, if the directory/filesystem holding their UNIX domain socket is
exposed to the container, it will be possible for a user in the container
to invoke operations on the init service in the same way it could if
outside the container. This also applies to other applications in the
host which use UNIX domain sockets in the filesystem, such as DBus,
Libvirtd, and many more. If this is not desired, then applications
should either specify the UID/GID mapping in the configuration to
enable user namespaces and thus block access to the UNIX domain socket
based on permissions, or should ensure the relevant directories have
a bind mount to hide them. This is particularly important for the
<code>/run</code> or <code>/var/run</code> directories.
</p>
<h3><a name="secureusers">User and group isolation</a></h3>
<p>
If the guest configuration does not list any ID mapping, then the
user and group IDs used inside the container will match those used
outside the container. In addition, the capabilities associated with
a process in the container will infer the same privileges they would
for a process in the host. This has obvious implications for security,
since a root user inside the container will be able to access any
file owned by root that is visible to the container, and perform more
or less any privileged kernel operation. In the absence of additional
protection from sVirt, this means that the root user inside a container
is effectively as powerful as the root user in the host. There is no
security isolation of the root user.
</p>
<p>
The ID mapping facility was introduced to allow for stricter control
over the privileges of users inside the container. It allows apps to
define rules such as "user ID 0 in the container maps to user ID 1000
in the host". In addition the privileges associated with capabilities
are somewhat reduced so that they cannot be used to escape from the
container environment. A full description of user namespaces is outside
the scope of this document, however LWN has
<a href="https://lwn.net/Articles/532593/">a good write-up on the topic</a>.
From the libvirt point of view, the key thing to remember is that defining
an ID mapping for users and groups in the container XML configuration
causes libvirt to activate the user namespace feature.
</p>
<h2><a name="activation">Systemd Socket Activation Integration</a></h2>
<p>
The libvirt LXC driver provides the ability to pass across pre-opened file
descriptors when starting LXC guests. This allows for libvirt LXC to support
systemd's <a href="http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/socket-activated-containers.html">socket
activation capability</a>, where an incoming client connection
in the host OS will trigger the startup of a container, which runs another
copy of systemd which gets passed the server socket, and then activates the
actual service handler in the container.
</p>
<p>
Let us assume that you already have a LXC guest created, running
a systemd instance as PID 1 inside the container, which has an
SSHD service configured. The goal is to automatically activate
the container when the first SSH connection is made. The first
step is to create a couple of unit files for the host OS systemd
instance. The <code>/etc/systemd/system/mycontainer.service</code>
unit file specifies how systemd will start the libvirt LXC container
</p>
<pre>
[Unit]
Description=My little container
[Service]
ExecStart=/usr/bin/virsh -c lxc:/// start --pass-fds 3 mycontainer
ExecStop=/usr/bin/virsh -c lxc:/// destroy mycontainer
Type=oneshot
RemainAfterExit=yes
KillMode=none
</pre>
<p>
The <code>--pass-fds 3</code> argument specifies that the file
descriptor number 3 that <code>virsh</code> inherits from systemd,
is to be passed into the container. Since <code>virsh</code> will
exit immediately after starting the container, the <code>RemainAfterExit</code>
and <code>KillMode</code> settings must be altered from their defaults.
</p>
<p>
Next, the <code>/etc/systemd/system/mycontainer.socket</code> unit
file is created to get the host systemd to listen on port 23 for
TCP connections. When this unit file is activated by the first
incoming connection, it will cause the <code>mycontainer.service</code>
unit to be activated with the FD corresponding to the listening TCP
socket passed in as FD 3.
</p>
<pre>
[Unit]
Description=The SSH socket of my little container
[Socket]
ListenStream=23
</pre>
<p>
Port 23 was picked here so that the container doesn't conflict
with the host's SSH which is on the normal port 22. That's it
in terms of host side configuration.
</p>
<p>
Inside the container, the <code>/etc/systemd/system/sshd.socket</code>
unit file must be created
</p>
<pre>
[Unit]
Description=SSH Socket for Per-Connection Servers
[Socket]
ListenStream=23
Accept=yes
</pre>
<p>
The <code>ListenStream</code> value listed in this unit file, must
match the value used in the host file. When systemd in the container
receives the pre-opened FD from libvirt during container startup, it
looks at the <code>ListenStream</code> values to figure out which
FD to give to which service. The actual service to start is defined
by a correspondingly named <code>/etc/systemd/system/sshd@.service</code>
</p>
<pre>
[Unit]
Description=SSH Per-Connection Server for %I
[Service]
ExecStart=-/usr/sbin/sshd -i
StandardInput=socket
</pre>
<p>
Finally, make sure this SSH service is set to start on boot of the container,
by running the following command inside the container:
</p>
<pre>
# mkdir -p /etc/systemd/system/sockets.target.wants/
# ln -s /etc/systemd/system/sshd.socket /etc/systemd/system/sockets.target.wants/
</pre>
<p>
This example shows how to activate the container based on an incoming
SSH connection. If the container was also configured to have an httpd
service, it may be desirable to activate it upon either an httpd or a
sshd connection attempt. In this case, the <code>mycontainer.socket</code>
file in the host would simply list multiple socket ports. Inside the
container a separate <code>xxxxx.socket</code> file would need to be
created for each service, with a corresponding <code>ListenStream</code>
value set.
</p>
<!--
<h2>Container configuration</h2>
<h3>Init process</h3>
<h3>Console devices</h3>
<h3>Filesystem devices</h3>
<h3>Disk devices</h3>
<h3>Block devices</h3>
<h3>USB devices</h3>
<h3>Character devices</h3>
<h3>Network devices</h3>
-->
<h2>Container security</h2>
<h3>sVirt SELinux</h3>
<p>
In the absence of the "user" namespace being used, containers cannot
be considered secure against exploits of the host OS. The sVirt SELinux
driver provides a way to secure containers even when the "user" namespace
is not used. The cost is that writing a policy to allow execution of
arbitrary OS is not practical. The SELinux sVirt policy is typically
tailored to work with an simpler application confinement use case,
as provided by the "libvirt-sandbox" project.
</p>
<h3>Auditing</h3>
<p>
The LXC driver is integrated with libvirt's auditing subsystem, which
causes audit messages to be logged whenever there is an operation
performed against a container which has impact on host resources.
So for example, start/stop, device hotplug will all log audit messages
providing details about what action occurred and any resources
associated with it. There are the following 3 types of audit messages
</p>
<ul>
<li><code>VIRT_MACHINE_ID</code> - details of the SELinux process and
image security labels assigned to the container.</li>
<li><code>VIRT_CONTROL</code> - details of an action / operation
performed against a container. There are the following types of
operation
<ul>
<li><code>op=start</code> - a container has been started. Provides
the machine name, uuid and PID of the <code>libvirt_lxc</code>
controller process</li>
<li><code>op=init</code> - the init PID of the container has been
started. Provides the machine name, uuid and PID of the
<code>libvirt_lxc</code> controller process and PID of the
init process (in the host PID namespace)</li>
<li><code>op=stop</code> - a container has been stopped. Provides
the machine name, uuid</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><code>VIRT_RESOURCE</code> - details of a host resource
associated with a container action.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Device access</h3>
<p>
All containers are launched with the CAP_MKNOD capability cleared
and removed from the bounding set. Libvirt will ensure that the
/dev filesystem is pre-populated with all devices that a container
is allowed to use. In addition, the cgroup "device" controller is
configured to block read/write/mknod from all devices except those
that a container is authorized to use.
</p>
<h2><a name="exconfig">Example configurations</a></h2>
<h3>Example config version 1</h3>
<p></p>
@@ -542,267 +119,21 @@ debootstrap, whatever) under /opt/vm-1-root:
&lt;/domain&gt;
</pre>
<h2><a name="capabilities">Altering the available capabilities</a></h2>
<p>
By default the libvirt LXC driver drops some capabilities among which CAP_MKNOD.
However <span class="since">since 1.2.6</span> libvirt can be told to keep or
drop some capabilities using a domain configuration like the following:
In both cases, you can define and start a container using:</p>
<pre>
virsh --connect lxc:/// define v1.xml
virsh --connect lxc:/// start vm1
</pre>
and then get a console using:
<pre>
virsh --connect lxc:/// console vm1
</pre>
<p>Now doing 'ps -ef' will only show processes in the container, for
instance. You can undefine it using
</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;features&gt;
&lt;capabilities policy='default'&gt;
&lt;mknod state='on'/&gt;
&lt;sys_chroot state='off'/&gt;
&lt;/capabilities&gt;
&lt;/features&gt;
...
virsh --connect lxc:/// undefine vm1
</pre>
<p>
The capabilities children elements are named after the capabilities as defined in
<code>man 7 capabilities</code>. An <code>off</code> state tells libvirt to drop the
capability, while an <code>on</code> state will force to keep the capability even though
this one is dropped by default.
</p>
<p>
The <code>policy</code> attribute can be one of <code>default</code>, <code>allow</code>
or <code>deny</code>. It defines the default rules for capabilities: either keep the
default behavior that is dropping a few selected capabilities, or keep all capabilities
or drop all capabilities. The interest of <code>allow</code> and <code>deny</code> is that
they guarantee that all capabilities will be kept (or removed) even if new ones are added
later.
</p>
<p>
The following example, drops all capabilities but CAP_MKNOD:
</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;features&gt;
&lt;capabilities policy='deny'&gt;
&lt;mknod state='on'/&gt;
&lt;/capabilities&gt;
&lt;/features&gt;
...
</pre>
<p>
Note that allowing capabilities that are normally dropped by default can seriously
affect the security of the container and the host.
</p>
<h2><a name="share">Inherit namespaces</a></h2>
<p>
Libvirt allows you to inherit the namespace from container/process just like lxc tools
or docker provides to share the network namespace. The following can be used to share
required namespaces. If we want to share only one then the other namespaces can be ignored.
The netns option is specific to sharenet. It can be used in cases we want to use existing network namespace
rather than creating new network namespace for the container. In this case privnet option will be
ignored.
</p>
<pre>
&lt;domain type='lxc' xmlns:lxc='http://libvirt.org/schemas/domain/lxc/1.0'&gt;
...
&lt;lxc:namespace&gt;
&lt;lxc:sharenet type='netns' value='red'/&gt;
&lt;lxc:shareuts type='name' value='container1'/&gt;
&lt;lxc:shareipc type='pid' value='12345'/&gt;
&lt;/lxc:namespace&gt;
&lt;/domain&gt;
</pre>
<h2><a name="usage">Container usage / management</a></h2>
<p>
As with any libvirt virtualization driver, LXC containers can be
managed via a wide variety of libvirt based tools. At the lowest
level the <code>virsh</code> command can be used to perform many
tasks, by passing the <code>-c lxc:///</code> argument. As an
alternative to repeating the URI with every command, the <code>LIBVIRT_DEFAULT_URI</code>
environment variable can be set to <code>lxc:///</code>. The
examples that follow outline some common operations with virsh
and LXC. For further details about usage of virsh consult its
manual page.
</p>
<h3><a name="usageSave">Defining (saving) container configuration</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh define</code> command takes an XML configuration
document and loads it into libvirt, saving the configuration on disk
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// define myguest.xml
</pre>
<h3><a name="usageView">Viewing container configuration</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh dumpxml</code> command can be used to view the
current XML configuration of a container. By default the XML
output reflects the current state of the container. If the
container is running, it is possible to explicitly request the
persistent configuration, instead of the current live configuration
using the <code>--inactive</code> flag
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// dumpxml myguest
</pre>
<h3><a name="usageStart">Starting containers</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh start</code> command can be used to start a
container from a previously defined persistent configuration
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// start myguest
</pre>
<p>
It is also possible to start so called "transient" containers,
which do not require a persistent configuration to be saved
by libvirt, using the <code>virsh create</code> command.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// create myguest.xml
</pre>
<h3><a name="usageStop">Stopping containers</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh shutdown</code> command can be used
to request a graceful shutdown of the container. By default
this command will first attempt to send a message to the
init process via the <code>/dev/initctl</code> device node.
If no such device node exists, then it will send SIGTERM
to PID 1 inside the container.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// shutdown myguest
</pre>
<p>
If the container does not respond to the graceful shutdown
request, it can be forcibly stopped using the <code>virsh destroy</code>
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// destroy myguest
</pre>
<h3><a name="usageReboot">Rebooting a container</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh reboot</code> command can be used
to request a graceful shutdown of the container. By default
this command will first attempt to send a message to the
init process via the <code>/dev/initctl</code> device node.
If no such device node exists, then it will send SIGHUP
to PID 1 inside the container.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// reboot myguest
</pre>
<h3><a name="usageDelete">Undefining (deleting) a container configuration</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh undefine</code> command can be used to delete the
persistent configuration of a container. If the guest is currently
running, this will turn it into a "transient" guest.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// undefine myguest
</pre>
<h3><a name="usageConnect">Connecting to a container console</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh console</code> command can be used to connect
to the text console associated with a container.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// console myguest
</pre>
<p>
If the container has been configured with multiple console devices,
then the <code>--devname</code> argument can be used to choose the
console to connect to.
In LXC, multiple consoles will be named
as 'console0', 'console1', 'console2', etc.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// console myguest --devname console1
</pre>
<h3><a name="usageEnter">Running commands in a container</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh lxc-enter-namespace</code> command can be used
to enter the namespaces and security context of a container
and then execute an arbitrary command.
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// lxc-enter-namespace myguest -- /bin/ls -al /dev
</pre>
<h3><a name="usageTop">Monitoring container utilization</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virt-top</code> command can be used to monitor the
activity and resource utilization of all containers on a
host
</p>
<pre>
# virt-top -c lxc:///
</pre>
<h3><a name="usageConvert">Converting LXC container configuration</a></h3>
<p>
The <code>virsh domxml-from-native</code> command can be used to convert
most of the LXC container configuration into a domain XML fragment
</p>
<pre>
# virsh -c lxc:/// domxml-from-native lxc-tools /var/lib/lxc/myguest/config
</pre>
<p>
This conversion has some limitations due to the fact that the
domxml-from-native command output has to be independent of the host. Here
are a few things to take care of before converting:
</p>
<ul>
<li>
Replace the fstab file referenced by <tt>lxc.mount</tt> by the corresponding
lxc.mount.entry lines.
</li>
<li>
Replace all relative sizes of tmpfs mount entries to absolute sizes. Also
make sure that tmpfs entries all have a size option (default is 50%).
</li>
<li>
Define <tt>lxc.cgroup.memory.limit_in_bytes</tt> to properly limit the memory
available to the container. The conversion will use 64MiB as the default.
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html> <!-- -*- html -*- -->
<body>
<h1>OpenVZ container driver</h1>

67
docs/drvparallels.html.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
<html><body>
<h1>Parallels Cloud Server driver</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<p>
The libvirt Parallels driver can manage Parallels Cloud Server starting from version 6.0.
</p>
<h2><a name="project">Project Links</a></h2>
<ul>
<li>
The <a href="http://www.parallels.com/products/server/baremetal/sp/">Parallels Cloud Server</a> Virtualization Solution.
</li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="uri">Connections to the Parallels Cloud Server driver</a></h2>
<p>
The libvirt Parallels driver is a single-instance privileged driver, with a driver name of 'parallels'. Some example connection URIs for the libvirt driver are:
</p>
<pre>
parallels:///system (local access)
parallels+unix:///system (local access)
parallels://example.com/system (remote access, TLS/x509)
parallels+tcp://example.com/system (remote access, SASl/Kerberos)
parallels+ssh://root@example.com/system (remote access, SSH tunnelled)
</pre>
<h2><a name="example">Example guest domain XML configuration</a></h2>
<p>
Parallels driver require at least one hard disk for new domains
at this time. It is used for defining directory, where VM should
be created.
</p>
<pre>
&lt;domain type='parallels'&gt;
&lt;name&gt;demo&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;uuid&gt;54cdecad-4492-4e31-a209-33cc21d64057&lt;/uuid&gt;
&lt;description&gt;some description&lt;/description&gt;
&lt;memory unit='KiB'&gt;1048576&lt;/memory&gt;
&lt;currentMemory unit='KiB'&gt;1048576&lt;/currentMemory&gt;
&lt;vcpu placement='static'&gt;2&lt;/vcpu&gt;
&lt;os&gt;
&lt;type arch='x86_64'&gt;hvm&lt;/type&gt;
&lt;/os&gt;
&lt;clock offset='utc'/&gt;
&lt;on_poweroff&gt;destroy&lt;/on_poweroff&gt;
&lt;on_reboot&gt;destroy&lt;/on_reboot&gt;
&lt;on_crash&gt;destroy&lt;/on_crash&gt;
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;disk type='file' device='disk'&gt;
&lt;source file='/storage/vol1'/&gt;
&lt;target dev='hda'/&gt;
&lt;/disk&gt;
&lt;video&gt;
&lt;model type='vga' vram='33554432' heads='1'&gt;
&lt;acceleration accel3d='no' accel2d='no'/&gt;
&lt;/model&gt;
&lt;/video&gt;
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domain&gt;
</pre>
</body></html>

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<html><body>
<h1>IBM PowerVM hypervisor driver (phyp)</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<p>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>KVM/QEMU hypervisor driver</h1>
@@ -8,7 +6,9 @@
<p>
The libvirt KVM/QEMU driver can manage any QEMU emulator from
version 0.12.0 or later.
version 0.8.1 or later. It can also manage Xenner, which
provides the same QEMU command line syntax and monitor
interaction.
</p>
<h2><a name="project">Project Links</a></h2>
@@ -17,7 +17,6 @@
<li>
The <a href="http://www.linux-kvm.org/">KVM</a> Linux
hypervisor
</li>
<li>
The <a href="http://wiki.qemu.org/Index.html">QEMU</a> emulator
</li>
@@ -41,6 +40,12 @@
node. If both are found, then KVM fullyvirtualized, hardware accelerated
guests will be available.
</li>
<li>
<strong>Xenner hypervisor</strong>: The driver will probe <code>/usr/bin</code>
for the presence of <code>xenner</code> and <code>/dev/kvm</code> device
node. If both are found, then Xen paravirtualized guests can be run using
the KVM hardware acceleration.
</li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="uris">Connections to QEMU driver</a></h2>
@@ -552,7 +557,6 @@ $ virsh domxml-to-native qemu-argv demo.xml
possible to add an element <code>&lt;qemu:commandline&gt;</code>
under <code>driver</code>, with the following sub-elements
repeated as often as needed:
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>qemu:arg</code></dt>
<dd>Add an additional command-line argument to the qemu
@@ -565,6 +569,7 @@ $ virsh domxml-to-native qemu-argv demo.xml
pair recorded in the attributes <code>name</code>
and optional <code>value</code>.</dd>
</dl>
<p>Example:</p><pre>
&lt;domain type='qemu' xmlns:qemu='http://libvirt.org/schemas/domain/qemu/1.0'&gt;
&lt;name&gt;QEmu-fedora-i686&lt;/name&gt;
@@ -639,5 +644,9 @@ $ virsh domxml-to-native qemu-argv demo.xml
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domain&gt;</pre>
<h3>Xen paravirtualized guests with hardware acceleration</h3>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Remote management driver</h1>
</body>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Test "mock" driver</h1>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>User Mode Linux driver</h1>
@@ -65,7 +63,7 @@ uml+ssh://root@example.com/system (remote access, SSH tunnelled)
</p>
<p>
Once booted the primary console is connected to a PTY, and
Once booted the primary console is connected toa PTY, and
thus accessible with "virsh console" or equivalent tools
</p>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>VirtualBox hypervisor driver</h1>
<p>
@@ -31,18 +29,6 @@ vbox+tcp://user@example.com/session (remote access, SASl/Kerberos)
vbox+ssh://user@example.com/session (remote access, SSH tunnelled)
</pre>
<p>
<strong>NOTE: as of libvirt 1.0.6, the VirtualBox driver will always
run inside the libvirtd daemon, instead of being built-in to the
libvirt.so library directly. This change was required due to the
fact that VirtualBox code is LGPLv2-only licensed, which is not
compatible with the libvirt.so license of LGPLv2-or-later. The
daemon will be auto-started when the first connection to VirtualBox
is requested. This change also means that it will not be possible
to use VirtualBox URIs on the Windows platform, until additional
work is completed to get the libvirtd daemon working there.</strong>
</p>
<h2><a name="xmlconfig">Example domain XML config</a></h2>
<pre>

View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<h1>Virtuozzo driver</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<p>
The libvirt vz driver can manage Virtuozzo starting from version 6.0.
</p>
<h2><a name="project">Project Links</a></h2>
<ul>
<li>
The <a href="http://www.odin.com/products/virtuozzo/">Virtuozzo</a> Solution.
</li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="uri">Connections to the Virtuozzo driver</a></h2>
<p>
The libvirt Virtuozzo driver is a single-instance privileged driver, with a driver name of 'virtuozzo'. Some example connection URIs for the libvirt driver are:
</p>
<pre>
vz:///system (local access)
vz+unix:///system (local access)
vz://example.com/system (remote access, TLS/x509)
vz+tcp://example.com/system (remote access, SASl/Kerberos)
vz+ssh://root@example.com/system (remote access, SSH tunnelled)
</pre>
<h2><a name="example">Example guest domain XML configuration</a></h2>
<p>
Virtuozzo driver require at least one hard disk for new domains
at this time. It is used for defining directory, where VM should
be created.
</p>
<pre>
&lt;domain type='vz'&gt;
&lt;name&gt;demo&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;uuid&gt;54cdecad-4492-4e31-a209-33cc21d64057&lt;/uuid&gt;
&lt;description&gt;some description&lt;/description&gt;
&lt;memory unit='KiB'&gt;1048576&lt;/memory&gt;
&lt;currentMemory unit='KiB'&gt;1048576&lt;/currentMemory&gt;
&lt;vcpu placement='static'&gt;2&lt;/vcpu&gt;
&lt;os&gt;
&lt;type arch='x86_64'&gt;hvm&lt;/type&gt;
&lt;/os&gt;
&lt;clock offset='utc'/&gt;
&lt;on_poweroff&gt;destroy&lt;/on_poweroff&gt;
&lt;on_reboot&gt;destroy&lt;/on_reboot&gt;
&lt;on_crash&gt;destroy&lt;/on_crash&gt;
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;disk type='file' device='disk'&gt;
&lt;source file='/storage/vol1'/&gt;
&lt;target dev='hda'/&gt;
&lt;/disk&gt;
&lt;video&gt;
&lt;model type='vga' vram='33554432' heads='1'&gt;
&lt;acceleration accel3d='no' accel2d='no'/&gt;
&lt;/model&gt;
&lt;/video&gt;
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domain&gt;
</pre>
</body></html>

View File

@@ -1,12 +1,9 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>VMware Workstation / Player / Fusion hypervisors driver</h1>
<h1>VMware Workstation / Player hypervisors driver</h1>
<p>
The libvirt VMware driver should be able to manage any Workstation,
Player, Fusion version supported by the VMware VIX API. See the
compatibility list
The libvirt VMware Workstation driver should be able to manage any Workstation and
Player version supported by the VMware VIX API. See the compatibility list
<a href="http://www.vmware.com/support/developer/vix-api/vix110_reference/">here</a>.
</p>
<p>
@@ -22,22 +19,17 @@
The <a href="http://www.vmware.com/">VMware Workstation and
Player</a> hypervisors
</li>
<li>
The <a href="http://www.vmware.com/fusion">VMware Fusion</a>
hypervisor
</li>
</ul>
<h2>Connections to VMware driver</h2>
<p>
The libvirt VMware driver provides per-user drivers (the "session" instance).
Three uris are available:
Two uris are available:
</p>
<ul>
<li>"vmwareplayer" for VMware Player</li>
<li>"vmwarews" for VMware Workstation</li>
<li>"vmwarefusion" for VMware Fusion</li>
</ul>
<p>
Some example connection URIs for the driver are:
@@ -46,7 +38,6 @@
<pre>
vmwareplayer:///session (local access to VMware Player per-user instance)
vmwarews:///session (local access to VMware Workstation per-user instance)
vmwarefusion:///session (local access to VMware Fusion per-user instance)
vmwarews+tcp://user@example.com/session (remote access to VMware Workstation, SASl/Kerberos)
vmwarews+ssh://user@example.com/session (remote access to VMware Workstation, SSH tunnelled)
</pre>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Xen hypervisor driver</h1>
@@ -55,14 +53,6 @@
the <code>/etc/xen</code> directory. It is important not to place
any other non-config files in this directory.
</li>
<li>
<strong>libxl</strong>: Starting with Xen 4.2, the legacy XenD/xm
toolstack is deprecated in favor of libxl, also commonly called
libxenlight. libvirt supports this new Xen toolstack via the
libxl driver. If XenD is enabled, the legacy xen driver consisting
of the above mentioned channels will be used. If XenD is disabled,
the libxl driver will be used.
</li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="uri">Connections to Xen driver</a></h2>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1 >Handling of errors</h1>
<p>The main goals of libvirt when it comes to error handling are:</p>
@@ -46,9 +45,9 @@ following fields:</p>
<li>level: the error level, usually VIR_ERR_ERROR, though there is room for
warnings like VIR_ERR_WARNING</li>
<li>message: the full human-readable formatted string of the error</li>
<li>conn: if available a pointer to the <a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virConnectPtr">virConnectPtr</a>
<li>conn: if available a pointer to the <a href="html/libvirt-libvirt.html#virConnectPtr">virConnectPtr</a>
connection to the hypervisor where this happened</li>
<li>dom: if available a pointer to the <a href="html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virDomainPtr">virDomainPtr</a> domain
<li>dom: if available a pointer to the <a href="html/libvirt-libvirt.html#virDomainPtr">virDomainPtr</a> domain
targeted in the operation</li>
</ul>
<p>and then extra raw information about the error which may be initialized

BIN
docs/et.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 9.5 KiB

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html>
<body>
<h1 >Firewall and network filtering in libvirt</h1>
<p>There are three pieces of libvirt functionality which do network
@@ -142,7 +141,7 @@ MASQUERADE all -- * * 192.168.122.0/24 !192.168.122.0/24</pre>
<p><a href="http://www.dmtf.org/standards/cim/cim_schema_v2230/CIM_Network.pdf">http://www.dmtf.org/standards/cim/cim_schema_v2230/CIM_Network.pdf</a></p>
<p>The filters are managed in libvirt as a top level, standalone object.
This allows the filters to then be referenced by any libvirt object
that requires their functionality, instead tying them only to use
that requires their functionality, instead tieing them only to use
by guest NICs. In the current implementation, filters can be associated
with individual guest NICs via the libvirt domain XML format. In the
future we might allow filters to be associated with the virtual network
@@ -199,7 +198,7 @@ using an XML format. At a high level the format looks like this:
</p>
<p>The <code>&lt;rule&gt;</code> element is where all the interesting stuff
happens. It has three attributes, an action, a traffic direction and an
optional priority. E.g.:
optional priority. eg:
</p>
<pre>&lt;rule action='drop' direction='out' priority='500'&gt;</pre>
<p>Within the rule there are a wide variety of elements allowed, which
@@ -272,7 +271,7 @@ f5c78134-9da4-0c60-a9f0-fb37bc21ac1f no-other-rarp-traffic
to update them. This ensures the guests have their iptables/ebtables
rules recreated.
</p>
<p>To associate the clean-traffic filter with a guest, edit the
<p>To associate the clean-trafffic filter with a guest, edit the
guest XML config and change the <code>&lt;interface&gt;</code> element
to include a <code>&lt;filterref&gt;</code> and also specify the
whitelisted <code>&lt;ip address/&gt;</code> the guest is allowed to

BIN
docs/footer_corner.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 2.3 KiB

BIN
docs/footer_pattern.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 817 B

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<h1 >XML Format</h1>

View File

@@ -1,150 +1,20 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Driver capabilities XML format</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<h2><a name="elements">Element and attribute overview</a></h2>
<p>As new virtualization engine support gets added to libvirt, and to
handle cases like QEMU supporting a variety of emulations, a query
interface has been added in 0.2.1 allowing to list the set of supported
virtualization capabilities on the host:</p>
<pre> char * virConnectGetCapabilities (virConnectPtr conn);</pre>
<p>The value returned is an XML document listing the virtualization
capabilities of the host and virtualization engine to which
<code>@conn</code> is connected. One can test it using <code>virsh</code>
command line tool command '<code>capabilities</code>', it dumps the XML
associated to the current connection. </p>
<p>As can be seen seen in the <a href="#elementExamples">example</a>, the
capabilities XML consists of the <code>capabilities</code> element which
have exactly one <code>host</code> child element to report information on
host capabilities, and zero or more <code>guest</code> element to express
the set of architectures the host can run at the moment.</p>
<h3><a name="elementHost">Host capabilities</a></h3>
<p>The <code>&lt;host/&gt;</code> element consists of the following child
elements:</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>uuid</code></dt>
<dd>The host UUID.</dd>
<dt><code>cpu</code></dt>
<dd>The host CPU architecture and features.</dd>
<dt><code>power_management</code></dt>
<dd>whether host is capable of memory suspend, disk hibernation, or
hybrid suspend.</dd>
<dt><code>migration</code></dt>
<dd>This element exposes information on the hypervisor's migration
capabilities, like live migration, supported URI transports, and so
on.</dd>
<dt><code>topology</code></dt>
<dd>This element embodies the host internal topology. Management
applications may want to learn this information when orchestrating new
guests - e.g. due to reduce inter-NUMA node transfers.</dd>
<dt><code>secmodel</code></dt>
<dd>To find out default security labels for different security models you
need to parse this element. In contrast with the former elements, this is
repeated for each security model the libvirt daemon currently supports.
</dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="elementGuest">Guest capabilities</a></h3>
<p>While the <a href="#elementHost">previous section</a> aims at host
capabilities, this one focuses on capabilities available to a guest
using a given hypervisor. The <code>&lt;guest/&gt;</code> element will
typically wrap up the following elements:</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>os_type</code></dt>
<dd>This expresses what kind of operating system the hypervisor
is able to run. Possible values are:
<dl>
<dt><code>xen</code></dt>
<dd>for XEN</dd>
<dt><code>linux</code></dt>
<dd>legacy alias for <code>xen</code></dd>
<dt><code>hvm</code></dt>
<dd>Unmodified operating system</dd>
<dt><code>exe</code></dt>
<dd>Container based virtualization</dd>
<dt><code>uml</code></dt>
<dd>User Mode Linux</dd>
</dl>
</dd>
<dt><code>arch</code></dt>
<dd>This element brings some information on supported guest architecture.</dd>
<dt><code>features</code></dt>
<dd>This optional element encases possible features that can be used
with a guest of described type. Possible subelements are:
<dl>
<dt><code>pae</code></dt><dd>If present, 32-bit guests can use PAE
address space extensions, <span class="since">since
0.4.1</span></dd>
<dt><code>nonpae</code></dt><dd>If present, 32-bit guests can be run
without requiring PAE, <span class="since">since
0.4.1</span></dd>
<dt><code>ia64_be</code></dt><dd>If present, IA64 guests can be run in
big-endian mode, <span class="since">since 0.4.1</span></dd>
<dt><code>acpi</code></dt><dd>If this element is present,
the <code>default</code> attribute describes whether the
hypervisor exposes ACPI to the guest by default, and
the <code>toggle</code> attribute describes whether the
user can override this
default. <span class="since">Since 0.4.1</span></dd>
<dt><code>apic</code></dt><dd>If this element is present,
the <code>default</code> attribute describes whether the
hypervisor exposes APIC to the guest by default, and
the <code>toggle</code> attribute describes whether the
user can override this
default. <span class="since">Since 0.4.1</span></dd>
<dt><code>cpuselection</code></dt><dd>If this element is present, the
hypervisor supports the <code>&lt;cpu&gt;</code> element
within a domain definition for fine-grained control over
the CPU presented to the
guest. <span class="since">Since 0.7.5</span></dd>
<dt><code>deviceboot</code></dt><dd>If this element is present,
the <code>&lt;boot order='...'/&gt;</code> element can
be used inside devices, rather than the older boot
specification by category. <span class="since">Since
0.8.8</span></dd>
<dt><code>disksnapshot</code></dt><dd>If this element is present,
the <code>default</code> attribute describes whether
external disk snapshots are supported. If absent,
external snapshots may still be supported, but it
requires attempting the API and checking for an error to
find out for sure. <span class="since">Since
1.2.3</span></dd>
</dl>
</dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="elementExamples">Examples</a></h3>
<p>For example, in the case of a 64-bit machine with hardware
virtualization capabilities enabled in the chip and
BIOS you will see:</p>
<pre>&lt;capabilities&gt;
<p>As new virtualization engine support gets added to libvirt, and to handle
cases like QEmu supporting a variety of emulations, a query interface has
been added in 0.2.1 allowing to list the set of supported virtualization
capabilities on the host:</p>
<pre> char * virConnectGetCapabilities (virConnectPtr conn);</pre>
<p>The value returned is an XML document listing the virtualization
capabilities of the host and virtualization engine to which
<code>@conn</code> is connected. One can test it using <code>virsh</code>
command line tool command '<code>capabilities</code>', it dumps the XML
associated to the current connection. For example in the case of a 64 bits
machine with hardware virtualization capabilities enabled in the chip and
BIOS you will see</p>
<pre>&lt;capabilities&gt;
<span style="color: #E50000">&lt;host&gt;
&lt;cpu&gt;
&lt;arch&gt;x86_64&lt;/arch&gt;
@@ -162,7 +32,7 @@
&lt;suspend_mem/&gt;
&lt;suspend_disk/&gt;
&lt;suspend_hybrid/&gt;
&lt;/power_management&gt;
&lt;power_management/&gt;
&lt;/host&gt;</span>
&lt;!-- xen-3.0-x86_64 --&gt;
@@ -195,5 +65,30 @@
&lt;/guest&gt;</span>
...
&lt;/capabilities&gt;</pre>
<p>The first block (in red) indicates the host hardware
capabilities, such as CPU properties and the power
management features of the host platform. CPU models are
shown as additional features relative to the closest base
model, within a feature block (the block is similar to what
you will find in a Xen fully virtualized domain
description). Further, the power management features
supported by the host are shown, such as Suspend-to-RAM (S3),
Suspend-to-Disk (S4) and Hybrid-Suspend (a combination of S3
and S4). In case the host does not support
any such feature, then an empty &lt;power_management/&gt;
tag will be shown. </p>
<p>The second block (in blue) indicates the paravirtualization
support of the Xen support, you will see the os_type of xen
to indicate a paravirtual kernel, then architecture
information and potential features.</p>
<p>The third block (in green) gives similar information but
when running a 32 bit OS fully virtualized with Xen using
the hvm support.</p>
<p>This section is likely to be updated and augmented in the
future,
see <a href="https://www.redhat.com/archives/libvir-list/2007-March/msg00215.html">the
discussion</a> which led to the capabilities format in the
mailing-list archives.</p>
</body>
</html>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,379 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<h1>Domain capabilities XML format</h1>
<ul id="toc"></ul>
<h2><a name="Overview">Overview</a></h2>
<p>Sometimes, when a new domain is to be created it may come handy to know
the capabilities of the hypervisor so the correct combination of devices and
drivers is used. For example, when management application is considering the
mode for a host device's passthrough there are several options depending not
only on host, but on hypervisor in question too. If the hypervisor is qemu
then it needs to be more recent to support VFIO, while legacy KVM is
achievable just fine with older qemus.</p>
<p>The main difference between
<a href="/html/libvirt-libvirt-host.html#virConnectGetCapabilities">
<code>virConnectGetCapabilities</code>
</a>
and the emulator capabilities API is, the former one aims more on
the host capabilities (e.g. NUMA topology, security models in
effect, etc.) while the latter one specializes on the hypervisor
capabilities.</p>
<p>While the <a href="formatcaps.html">Driver Capabilities</a> provides the
host capabilities (e.g NUMA topology, security models in effect, etc.), the
Domain Capabilities provides the hypervisor specific capabilities for
Management Applications to query and make decisions regarding what to
utilize.</p>
<p>The Domain Capabilities can provide information such as the correct
combination of devices and drivers that are supported. Knowing which host
and hypervisor specific options are available or supported would allow the
management application to choose an appropriate mode for a pass-through
host device as well as which adapter to utilize.</p>
<h2><a name="elements">Element and attribute overview</a></h2>
<p> A new query interface was added to the virConnect API's to retrieve the
XML listing of the set of domain capabilities (<span class="since">Since
1.2.7</span>):</p>
<pre>
<a href="/html/libvirt-libvirt-domain.html#virConnectGetDomainCapabilities">virConnectGetDomainCapabilities</a>
</pre>
<p>The root element that emulator capability XML document starts with has
name <code>domainCapabilities</code>. It contains at least four direct
child elements:</p>
<pre>
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
&lt;path&gt;/usr/bin/qemu-system-x86_64&lt;/path&gt;
&lt;domain&gt;kvm&lt;/domain&gt;
&lt;machine&gt;pc-i440fx-2.1&lt;/machine&gt;
&lt;arch&gt;x86_64&lt;/arch&gt;
...
&lt;/domainCapabilities&gt;
</pre>
<dl>
<dt><code>path</code></dt>
<dd>The full path to the emulator binary.</dd>
<dt><code>domain</code></dt>
<dd>Describes the <a href="formatdomain.html#elements">virtualization
type</a> (or so called domain type).</dd>
<dt><code>machine</code></dt>
<dd>The domain's <a href="formatdomain.html#elementsOSBIOS">machine
type</a>.</dd>
<dt><code>arch</code></dt>
<dd>The domain's <a href="formatdomain.html#elementsOSBIOS">
architecture</a>.</dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="elementsCPUAllocation">CPU Allocation</a></h3>
<p>Before any devices capability occurs, there might be a info on domain
wide capabilities, e.g. virtual CPUs:</p>
<pre>
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
...
&lt;vcpu max='255'/&gt;
...
&lt;/domainCapabilities&gt;
</pre>
<dl>
<dt><code>vcpu</code></dt>
<dd>The maximum number of supported virtual CPUs</dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="elementsOSBIOS">BIOS bootloader</a></h3>
<p>Sometimes users might want to tweak some BIOS knobs or use
UEFI. For cases like that, <a
href="formatdomain.html#elementsOSBIOS"><code>os</code></a>
element exposes what values can be passed to its children.</p>
<pre>
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
...
&lt;os supported='yes'&gt;
&lt;loader supported='yes'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;/usr/share/OVMF/OVMF_CODE.fd&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;enum name='type'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;rom&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;pflash&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;enum name='readonly'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;yes&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;no&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;/loader&gt;
&lt;/os&gt;
...
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
</pre>
<p>For the <code>loader</code> element, the following can occur:</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>value</code></dt>
<dd>List of known loader paths. Currently this is only used
to advertise known locations of OVMF binaries for qemu. Binaries
will only be listed if they actually exist on disk.</dd>
<dt><code>type</code></dt>
<dd>Whether loader is a typical BIOS (<code>rom</code>) or
an UEFI binary (<code>pflash</code>). This refers to
<code>type</code> attribute of the &lt;loader/&gt;
element.</dd>
<dt><code>readonly</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>readonly</code> attribute of the
&lt;loader/&gt; element.</dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="elementsDevices">Devices</a></h3>
<p>
Another set of XML elements describe the supported devices and their
capabilities. All devices occur as children of the main
<code>devices</code> element.
</p>
<pre>
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
...
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;disk supported='yes'&gt;
&lt;enum name='diskDevice'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;disk&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;cdrom&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;floppy&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;lun&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
...
&lt;/disk&gt;
&lt;hostdev supported='no'/&gt;
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domainCapabilities&gt;
</pre>
<p>Reported capabilities are expressed as an enumerated list of available
options for each of the element or attribute. For example, the
&lt;disk/&gt; element has an attribute <code>device</code> which can
support the values <code>disk</code>, <code>cdrom</code>,
<code>floppy</code>, or <code>lun</code>.</p>
<h4><a name="elementsDisks">Hard drives, floppy disks, CDROMs</a></h4>
<p>Disk capabilities are exposed under the <code>disk</code> element. For
instance:</p>
<pre>
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
...
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;disk supported='yes'&gt;
&lt;enum name='diskDevice'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;disk&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;cdrom&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;floppy&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;lun&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;enum name='bus'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;ide&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;fdc&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;scsi&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;virtio&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;xen&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;usb&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;uml&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;sata&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;sd&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;/disk&gt;
...
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domainCapabilities&gt;
</pre>
<dl>
<dt><code>diskDevice</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>device</code> attribute of the &lt;disk/&gt;
element.</dd>
<dt><code>bus</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>bus</code> attribute of the &lt;target/&gt;
element for a &lt;disk/&gt;.</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="elementsGraphics">Graphical framebuffers</a></h4>
<p>Graphics device capabilities are exposed under the
<code>graphics</code> element. For instance:</p>
<pre>
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
...
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;graphics supported='yes'&gt;
&lt;enum name='type'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;sdl&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;vnc&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;spice&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;/graphics&gt;
...
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domainCapabilities&gt;
</pre>
<dl>
<dt><code>type</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>type</code> attribute of the &lt;graphics/&gt;
element.</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="elementsVideo">Video device</a></h4>
<p>Video device capabilities are exposed under the
<code>video</code> element. For instance:</p>
<pre>
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
...
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;video supported='yes'&gt;
&lt;enum name='modelType'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;vga&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;cirrus&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;vmvga&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;qxl&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;virtio&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;/video&gt;
...
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domainCapabilities&gt;
</pre>
<dl>
<dt><code>modelType</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>type</code> attribute of the
&lt;video&gt;&lt;model&gt; element.</dd>
</dl>
<h4><a name="elementsHostDev">Host device assignment</a></h4>
<p>Some host devices can be passed through to a guest (e.g. USB, PCI and
SCSI). Well, only if the following is enabled:</p>
<pre>
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
...
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;hostdev supported='yes'&gt;
&lt;enum name='mode'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;subsystem&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;capabilities&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;enum name='startupPolicy'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;default&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;mandatory&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;requisite&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;optional&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;enum name='subsysType'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;usb&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;pci&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;scsi&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;enum name='capsType'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;storage&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;misc&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;net&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;enum name='pciBackend'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;default&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;kvm&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;vfio&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;xen&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;/hostdev&gt;
&lt;/devices&gt;
&lt;/domainCapabilities&gt;
</pre>
<dl>
<dt><code>mode</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>mode</code> attribute of the &lt;hostdev/&gt;
element.</dd>
<dt><code>startupPolicy</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>startupPolicy</code> attribute of the
&lt;hostdev/&gt; element.</dd>
<dt><code>subsysType</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>type</code> attribute of the &lt;hostdev/&gt;
element in case of <code>mode="subsystem"</code>.</dd>
<dt><code>capsType</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>type</code> attribute of the &lt;hostdev/&gt;
element in case of <code>mode="capabilities"</code>.</dd>
<dt><code>pciBackend</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>name</code> attribute of the &lt;driver/&gt;
element.</dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="elementsFeatures">Features</a></h3>
<p>One more set of XML elements describe the supported features and
their capabilities. All features occur as children of the main
<code>features</code> element.</p>
<pre>
&lt;domainCapabilities&gt;
...
&lt;features&gt;
&lt;gic supported='yes'&gt;
&lt;enum name='version'&gt;
&lt;value&gt;2&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;value&gt;3&lt;/value&gt;
&lt;/enum&gt;
&lt;/gic&gt;
&lt;/features&gt;
&lt;/domainCapabilities&gt;
</pre>
<p>Reported capabilities are expressed as an enumerated list of
possible values for each of the elements or attributes. For example, the
<code>gic</code> element has an attribute <code>version</code> which can
support the values <code>2</code> or <code>3</code>.</p>
<p>For information about the purpose of each feature, see the
<a href="formatdomain.html#elementsFeatures">relevant section</a> in
the domain XML documentation.
</p>
<h4><a name="elementsGIC">GIC capabilities</a></h4>
<p>GIC capabilities are exposed under the <code>gic</code> element.</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>version</code></dt>
<dd>Options for the <code>version</code> attribute of the
<code>gic</code> element.</dd>
</dl>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Network XML format</h1>
@@ -35,13 +33,9 @@
</p>
<pre>
&lt;network ipv6='yes' trustGuestRxFilters='no'&gt;
&lt;network&gt;
&lt;name&gt;default&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;uuid&gt;3e3fce45-4f53-4fa7-bb32-11f34168b82b&lt;/uuid&gt;
&lt;metadata&gt;
&lt;app1:foo xmlns:app1="http://app1.org/app1/"&gt;..&lt;/app1:foo&gt;
&lt;app2:bar xmlns:app2="http://app1.org/app2/"&gt;..&lt;/app2:bar&gt;
&lt;/metadata&gt;
...</pre>
<dl>
@@ -58,29 +52,6 @@
The format must be RFC 4122 compliant, eg <code>3e3fce45-4f53-4fa7-bb32-11f34168b82b</code>.
If omitted when defining/creating a new network, a random
UUID is generated. <span class="since">Since 0.3.0</span></dd>
<dd>The <code>metadata</code> node can be used by applications to
store custom metadata in the form of XML nodes/trees. Applications
must use custom namespaces on their XML nodes/trees, with only
one top-level element per namespace (if the application needs
structure, they should have sub-elements to their namespace
element). <span class="since">Since 2.1.0</span></dd>
<dt><code>ipv6</code></dt>
<dd>When set to <code>yes</code>, the optional parameter
<code>ipv6</code> enables
a network definition with no IPv6 gateway addresses specified
to have guest-to-guest communications. For further information,
see the example below for the example with no gateway addresses.
<span class="since">Since 1.0.1</span></dd>
<dt><code>trustGuestRxFilters</code></dt>
<dd>The optional parameter <code>trustGuestRxFilters</code> can
be used to set that attribute of the same name for each domain
interface connected to this network (<span class="since">since
1.2.10</span>). See
the <a href="formatdomain.html#elementSNICS">Network
interfaces</a> section of the domain XML documentation for
more details. Note that an explicit setting of this attribute
in a portgroup or the individual domain interface will
override the setting in the network.</dd>
</dl>
<h3><a name="elementsConnect">Connectivity</a></h3>
@@ -92,8 +63,8 @@
<pre>
...
&lt;bridge name="virbr0" stp="on" delay="5" macTableManager="libvirt"/&gt;
&lt;domain name="example.com" localOnly="no"/&gt;
&lt;bridge name="virbr0" stp="on" delay="5"/&gt;
&lt;domain name="example.com"/&gt;
&lt;forward mode="nat" dev="eth0"/&gt;
...</pre>
@@ -103,56 +74,18 @@
defines the name of a bridge device which will be used to construct
the virtual network. The virtual machines will be connected to this
bridge device allowing them to talk to each other. The bridge device
may also be connected to the LAN. When defining
may also be connected to the LAN. It is recommended that bridge
device names started with the prefix <code>vir</code>, but the name
<code>virbr0</code> is reserved for the "default" virtual
network. This element should always be provided when defining
a new network with a <code>&lt;forward&gt;</code> mode of
"nat" or "route" (or an isolated network with
no <code>&lt;forward&gt;</code> element), libvirt will
automatically generate a unique name for the bridge device if
none is given, and this name will be permanently stored in the
network configuration so that that the same name will be used
every time the network is started. For these types of networks
(nat, routed, and isolated), a bridge name beginning with the
prefix "virbr" is recommended (and that is what is
auto-generated), but not enforced.
no <code>&lt;forward&gt;</code> element).
Attribute <code>stp</code> specifies if Spanning Tree Protocol
is 'on' or 'off' (default is
'on'). Attribute <code>delay</code> sets the bridge's forward
delay value in seconds (default is 0).
<span class="since">Since 0.3.0</span>
<p>
The <code>macTableManager</code> attribute of the bridge
element is used to tell libvirt how the bridge's MAC address
table (used to determine the correct egress port for packets
based on destination MAC address) will be managed. In the
default <code>kernel</code> setting, the kernel
automatically adds and removes entries, typically using
learning, flooding, and promiscuous mode on the bridge's
ports in order to determine the proper egress port for
packets. When <code>macTableManager</code> is set
to <code>libvirt</code>, libvirt disables kernel management
of the MAC table (in the case of the Linux host bridge, this
means enabling vlan_filtering on the bridge, and disabling
learning and unicast_filter for all bridge ports), and
explicitly adds/removes entries to the table according to
the MAC addresses in the domain interface configurations.
Allowing libvirt to manage the MAC table can improve
performance - with a Linux host bridge, for example, turning
off learning and unicast_flood on ports has its own
performance advantage, and can also lead to an additional
boost by permitting the kernel to automatically turn off
promiscuous mode on some ports of the bridge (in particular,
the port attaching the bridge to the physical
network). However, it can also cause some networking setups
to stop working (e.g. vlan tagging, multicast,
guest-initiated changes to MAC address) and is not supported
by older kernels.
<span class="since">Since 1.2.11, requires kernel 3.17 or
newer</span>
</p>
</dd>
<dt><code>domain</code></dt>
<dd>
@@ -162,16 +95,6 @@
a <code>&lt;forward&gt;</code> mode of "nat" or "route" (or an
isolated network with no <code>&lt;forward&gt;</code>
element). <span class="since">Since 0.4.5</span>
<p>
If the optional <code>localOnly</code> attribute on the
<code>domain</code> element is "yes", then DNS requests under
this domain will only be resolved by the virtual network's own
DNS server - they will not be forwarded to the host's upstream
DNS server. If <code>localOnly</code> is "no", and by
default, unresolved requests <b>will</b> be forwarded.
<span class="since">Since 1.2.12</span>
</p>
</dd>
<dt><code>forward</code></dt>
<dd>Inclusion of the <code>forward</code> element indicates that
@@ -207,41 +130,6 @@
network, and to/from the host to the guests, are
unrestricted and not NATed.<span class="since">Since
0.4.2</span>
<p><span class="since">Since 1.0.3</span> it is possible to
specify a public IPv4 address and port range to be used for
the NAT by using the <code>&lt;nat&gt;</code> subelement.
Note that all addresses from the range are used, not just those
that are in use on the host.
The address range is set with the <code>&lt;address&gt;</code>
subelements and <code>start</code> and <code>stop</code>
attributes:
</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;forward mode='nat'&gt;
&lt;nat&gt;
&lt;address start='1.2.3.4' end='1.2.3.10'/&gt;
&lt;/nat&gt;
&lt;/forward&gt;
...</pre>
<p>
A single IPv4 address can be set by setting
<code>start</code> and <code>end</code> attributes to
the same value.
</p>
<p>
The port range to be used for the <code>&lt;nat&gt;</code> can
be set via the subelement <code>&lt;port&gt;</code>:
</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;forward mode='nat'&gt;
&lt;nat&gt;
&lt;port start='500' end='1000'/&gt;
&lt;/nat&gt;
&lt;/forward&gt;
...</pre>
</dd>
<dt><code>route</code></dt>
@@ -260,28 +148,6 @@
<span class="since">Since 0.4.2</span>
</dd>
<dt><code>open</code></dt>
<dd>
As with mode='route', guest network traffic will be
forwarded to the physical network via the host's IP
routing stack, but there will be no firewall rules added
to either enable or prevent any of this traffic. When
forward='open' is set, the <code>dev</code> attribute
cannot be set (because the forward dev is enforced with
firewall rules, and the purpose of forward='open' is to
have a forwarding mode where libvirt doesn't add any
firewall rules). This mode presumes that the local LAN
router has suitable routing table entries to return
traffic to this host, and that some other management
system has been used to put in place any necessary
firewall rules. Although no firewall rules will be added
for the network, it is of course still possible to add
restrictions for specific guests using
<a href="formatnwfilter.html">nwfilter rules</a> on the
guests' interfaces.)
<span class="since">Since 2.2.0</span>
</dd>
<dt><code>bridge</code></dt>
<dd>
This network describes either 1) an existing host bridge
@@ -371,33 +237,14 @@
(Single Root I/O Virtualization) virtual function (VF)
devices can be assigned in this manner; to assign a
standard single-port PCI or PCIe ethernet card to a guest,
use the traditional <code>&lt;hostdev&gt;</code> device
use the traditional <code>&lt; hostdev&gt;</code> device
definition. <span class="since"> Since 0.10.0</span>
<p>
To force use of a particular type of device assignment,
a &lt;forward type='hostdev'&gt; interface can have an
optional <code>driver</code> sub-element with
a <code>name</code> attribute set to either "vfio" (VFIO
is a new method of device assignment that is compatible
with UEFI Secure Boot) or "kvm" (the legacy device
assignment handled directly by the KVM kernel module)
<span class="since">Since 1.0.5 (QEMU and KVM only,
requires kernel 3.6 or newer)</span>. When specified,
device assignment will fail if the requested method of
device assignment isn't available on the host. When not
specified, the default is "vfio" on systems where the
VFIO driver is available and loaded, and "kvm" on older
systems, or those where the VFIO driver hasn't been
loaded <span class="since">Since 1.1.3</span> (prior to
that the default was always "kvm").
</p>
<p>Note that this "intelligent passthrough" of network
devices is very similar to the functionality of a
standard <code>&lt;hostdev&gt;</code> device, the
standard <code>&lt; hostdev&gt;</code> device, the
difference being that this method allows specifying a MAC
address, vlan tag, and <code>&lt;virtualport&gt;</code>
address, vlan tag, and <code>&lt;virtualport &gt;</code>
for the passed-through device. If these capabilities are
not required, if you have a standard single-port PCI,
PCIe, or USB network card that doesn't support SR-IOV (and
@@ -466,15 +313,14 @@
<span class="since">since 0.10.0</span> When using forward
mode 'hostdev', the interface pool is specified with a list
of <code>&lt;address&gt;</code> elements, each of which has
<code>&lt;type&gt;</code> (must always be <code>'pci'</code>),
<code>&lt; type&gt;</code> (must always be <code>'pci'</code>,
<code>&lt;domain&gt;</code>, <code>&lt;bus&gt;</code>,
<code>&lt;slot&gt;</code>and <code>&lt;function&gt;</code>
<code>&lt;slot&gt;</code>, and <code>&lt;function&gt;</code>
attributes.
</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;forward mode='hostdev' managed='yes'&gt;
&lt;driver name='vfio'/&gt;
&lt;address type='pci' domain='0' bus='4' slot='0' function='1'/&gt;
&lt;address type='pci' domain='0' bus='4' slot='0' function='2'/&gt;
&lt;address type='pci' domain='0' bus='4' slot='0' function='3'/&gt;
@@ -509,178 +355,62 @@
...</pre>
<p>
The <code>&lt;bandwidth&gt;</code> element allows setting
quality of service for a particular network
(<span class="since">since 0.9.4</span>). Setting
<code>bandwidth</code> for a network is supported only
for networks with a <code>&lt;forward&gt;</code> mode
of <code>route</code>, <code>nat</code>, or no mode at all
(i.e. an "isolated" network). Setting <code>bandwidth</code>
is <b>not</b> supported for forward modes
of <code>bridge</code>, <code>passthrough</code>, <code>private</code>,
or <code>hostdev</code>. Attempts to do this will lead to
a failure to define the network or to create a transient network.
</p>
<p>
The <code>&lt;bandwidth&gt;</code> element can only be a
subelement of a domain's <code>&lt;interface&gt;</code>, a
subelement of a <code>&lt;network&gt;</code>, or a subelement of
a <code>&lt;portgroup&gt;</code> in a <code>&lt;network&gt;</code>.
</p>
<p>
As a subelement of a domain's <code>&lt;interface&gt;</code>,
the bandwidth only applies to that one interface of the domain.
As a subelement of a <code>&lt;network&gt;</code>, the bandwidth
is a total aggregate bandwidth to/from all guest interfaces attached
to that network, <b>not</b> to each guest interface individually.
If a domain's <code>&lt;interface&gt;</code> has
<code>&lt;bandwidth&gt;</code> element values higher
than the aggregate for the entire network, then the aggregate
bandwidth for the <code>&lt;network&gt;</code> takes precedence.
This is because the two choke points are independent of each other
where the domain's <code>&lt;interface&gt;</code> bandwidth control
is applied on the interface's tap device, while the
<code>&lt;network&gt;</code> bandwidth control is applied on the
interface part of the bridge device created for that network.
</p>
<p>
As a subelement of a
<code>&lt;portgroup&gt;</code> in a <code>&lt;network&gt;</code>,
if a domain's <code>&lt;interface&gt;</code> has a
<code>portgroup</code> attribute in its
<code>&lt;source&gt;</code> element <b>and</b> if the
<code>&lt;interface&gt;</code>
itself has no <code>&lt;bandwidth&gt;</code> element, then the
<code>&lt;bandwidth&gt;</code> element of the portgroup will be
applied individually to each guest interface defined to be a
member of that portgroup. Any <code>&lt;bandwidth&gt;</code>
element in the domain's <code>&lt;interface&gt;</code> definition
will override the setting in the portgroup
(<span class="since">since 1.0.1</span>).
</p>
<p>
Incoming and outgoing traffic can be shaped independently. The
<code>bandwidth</code> element can have at most one
<code>inbound</code> and at most one <code>outbound</code>
child element. Leaving either of these children elements out
results in no QoS applied for that traffic direction. So,
when you want to shape only incoming traffic, use
<code>inbound</code> only, and vice versa. Each of these
elements have one mandatory attribute - <code>average</code> (or
<code>floor</code> as described below). The attributes are as follows,
where accepted values for each attribute is an integer number.
</p>
<dl>
<dt><code>average</code></dt>
<dd>
Specifies the desired average bit rate for the interface
being shaped (in kilobytes/second).
</dd>
<dt><code>peak</code></dt>
<dd>
Optional attribute which specifies the maximum rate at
which the bridge can send data (in kilobytes/second).
Note the limitation of implementation: this attribute in the
<code>outbound</code> element is ignored (as Linux ingress
filters don't know it yet).
</dd>
<dt><code>burst</code></dt>
<dd>
Optional attribute which specifies the amount of kilobytes that
can be transmitted in a single burst at <code>peak</code> speed.
</dd>
<dt><code>floor</code></dt>
<dd>
Optional attribute available only for the <code>inbound</code>
element. This attribute guarantees minimal throughput for
shaped interfaces. This, however, requires that all traffic
goes through one point where QoS decisions can take place, hence
why this attribute works only for virtual networks for now
(that is <code>&lt;interface type='network'/&gt;</code> with a
forward type of route, nat, or no forward at all). Moreover, the
virtual network the interface is connected to is required to have
at least inbound QoS set (<code>average</code> at least). If
using the <code>floor</code> attribute users don't need to specify
<code>average</code>. However, <code>peak</code> and
<code>burst</code> attributes still require <code>average</code>.
Currently, the Linux kernel doesn't allow ingress qdiscs to have
any classes therefore <code>floor</code> can be applied only
on <code>inbound</code> and not <code>outbound</code>.
</dd>
</dl>
<p>
Attributes <code>average</code>, <code>peak</code>, and
<code>burst</code> are available
<span class="since">since 0.9.4</span>, while the
<code>floor</code> attribute is available
<span class="since">since 1.0.1</span>.
This part of network XML provides setting quality of service. Incoming
and outgoing traffic can be shaped independently. The
<code>bandwidth</code> element can have at most one <code>inbound</code>
and at most one <code>outbound</code> child elements. Leaving any of these
children element out result in no QoS applied on that traffic direction.
So, when you want to shape only network's incoming traffic, use
<code>inbound</code> only, and vice versa. Each of these elements have one
mandatory attribute <code>average</code>. It specifies average bit rate on
interface being shaped. Then there are two optional attributes:
<code>peak</code>, which specifies maximum rate at which bridge can send
data, and <code>burst</code>, amount of bytes that can be burst at
<code>peak</code> speed. Accepted values for attributes are integer
numbers, The units for <code>average</code> and <code>peak</code> attributes
are kilobytes per second, and for the <code>burst</code> just kilobytes.
The rate is shared equally within domains connected to the network.
Moreover, <code>bandwidth</code> element can be included in
<code>portgroup</code> element.
<span class="since">Since 0.9.4</span>
</p>
<h5><a name="elementVlanTag">Setting VLAN tag (on supported network types only)</a></h5>
<pre>
&lt;network&gt;
&lt;name&gt;ovs-net&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;forward mode='bridge'/&gt;
&lt;bridge name='ovsbr0'/&gt;
&lt;virtualport type='openvswitch'&gt;
&lt;parameters interfaceid='09b11c53-8b5c-4eeb-8f00-d84eaa0aaa4f'/&gt;
&lt;/virtualport&gt;
<b>&lt;vlan trunk='yes'&gt;</b>
<b>&lt;tag id='42' nativeMode='untagged'/&gt;</b>
<b>&lt;tag id='47'/&gt;</b>
<b>&lt;/vlan&gt;</b>
&lt;portgroup name='dontpanic'&gt;
<b>&lt;vlan&gt;</b>
<b>&lt;tag id='42'/&gt;</b>
<b>&lt;/vlan&gt;</b>
&lt;/portgroup&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;
</pre>
...
&lt;devices&gt;
&lt;interface type='bridge'&gt;
<b>&lt;vlan trunk='yes'&gt;</b>
<b>&lt;tag id='42'/&gt;</b>
<b>&lt;tag id='47'/&gt;</b>
<b>&lt;/vlan&gt;</b>
&lt;source bridge='ovsbr0'/&gt;
&lt;virtualport type='openvswitch'&gt;
&lt;parameters interfaceid='09b11c53-8b5c-4eeb-8f00-d84eaa0aaa4f'/&gt;
&lt;/virtualport&gt;
&lt;/interface&gt;
&lt;devices&gt;
...</pre>
<p>
If (and only if) the network connection used by the guest
supports VLAN tagging transparent to the guest, an
optional <code>&lt;vlan&gt;</code> element can specify one or
more VLAN tags to apply to the guest's network
traffic <span class="since">Since 0.10.0</span>. Network
connections that support guest-transparent VLAN tagging include
1) type='bridge' interfaces connected to an Open vSwitch bridge
<span class="since">Since 0.10.0</span>, 2) SRIOV Virtual
Functions (VF) used via type='hostdev' (direct device
assignment) <span class="since">Since 0.10.0</span>, and 3)
SRIOV VFs used via type='direct' with mode='passthrough'
(macvtap "passthru" mode) <span class="since">Since
1.3.5</span>. All other connection types, including standard
If (and only if) the network type supports vlan tagging
transparent to the guest, an optional <code>&lt;vlan&gt;</code>
element can specify one or more vlan tags to apply to the
traffic of all guests using this
network <span class="since">Since 0.10.0</span>. (openvswitch
and type='hostdev' SR-IOV networks do support transparent vlan
tagging of guest traffic; everything else, including standard
linux bridges and libvirt's own virtual networks, <b>do not</b>
support it. 802.1Qbh (vn-link) and 802.1Qbg (VEPA) switches
provide their own way (outside of libvirt) to tag guest traffic
onto a specific VLAN. Each tag is given in a
separate <code>&lt;tag&gt;</code> subelement
of <code>&lt;vlan&gt;</code> (for example: <code>&lt;tag
id='42'/&gt;</code>). For VLAN trunking of multiple tags (which
is supported only on Open vSwitch connections),
multiple <code>&lt;tag&gt;</code> subelements can be specified,
which implies that the user wants to do VLAN trunking on the
interface for all the specified tags. In the case that VLAN
trunking of a single tag is desired, the optional
attribute <code>trunk='yes'</code> can be added to the toplevel
<code>&lt;vlan&gt;</code> element to differentiate trunking of a
single tag from normal tagging.
</p>
<p>
For network connections using Open vSwitch it is also possible
to configure 'native-tagged' and 'native-untagged' VLAN modes
<span class="since">Since 1.1.0.</span> This is done with the
optional <code>nativeMode</code> attribute on
the <code>&lt;tag&gt;</code> subelement: <code>nativeMode</code>
may be set to 'tagged' or 'untagged'. The <code>id</code>
attribute of the <code>&lt;tag&gt;</code> subelement
containing <code>nativeMode</code> sets which VLAN is considered
to be the "native" VLAN for this interface, and
the <code>nativeMode</code> attribute determines whether or not
traffic for that VLAN will be tagged.
onto specific vlans.) As expected, the <code>tag</code>
attribute specifies which vlan tag to use. If a network has more
than one <code>&lt;vlan&gt;</code> element defined, it is
assumed that the user wants to do VLAN trunking using all the
specified tags. In the case that vlan trunking with a single tag
is desired, the optional attribute <code>trunk='yes'</code> can
be added to the vlan element.
</p>
<p>
<code>&lt;vlan&gt;</code> elements can also be specified in
@@ -715,7 +445,7 @@
&lt;outbound average='1000' peak='5000' burst='5120'/&gt;
&lt;/bandwidth&gt;
&lt;/portgroup&gt;</b>
<b>&lt;portgroup name='sales' trustGuestRxFilters='no'&gt;
<b>&lt;portgroup name='sales'&gt;
&lt;virtualport type='802.1Qbh'&gt;
&lt;parameters profileid='salestest'/&gt;
&lt;/virtualport&gt;
@@ -735,9 +465,9 @@
network can have multiple portgroup elements (and one of those
can optionally be designated as the 'default' portgroup for the
network), and each portgroup has a name, as well as various
attributes and subelements associated with it. The currently supported
subelements associated with it. The currently supported
subelements are <code>&lt;bandwidth&gt;</code>
(described <a href="formatnetwork.html#elementQoS">here</a>)
(documented <a href="formatdomain.html#elementQoS">here</a>)
and <code>&lt;virtualport&gt;</code>
(documented <a href="formatdomain.html#elementsNICSDirect">here</a>).
If a domain interface definition specifies a portgroup (by
@@ -759,75 +489,6 @@
considered an error, and will prevent the interface from
starting.
</p>
<p>
portgroups also support the optional
parameter <code>trustGuestRxFilters</code> which can be used to
set that attribute of the same name for each domain interface
using this portgroup (<span class="since">since
1.2.10</span>). See
the <a href="formatdomain.html#elementSNICS">Network
interfaces</a> section of the domain XML documentation for more
details. Note that an explicit setting of this attribute in the
portgroup overrides the network-wide setting, and an explicit
setting in the individual domain interface will override the
setting in the portgroup.
</p>
<h5><a name="elementsStaticroute">Static Routes</a></h5>
<p>
Static route definitions are used to provide routing information
to the virtualization host for networks which are not directly
reachable from the virtualization host, but *are* reachable from
a guest domain that is itself reachable from the
host <span class="since">since 1.0.6</span>.
</p>
<p>
As shown in <a href="formatnetwork.html#examplesNoGateway">this
example</a>, it is possible to define a virtual network
interface with no IPv4 or IPv6 addresses. Such networks are
useful to provide host connectivity to networks which are only
reachable via a guest. A guest with connectivity both to the
guest-only network and to another network that is directly
reachable from the host can act as a gateway between the
networks. A static route added to the "host-visible" network
definition provides the routing information so that IP packets
can be sent from the virtualization host to guests on the hidden
network.
</p>
<p>
Here is a fragment of a definition which shows the static
route specification as well as the IPv4 and IPv6 definitions
for network addresses which are referred to in the
<code>gateway</code> gateway address specifications. Note
that the third static route specification includes the
<code>metric</code> attribute specification with a value of 2.
This particular route would *not* be preferred if there was
another existing rout on the system with the same address and
prefix but with a lower value for the metric. If there is a
route in the host system configuration that should be overridden
by a route in a virtual network whenever the virtual network is
running, the configuration for the system-defined route should
be modified to have a higher metric, and the route on the
virtual network given a lower metric (for example, the default
metric of "1").
</p>
<pre>
...
&lt;ip address="192.168.122.1" netmask="255.255.255.0"&gt;
&lt;dhcp&gt;
&lt;range start="192.168.122.128" end="192.168.122.254" /&gt;
&lt;/dhcp&gt;
&lt;/ip&gt;
&lt;route address="192.168.222.0" prefix="24" gateway="192.168.122.2" /&gt;
&lt;ip family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:2::1" prefix="64" /&gt;
&lt;route family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:3::" prefix="64" gateway="2001:db8:ca2:2::2"/&gt;
&lt;route family="ipv6" address="2001:db9:4:1::" prefix="64" gateway="2001:db8:ca2:2::3" metric='2'&gt;
&lt;/route&gt;
...
</pre>
<h3><a name="elementsAddress">Addressing</a></h3>
@@ -846,9 +507,6 @@
&lt;domain name="example.com"/&gt;
&lt;dns&gt;
&lt;txt name="example" value="example value" /&gt;
&lt;forwarder addr="8.8.8.8"/&gt;
&lt;forwarder domain='example.com' addr="8.8.4.4"/&gt;
&lt;forwarder domain='www.example.com'/&gt;
&lt;srv service='name' protocol='tcp' domain='test-domain-name' target='.' port='1024' priority='10' weight='10'/&gt;
&lt;host ip='192.168.122.2'&gt;
&lt;hostname&gt;myhost&lt;/hostname&gt;
@@ -863,7 +521,6 @@
&lt;/dhcp&gt;
&lt;/ip&gt;
&lt;ip family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:2::1" prefix="64" /&gt;
&lt;route family="ipv6" address="2001:db9:ca1:1::" prefix="64" gateway="2001:db8:ca2:2::2" /&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
<dl>
@@ -881,61 +538,11 @@
with the idiosyncrasies of the platform where libvirt is
running. <span class="since">Since 0.8.8</span>
</dd>
<dt><code>dns</code></dt>
<dd> The dns element of a network contains configuration
information for the virtual network's DNS
server <span class="since">Since 0.9.3</span>.
<p>
The dns element can have an optional <code>enable</code>
attribute <span class="since">Since 2.2.0</span>.
If <code>enable</code> is "no", then no DNS server will be
setup by libvirt for this network (and any other
configuration in <code>&lt;dns&gt;</code> will be ignored).
If <code>enable</code> is "yes" or unspecified (including
the complete absence of any <code>&lt;dns&gt;</code>
element) then a DNS server will be setup by libvirt to
listen on all IP addresses specified in the network's
configuration.
</p>
<p>
The dns element
can have an optional <code>forwardPlainNames</code>
attribute <span class="since">Since 1.1.2</span>.
If <code>forwardPlainNames</code> is "no", then DNS resolution
requests for names that are not qualified with a domain
(i.e. names with no "." character) will not be forwarded to
the host's upstream DNS server - they will only be resolved if
they are known locally within the virtual network's own DNS
server. If <code>forwardPlainNames</code> is "yes",
unqualified names <b>will</b> be forwarded to the upstream DNS
server if they can't be resolved by the virtual network's own
DNS server.
</p>
Currently supported sub-elements of <code>&lt;dns&gt;</code> are:
<dt><code>dns</code></dt><dd>
The dns element of a network contains configuration information for the
virtual network's DNS server. <span class="since">Since 0.9.3</span>
Currently supported elements are:
<dl>
<dt><code>forwarder</code></dt>
<dd>The dns element can have 0 or
more <code>&lt;forwarder&gt;</code> elements. Each
forwarder element defines an alternate DNS server to use
for some, or all, DNS requests sent to this network's DNS
server. There are two attributes - <code>domain</code>,
and <code>addr</code>; at least one of these must be
specified in any <code>&lt;forwarder&gt;</code>
element. If both <code>domain</code> and <code>addr</code>
are specified, then all requests that match the given
domain will be forwarded to the DNS server at addr. If
only <code>domain</code> is specified, then all matching
domains will be resolved locally (or via the host's
standard DNS forwarding if they can't be resolved
locally). If an <code>addr</code> is specified by itself,
then all DNS requests to the network's DNS server will be
forwarded to the DNS server at that address with no
exceptions. <code>addr</code> <span class="since">Since
1.1.3</span>, <code>domain</code> <span class="since">Since
2.2.0</span>.
</dd>
<dt><code>txt</code></dt>
<dd>A <code>dns</code> element can have 0 or more <code>txt</code> elements.
Each txt element defines a DNS TXT record and has two attributes, both
@@ -970,10 +577,8 @@
dotted-decimal format, or an IPv6 address in standard
colon-separated hexadecimal format, that will be configured on
the bridge
device associated with the virtual network. To the guests this IPv4
address will be their IPv4 default route. For IPv6, the default route is
established via Router Advertisement.
For IPv4 addresses, the <code>netmask</code>
device associated with the virtual network. To the guests this
address will be their default route. For IPv4 addresses, the <code>netmask</code>
attribute defines the significant bits of the network address,
again specified in dotted-decimal format. For IPv6 addresses,
and as an alternate method for IPv4 addresses, you can specify
@@ -982,13 +587,10 @@
could also be given as <code>prefix='24'</code>. The <code>family</code>
attribute is used to specify the type of address - 'ipv4' or 'ipv6'; if no
<code>family</code> is given, 'ipv4' is assumed. A network can have more than
one of each family of address defined, but only a single IPv4 address can have a
<code>dhcp</code> or <code>tftp</code> element. <span class="since">Since 0.3.0 </span>
one of each family of address defined, but only a single address can have a
<code>dhcp</code> or <code>tftp</code> element. <span class="since">Since 0.3.0;
IPv6, multiple addresses on a single network, <code>family</code>, and
<code>prefix</code> are support <span class="since">Since 0.8.7</span>.
Similar to IPv4, one IPv6 address per network can also have
a <code>dhcp</code> definition. <span class="since">Since 1.0.1</span>
<code>prefix</code> since 0.8.7</span>
<dl>
<dt><code>tftp</code></dt>
<dd>Immediately within
@@ -1006,44 +608,30 @@
optional <code>dhcp</code> element. The presence of this element
enables DHCP services on the virtual network. It will further
contain one or more <code>range</code> elements. The
<code>dhcp</code> element supported for both
IPv4 <span class="since">Since 0.3.0</span>
and IPv6 <span class="since">Since 1.0.1</span>, but
only for one IP address of each type per network.
<code>dhcp</code> element is not supported for IPv6, and
is only supported on a single IP address per network for IPv4.
<span class="since">Since 0.3.0</span>
<dl>
<dt><code>range</code></dt>
<dd>The <code>start</code> and <code>end</code> attributes on the
<code>range</code> element specify the boundaries of a pool of
addresses to be provided to DHCP clients. These two addresses
IPv4 addresses to be provided to DHCP clients. These two addresses
must lie within the scope of the network defined on the parent
<code>ip</code> element. There may be zero or more
<code>range</code> elements specified.
<span class="since">Since 0.3.0</span>
<code>range</code> can be specified for one IPv4 address,
one IPv6 address, or both. <span class="since">Since 1.0.1</span>
<code>ip</code> element. <span class="since">Since 0.3.0</span>
</dd>
<dt><code>host</code></dt>
<dd>Within the <code>dhcp</code> element there may be zero or more
<code>host</code> elements. These specify hosts which will be given
<code>host</code> elements; these specify hosts which will be given
names and predefined IP addresses by the built-in DHCP server. Any
IPv4 <code>host</code> element must specify the MAC address of the host to be assigned
such element must specify the MAC address of the host to be assigned
a given name (via the <code>mac</code> attribute), the IP to be
assigned to that host (via the <code>ip</code> attribute), and the
name to be given that host by the DHCP server (via the
<code>name</code> attribute). <span class="since">Since 0.4.5</span>
An IPv6 <code>host</code> element differs slightly from that for IPv4:
there is no <code>mac</code> attribute since a MAC address has no
defined meaning in IPv6. Instead, the <code>name</code> attribute is
used to identify the host to be assigned the IPv6 address. For DHCPv6,
the name is the plain name of the client host sent by the
client to the server. Note that this method of assigning a
specific IP address can also be used instead of the <code>mac</code>
attribute for IPv4. <span class="since">Since 1.0.1</span>
</dd>
<dt><code>bootp</code></dt>
<dd>The optional <code>bootp</code>
element specifies BOOTP options to be provided by the DHCP
server for IPv4 only.
element specifies BOOTP options to be provided by the DHCP server.
Two attributes are supported: <code>file</code> is mandatory and
gives the file to be used for the boot image; <code>server</code> is
optional and gives the address of the TFTP server from which the boot
@@ -1086,29 +674,6 @@
&lt;ip family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:2::1" prefix="64" /&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
<p>
Below is a variation of the above example which adds an IPv6
dhcp range definition.
</p>
<pre>
&lt;network&gt;
&lt;name&gt;default6&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;bridge name="virbr0" /&gt;
&lt;forward mode="nat"/&gt;
&lt;ip address="192.168.122.1" netmask="255.255.255.0"&gt;
&lt;dhcp&gt;
&lt;range start="192.168.122.2" end="192.168.122.254" /&gt;
&lt;/dhcp&gt;
&lt;/ip&gt;
&lt;ip family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:2::1" prefix="64" &gt;
&lt;dhcp&gt;
&lt;range start="2001:db8:ca2:2:1::10" end="2001:db8:ca2:2:1::ff" /&gt;
&lt;/dhcp&gt;
&lt;/ip&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
<h3><a name="examplesRoute">Routed network config</a></h3>
<p>
@@ -1133,63 +698,6 @@
&lt;ip family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:2::1" prefix="64" /&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
<p>
Below is another IPv6 variation. Instead of a dhcp range being
specified, this example has a couple of IPv6 host definitions.
Note that most of the dhcp host definitions use an "id" (client
id or DUID) since this has proven to be a more reliable way
of specifying the interface and its association with an IPv6
address. The first is a DUID-LLT, the second a DUID-LL, and
the third a DUID-UUID. <span class="since">Since 1.0.3</span>
</p>
<pre>
&lt;network&gt;
&lt;name&gt;local6&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;bridge name="virbr1" /&gt;
&lt;forward mode="route" dev="eth1"/&gt;
&lt;ip address="192.168.122.1" netmask="255.255.255.0"&gt;
&lt;dhcp&gt;
&lt;range start="192.168.122.2" end="192.168.122.254" /&gt;
&lt;/dhcp&gt;
&lt;/ip&gt;
&lt;ip family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:2::1" prefix="64" &gt;
&lt;dhcp&gt;
&lt;host name="paul" ip="2001:db8:ca2:2:3::1" /&gt;
&lt;host id="0:1:0:1:18:aa:62:fe:0:16:3e:44:55:66" ip="2001:db8:ca2:2:3::2" /&gt;
&lt;host id="0:3:0:1:0:16:3e:11:22:33" name="ralph" ip="2001:db8:ca2:2:3::3" /&gt;
&lt;host id="0:4:7e:7d:f0:7d:a8:bc:c5:d2:13:32:11:ed:16:ea:84:63" name="badbob" ip="2001:db8:ca2:2:3::4" /&gt;
&lt;/dhcp&gt;
&lt;/ip&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
<p>
Below is yet another IPv6 variation. This variation has only
IPv6 defined with DHCPv6 on the primary IPv6 network. A static
link if defined for a second IPv6 network which will not be
directly visible on the bridge interface but there will be a
static route defined for this network via the specified
gateway. Note that the gateway address must be directly
reachable via (on the same subnet as) one of the &lt;ip&gt;
addresses defined for this &lt;network&gt;.
<span class="since">Since 1.0.6</span>
</p>
<pre>
&lt;network&gt;
&lt;name&gt;net7&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;bridge name="virbr7" /&gt;
&lt;forward mode="route"/&gt;
&lt;ip family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:7::1" prefix="64" &gt;
&lt;dhcp&gt;
&lt;range start="2001:db8:ca2:7::100" end="2001:db8:ca2::1ff" /&gt;
&lt;host id="0:4:7e:7d:f0:7d:a8:bc:c5:d2:13:32:11:ed:16:ea:84:63" name="lucas" ip="2001:db8:ca2:2:3::4" /&gt;
&lt;/dhcp&gt;
&lt;/ip&gt;
&lt;route family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:8::" prefix="64" gateway="2001:db8:ca2:7::4" &gt;
&lt;/route&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
<h3><a name="examplesPrivate">Isolated network config</a></h3>
<p>
@@ -1212,31 +720,6 @@
&lt;ip family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:3::1" prefix="64" /&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
<h3><a name="examplesPrivate6">Isolated IPv6 network config</a></h3>
<p>
This variation of an isolated network defines only IPv6.
Note that most of the dhcp host definitions use an "id" (client
id or DUID) since this has proven to be a more reliable way
of specifying the interface and its association with an IPv6
address. The first is a DUID-LLT, the second a DUID-LL, and
the third a DUID-UUID. <span class="since">Since 1.0.3</span>
</p>
<pre>
&lt;network&gt;
&lt;name&gt;sixnet&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;bridge name="virbr6" /&gt;
&lt;ip family="ipv6" address="2001:db8:ca2:6::1" prefix="64" &gt;
&lt;dhcp&gt;
&lt;host name="peter" ip="2001:db8:ca2:6:6::1" /&gt;
&lt;host id="0:1:0:1:18:aa:62:fe:0:16:3e:44:55:66" ip="2001:db8:ca2:6:6::2" /&gt;
&lt;host id="0:3:0:1:0:16:3e:11:22:33" name="dariusz" ip="2001:db8:ca2:6:6::3" /&gt;
&lt;host id="0:4:7e:7d:f0:7d:a8:bc:c5:d2:13:32:11:ed:16:ea:84:63" name="anita" ip="2001:db8:ca2:6:6::4" /&gt;
&lt;/dhcp&gt;
&lt;/ip&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
<h3><a name="examplesBridge">Using an existing host bridge</a></h3>
<p>
@@ -1290,25 +773,5 @@
&lt;/forward&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
<h3><a name="examplesNoGateway">Network config with no gateway addresses</a></h3>
<p>
A valid network definition can contain no IPv4 or IPv6 addresses. Such a definition
can be used for a "very private" or "very isolated" network since it will not be
possible to communicate with the virtualization host via this network. However,
this virtual network interface can be used for communication between virtual guest
systems. This works for IPv4 and <span class="since">(Since 1.0.1)</span> IPv6.
However, the new ipv6='yes' must be added for guest-to-guest IPv6
communication.
</p>
<pre>
&lt;network ipv6='yes'&gt;
&lt;name&gt;nogw&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;uuid&gt;7a3b7497-1ec7-8aef-6d5c-38dff9109e93&lt;/uuid&gt;
&lt;bridge name="virbr2" stp="on" delay="0" /&gt;
&lt;mac address='00:16:3E:5D:C7:9E'/&gt;
&lt;/network&gt;</pre>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Node devices XML format</h1>
@@ -13,7 +11,7 @@
prefix <code>virNodeDevice</code>, which deal with management of
host devices that can be handed to guests via passthrough as
&lt;hostdev&gt; elements
in <a href="formatdomain.html#elementsHostDev">the domain XML</a>.
in <a href="formatdomain.html#elementsUSB">the domain XML</a>.
These devices are represented as a hierarchy, where a device on
a bus has a parent of the bus controller device; the root of the
hierarchy is the node named "computer".
@@ -80,78 +78,6 @@
<dd>Vendor details from the device ROM, including an
attribute <code>id</code> with the hexadecimal vendor
id, and an optional text name of that vendor.</dd>
<dt><code>iommuGroup</code></dt>
<dd>
This optional element describes the "IOMMU group" this
device belongs to. If the element exists, it has a
mandatory <code>number</code> attribute which tells
the group number used for management of the group (all
devices in group "n" will be found in
"/sys/kernel/iommu_groups/n"). It will also have a
list of <code>address</code> subelements, each
containing the PCI address of a device in the same
group. The toplevel device will itself be included in
this list.
</dd>
<dt><code>capability</code></dt>
<dd>
This optional element can occur multiple times. If it
exists, it has a mandatory <code>type</code> attribute
which will be set to:
<dl>
<dt><code>physical_function</code></dt>
<dd>
That means there will be a single <code>address</code>
subelement which contains the PCI address of the SRIOV
Physical Function (PF) that is the parent of this device
(and this device is, by implication, an SRIOV Virtual
Function (VF)).
</dd>
<dt><code>virtual_function</code></dt>
<dd>
In this case this device is an SRIOV PF, and the capability
element will have a list of <code>address</code>
subelements, one for each VF on this PF. If the host system
supports reporting it (via the "sriov_maxvfs" file in the
device's sysfs directory) the capability element will also
have an attribute named <code>maxCount</code> which is the
maximum number of SRIOV VFs supported by this device, which
could be higher than the number of VFs that are curently
active <span class="since">since 1.3.0</span>; in this case,
even if there are currently no active VFs the
virtual_functions capabililty will still be shown.
</dd>
<dt><code>pci-bridge</code> or <code>cardbus-bridge</code></dt>
<dd>
This shows merely that the lower 7 bits of PCI header type
have either value of 1 or 2 respectively. Usually this
means such device cannot be used for PCI passthrough.
<span class="since">Since 1.3.3</span>
</dd>
</dl>
</dd>
<dt><code>numa</code></dt>
<dd>
This optional element contains information on the PCI device
with respect to NUMA. For example, the optional
<code>node</code> attribute tells which NUMA node is the PCI
device associated with.
</dd>
<dt><code>pci-express</code></dt>
<dd>
This optional element contains information on PCI Express part of
the device. For example, it can contain a child element
<code>link</code> which addresses the PCI Express device's link.
While a device has its own capabilities
(<code>validity='cap'</code>), the actual run time capabilities
are negotiated on the device initialization
(<code>validity='sta'</code>). The <code>link</code> element then
contains three attributes: <code>port</code> which says in which
port is the device plugged in, <code>speed</code> (in
GigaTransfers per second) and <code>width</code> for the number
of lanes used. Since the port can't be negotiated, it's not
exposed in <code>./pci-express/link/[@validity='sta']</code>.
</dd>
</dl>
</dd>
<dt><code>usb_device</code></dt>
@@ -178,11 +104,11 @@
<dl>
<dt><code>number</code></dt>
<dd>The device number.</dd>
<dt><code>class</code></dt>
<dt><code>number</code></dt>
<dd>The device class.</dd>
<dt><code>subclass</code></dt>
<dt><code>number</code></dt>
<dd>The device subclass.</dd>
<dt><code>protocol</code></dt>
<dt><code>number</code></dt>
<dd>The device protocol.</dd>
<dt><code>description</code></dt>
<dd>If present, a description of the device.</dd>
@@ -196,33 +122,6 @@
<dd>The interface name tied to this device.</dd>
<dt><code>address</code></dt>
<dd>If present, the MAC address of the device.</dd>
<dt><code>link</code></dt>
<dd>Optional to reflect the status of the link. It has
two optional attributes: <code>speed</code> in Mbits per
second and <code>state</code> to tell the state of the
link. So far, the whole element is just for output,
not setting.
</dd>
<dt><code>feature</code></dt>
<dd>If present, the hw offloads supported by this network
interface. Possible features are:
<dl>
<dt><code>rx</code></dt><dd>rx-checksumming</dd>
<dt><code>tx</code></dt><dd>tx-checksumming</dd>
<dt><code>sg</code></dt><dd>scatter-gather</dd>
<dt><code>tso</code></dt><dd>tcp-segmentation-offload</dd>
<dt><code>ufo</code></dt><dd>udp-fragmentation-offload</dd>
<dt><code>gso</code></dt><dd>generic-segmentation-offload</dd>
<dt><code>gro</code></dt><dd>generic-receive-offload</dd>
<dt><code>lro</code></dt><dd>large-receive-offload</dd>
<dt><code>rxvlan</code></dt><dd>rx-vlan-offload</dd>
<dt><code>txvlan</code></dt><dd>tx-vlan-offload</dd>
<dt><code>ntuple</code></dt><dd>ntuple-filters</dd>
<dt><code>rxhash</code></dt><dd>receive-hashing</dd>
<dt><code>rdma</code></dt><dd>remote-direct-memory-access</dd>
<dt><code>txudptnl</code></dt><dd>tx-udp-tunnel-segmentation</dd>
</dl>
</dd>
<dt><code>capability</code></dt>
<dd>A network protocol exposed by the device, where the
attribute <code>type</code> can be "80203" for IEEE
@@ -235,26 +134,11 @@
<dl>
<dt><code>host</code></dt>
<dd>The SCSI host number.</dd>
<dt><code>unique_id</code></dt>
<dd>On input, this optionally provides the value from the
'unique_id' file found in the scsi_host's directory. To
view the values of all 'unique_id' files, use <code>find -H
/sys/class/scsi_host/host{0..9}/unique_id |
xargs grep '[0-9]'</code>. On output, if the unique_id
file exists, the value from the file will be displayed.
This can be used in order to help uniquely identify the
scsi_host adapter in a <a href="formatstorage.html">
Storage Pool</a>. <span class="since">Since 1.2.7</span>
</dd>
<dt><code>capability</code></dt>
<dd>Current capabilities include "vports_ops" (indicates
vport operations are supported) and "fc_host". "vport_ops"
could contain two optional sub-elements: <code>vports</code>,
and <code>max_vports</code>. <code>vports</code> shows the
number of vport in use. <code>max_vports</code> shows the
maximum vports the HBA supports. "fc_host" implies following
sub-elements: <code>wwnn</code>, <code>wwpn</code>, and
<code>fabric_wwn</code>.
vport operations are supported) and "fc_host", the later
implies following sub-elements: <code>wwnn</code>,
<code>wwpn</code>, <code>fabric_wwn</code>.
</dd>
</dl>
</dd>
@@ -342,42 +226,7 @@
&lt;address&gt;00:27:13:6a:fe:00&lt;/address&gt;
&lt;capability type='80203'/&gt;
&lt;/capability&gt;
&lt;/device&gt;
&lt;device&gt;
&lt;name&gt;pci_0000_02_00_0&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;path&gt;/sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:04.0/0000:02:00.0&lt;/path&gt;
&lt;parent&gt;pci_0000_00_04_0&lt;/parent&gt;
&lt;driver&gt;
&lt;name&gt;igb&lt;/name&gt;
&lt;/driver&gt;
&lt;capability type='pci'&gt;
&lt;domain&gt;0&lt;/domain&gt;
&lt;bus&gt;2&lt;/bus&gt;
&lt;slot&gt;0&lt;/slot&gt;
&lt;function&gt;0&lt;/function&gt;
&lt;product id='0x10c9'&gt;82576 Gigabit Network Connection&lt;/product&gt;
&lt;vendor id='0x8086'&gt;Intel Corporation&lt;/vendor&gt;
&lt;capability type='virt_functions'&gt;
&lt;address domain='0x0000' bus='0x02' slot='0x10' function='0x0'/&gt;
&lt;address domain='0x0000' bus='0x02' slot='0x10' function='0x2'/&gt;
&lt;address domain='0x0000' bus='0x02' slot='0x10' function='0x4'/&gt;
&lt;address domain='0x0000' bus='0x02' slot='0x10' function='0x6'/&gt;
&lt;address domain='0x0000' bus='0x02' slot='0x11' function='0x0'/&gt;
&lt;address domain='0x0000' bus='0x02' slot='0x11' function='0x2'/&gt;
&lt;address domain='0x0000' bus='0x02' slot='0x11' function='0x4'/&gt;
&lt;/capability&gt;
&lt;iommuGroup number='12'&gt;
&lt;address domain='0x0000' bus='0x02' slot='0x00' function='0x0'/&gt;
&lt;address domain='0x0000' bus='0x02' slot='0x00' function='0x1'/&gt;
&lt;/iommuGroup&gt;
&lt;pci-express&gt;
&lt;link validity='cap' port='1' speed='2.5' width='1'/&gt;
&lt;link validity='sta' speed='2.5' width='1'/&gt;
&lt;/pci-express&gt;
&lt;/capability&gt;
&lt;/device&gt;
</pre>
&lt;/device&gt;</pre>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<html>
<body>
<h1>Network Filters</h1>
@@ -115,7 +113,7 @@
<p>
Filtering rules are organized in filter chains. These chains can be
thought of as having a tree structure with packet
filtering rules as entries in individual chains (branches). <br/>
filtering rules as entries in individual chains (branches). <br>
Packets start their filter evaluation in the <code>root</code> chain
and can then continue their evaluation in other chains, return from
those chains back into the <code>root</code> chain or be
@@ -229,7 +227,7 @@
<p>
A chain with a lower priority value is accessed before one with a
higher value.
<br/>
<br><br>
<span class="since">Since 0.9.8</span> the above listed chains
can be assigned custom priorities by writing a value in the
range [-1000, 1000] into the priority (XML) attribute in the filter
@@ -372,7 +370,7 @@
<p>
Further, the notation of $VARIABLE is short-hand for $VARIABLE[@0]. The
former notation always assumes the iterator with Id '0'.
</p>
<p>
<h3><a name="nwfelemsRulesAdvIPAddrDetection">Automatic IP address detection</a></h3>
<p>
@@ -396,7 +394,7 @@
When a VM is migrated to another host or resumed after a suspend operation,
the first packet sent by the VM will again determine the IP address it can
use on a particular interface.
<br/>
<br/><br>
A value of <code>dhcp</code> specifies that libvirt should only honor DHCP
server-assigned addresses with valid leases. This method supports the detection
and usage of multiple IP address per interface.
@@ -569,7 +567,7 @@
(matching the rule passes this filter, but returns control to
the calling filter for further
analysis) <span class="since">(since 0.9.7)</span>,
or <code>continue</code> (matching the rule goes on to the next
or <code>continue<code> (matching the rule goes on to the next
rule for further analysis) <span class="since">(since
0.9.7)</span>.
</li>
@@ -587,7 +585,7 @@
<span class="since">Since 0.9.8</span> this has been extended to cover
the range of -1000 to 1000. If this attribute is not
provided, priority 500 will automatically be assigned.
<br/>
<br>
Note that filtering rules in the <code>root</code> chain are sorted
with filters connected to the <code>root</code> chain following
their priorities. This allows to interleave filtering rules with
@@ -765,7 +763,7 @@
<td>Mask applied to MAC address of destination</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>vlanid</td>
<td>vlan-id</td>
<td>UINT16 (0x0-0xfff, 0 - 4095)</td>
<td>VLAN ID</td>
</tr>
@@ -989,21 +987,11 @@
<td>IP_ADDR</td>
<td>Source IP address in ARP/RARP packet</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>arpsrcipmask <span class="since">(Since 1.2.3)</span></td>
<td>IP_MASK</td>
<td>Source IP mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>arpdstipaddr</td>
<td>IP_ADDR</td>
<td>Destination IP address in ARP/RARP packet</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>arpdstipmask <span class="since">(Since 1.2.3)</span></td>
<td>IP_MASK</td>
<td>Destination IP mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>comment <span class="since">(Since 0.8.5)</span></td>
<td>STRING</td>
@@ -1100,11 +1088,6 @@
<td>UINT16</td>
<td>End of range of valid destination ports; requires <code>protocol</code></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>dscp</td>
<td>UINT8 (0x0-0x3f, 0 - 63)</td>
<td>Differentiated Services Code Point</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>comment <span class="since">(Since 0.8.5)</span></td>
<td>STRING</td>
@@ -1196,26 +1179,6 @@
<td>UINT16</td>
<td>End of range of valid destination ports; requires <code>protocol</code></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>type<span class="since">(Since 1.2.12)</span></td>
<td>UINT8</td>
<td>ICMPv6 type; requires <code>protocol</code> to be set to <code>icmpv6</code></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>typeend<span class="since">(Since 1.2.12)</span></td>
<td>UINT8</td>
<td>ICMPv6 type end of range; requires <code>protocol</code> to be set to <code>icmpv6</code></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>code<span class="since">(Since 1.2.12)</span></td>
<td>UINT8</td>
<td>ICMPv6 code; requires <code>protocol</code> to be set to <code>icmpv6</code></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>code<span class="since">(Since 1.2.12)</span></td>
<td>UINT8</td>
<td>ICMPv6 code end of range; requires <code>protocol</code> to be set to <code>icmpv6</code></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>comment <span class="since">(Since 0.8.5)</span></td>
<td>STRING</td>
@@ -1308,11 +1271,6 @@
<td>UINT16</td>
<td>End of range of valid destination ports</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>dscp</td>
<td>UINT8 (0x0-0x3f, 0 - 63)</td>
<td>Differentiated Services Code Point</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>comment <span class="since">(Since 0.8.5)</span></td>
<td>STRING</td>
@@ -1428,11 +1386,6 @@
<td>UINT16</td>
<td>ICMP code</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>dscp</td>
<td>UINT8 (0x0-0x3f, 0 - 63)</td>
<td>Differentiated Services Code Point</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>comment <span class="since">(Since 0.8.5)</span></td>
<td>STRING</td>
@@ -1532,11 +1485,6 @@
<td>IP_ADDR</td>
<td>End of range of destination IP address</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>dscp</td>
<td>UINT8 (0x0-0x3f, 0 - 63)</td>
<td>Differentiated Services Code Point</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>comment <span class="since">(Since 0.8.5)</span></td>
<td>STRING</td>
@@ -1643,11 +1591,6 @@
<td>UINT16</td>
<td>End of range of valid destination ports</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>dscp</td>
<td>UINT8 (0x0-0x3f, 0 - 63)</td>
<td>Differentiated Services Code Point</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>comment <span class="since">(Since 0.8.5)</span></td>
<td>STRING</td>
@@ -1749,11 +1692,6 @@
<td>UINT16</td>
<td>ICMPv6 code</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>dscp</td>
<td>UINT8 (0x0-0x3f, 0 - 63)</td>
<td>Differentiated Services Code Point</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>comment <span class="since">(Since 0.8.5)</span></td>
<td>STRING</td>
@@ -1779,9 +1717,9 @@
<br/><br/>
</p>
<h5><a name="nwfelemsRulesProtoMiscv6">ESP, AH, UDPLITE, 'ALL' over IPv6</a></h5>
<h5><a name="nwfelemsRulesProtoMiscv6">IGMP, ESP, AH, UDPLITE, 'ALL' over IPv6</a></h5>
<p>
Protocol ID: <code>esp-ipv6</code>, <code>ah-ipv6</code>, <code>udplite-ipv6</code>, <code>all-ipv6</code>
Protocol ID: <code>igmp-ipv6</code>, <code>esp-ipv6</code>, <code>ah-ipv6</code>, <code>udplite-ipv6</code>, <code>all-ipv6</code>
<br/>
Note: The chain parameter is ignored for this type of traffic
and should either be omitted or set to <code>root</code>.
@@ -1838,11 +1776,6 @@
<td>IPV6_ADDR</td>
<td>End of range of destination IP address</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>dscp</td>
<td>UINT8 (0x0-0x3f, 0 - 63)</td>
<td>Differentiated Services Code Point</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>comment <span class="since">(Since 0.8.5)</span></td>
<td>STRING</td>
@@ -1892,7 +1825,7 @@
initiate a connection from TCP port 80 back towards the VM.
By default the connection state match that enables connection tracking
and then enforcement of directionality of traffic is turned on. <br/>
The following shows an example XML fragment where this feature has been
The following shows an example XML fragement where this feature has been
turned off for incoming connections to TCP port 12345.
</p>
<pre>
@@ -2144,9 +2077,9 @@
To enable traffic for TCP ports 22 and 80 we will add 2 rules to
enable this type of traffic. To allow the VM to send ping traffic
we will add a rule for ICMP traffic. For simplicity reasons
we allow general ICMP traffic to be initiated from the VM, not
we allow general ICMP traffic to be initated from the VM, not
just ICMP echo request and response messages. To then
disallow all other traffic to reach or be initiated by the
disallow all other traffic to reach or be initated by the
VM we will then need to add a rule that drops all other traffic.
Assuming our VM is called <i>test</i> and
the interface we want to associate our filter with is called <i>eth0</i>,
@@ -2420,7 +2353,7 @@
on the source system are equivalent to those on the target system
and vice versa.
<br/><br/>
Migration must occur between libvirt installations of version
Migration must occur between libvirt insallations of version
0.8.1 or later in order not to lose the network traffic filters
associated with an interface.
</p>

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More